-------
health or the environment, a comprehensive and sometimes
expensive interim me'asure (e.g. pump and treat) might not
be necessary or appropriate. Interim measures should be
consistent with and integrated irto •=.ny l^nc t3rm remedy (e.g.
an operating permit, post-closure permit or interim status
closure) to the maximum >.* \tent ^ossible.
Types of Interim Measures
Corrective action orders should incorporate actions (interim
measures) necessary to protect human health or the environment.
Interim measures are actions that should be taken to prevent releases
or additional contamination, prevent or reduce the further spread
of contamination, and reduce, abate or remove the exposure threat
presented by releases. During a selection of an interim measure,
Regions should consider the magnitude of the potential threat to
human health or the environment. The Agency's authority to seek
relief by ordering an owner/operator to perform specified activities
is directly correlated to the protection of human health and the
environment standard. Therefore, if the threat is minimal or the
risk has yet to be aetormineu, simple monitoring of ground water,
sur^Tce water, soil c - ^.i" ^r.v ",e the tyr:es of acti-in-s orierod.
For example, if a release co ground wacer is minimal ana cne
aquifer is not used L\ the n'^-rly population, a program to pump
and treat may not be appropriate. If the cnreat is greater or as
more information becon-3^ available through initial or additional
sampling and analysis, more serious actions should be contemplated
either by incorporating actions into a single "phased" order or
by issuing separate orders.
Attached is a list of some possible interim measures. It
was compiled from removal actions and past CERCLA remedial
guidance.
-------
DtiCI.-JIO.M CRIT£kiA
-------
Decision Criteria
Regional staff must rj/irw the pertinent facts about tKe
source and nature of the re L:\-V3 :>r threat of release mi h ( ;.?a on
the magnitude of the potential chreat to human health and environment,
decide if interim leisures ire a:i ?r oo.'i "ite .
To de tarmi r.e when 3 ooti'itiil threat to human healtn or the
environment exis'ts as a result of a release, the enforcement official/
permit writer, should consider factors such as site location, type of
release and its scooe. The followinn questions may help the Regional
staff in determining these factors.
1. What is the location (e.g., residential area, schools, hospitals,
near vital ecology or protected natural resource)?
2. Is the release widespread and/or migrating rapidly?
(a) What factors could decrease or intensify the extent
of contamination?
(?) How is L r_ s:u - : . - I ' .-. >.~. iir-'Ction". \ t v^ :': •:-. t-,?
3. Whit type of wastes oc cc is -. i t>ienc 5 are ^resent
(e.g., volatile organics, "5t.-als, etc)?
(a) What are the charTC. 3ristics (ignitab le , reactive,
corrosive, biohazard, radioactive, etc.) of the waste?
(b) What is the background level of each waste or constituent?
4. What are the estimated quantities released?
5. What are the known effects of human exposure (short- and long-term
effects)?
6. Has human exposure actually occurred?
(a) What kind (e.g., inhalation, ingestion, skin contact)?
(b) What is or will be the exposure pathway (e.g., air,
drinking water, food)?
(c) Are there reports of illness, injury, death?
(d) How many people are or will be affected?
-------
7. Is human exposure imminent?
(a) What kind (e.g., inhalation, invest ion, skin contact)?
(b) What is or will be the exposure pathway (e.g., air,
drinki.no water, fooc. i?
(c) When is it Likely to occur?
8. What are the characteristics of the exposed oopulat ion(s)
(how many, infants, nursing home residents)?
9. Has there been an evironmental impact?
(a) What evironmental attributes have been impacted(e .q.,
ground water, air, surface water)?
(b) What are the kno.-/n short-tjrm and long-term effects
on the evironment of the released waste or constituent?
(c) What natural resource effects have occurred/been
demonstrated (e.g., fish kills)?
(d) What are the known ecological effects?
10. Is there a threat to the environment?
(a) When is this threat likely to materialize (days, weeks,
months)?
(b) What are the projected effects?
11. If response is delayed, how will the situation deteriorate?
-------
MEASURES
-------
INTERIM MEASURES
Cor cainers
a)
b)
C )
d)
e)
f)
Overpac'
-------
Ground Water
a) Sampling and analysis
b) Delineation of plume
c) Interceotor trench/ sumc/french drain
d ) ? u •" n and i r -? a c,' i n - s i c u
e) Cut-off .alls (slurry :
f) Iriti:te -J .'elopnent if
Surface Water Release
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f )
Overflow/underflow dans
"liter fences
Runoff/run on control (divers
Regrading/revegetat ion
Cover with geotextile
Sample and analyze surface wa
ion or collection devices)
ters and sediments
Tanks
a) Leak or cracks detection/ reoair
b) Relining
c) Partial or complete removal
d) Pipeline removal or replac
e) Secondary containment
Gas "ir;rati:n C
a ) Pipe v 3 n c 3
b) Trench vents
c) Gas barriers
d) Gas collection system
e) Gas treatment system
f) Gas recovery
Particulate Emissions
a) Truck wash (decontamination unit)
b) Re-vegetation
c) Application of dust supressent
Other Types of Actions
a) Fencing to prevent direct contact
b) Alternate water supply to replace contaminated
drinking water
c) Temporary relocation of people
d) Extent of contamination studies into off-site areas
if permission is obtained as required under Section §3004(vi
e) Other actions necessary to protect human health
or the environment
-------
INTERIM MEASURES LANGUAGE
TO INCLUDE IN
CORRECTIVE ACTION ORDERS
-------
CONTAINERS
(1) Within days, sub-nit a plan to EPA which details
procedures for sampling and anal/sis of wastes in
(every container or soecified containers). Upon
reciept of EPA's comments on the plan, Respondent
shall incorporate those comments and implement the
plan. The plan shall be based on the sampling and
analytical techniques described in SW-846 (and other
documents listed by CPA).
(2) Within days, examine every container to detect any
deterioration or leakage. Overpack or reurum each leaking
^ id each subs tant i .il I •/ • • •: ::m tamer that • ay IJ.^K
to prevent further o>- : • -; . --,--.333.
(3) Within days, designate or construct a storage area
that meets the standards of 40 CFR §264 and is large
enough for all containers. The area must have an
impervious base and be constructed to collect releases.
Consolidate and place containers that do not require
overpacking or red ru nun ing and those that are redrummed
or overpacked in a temporary on site storage area approved
by EPA.
(4) Within days, place containers in a well ventilated
covered structure with appropriate secondary containment
in accordance with Part 264 Subpart I requirements.
-------
(5) If the content of the containers is not
-------
SURFACE IMPOUNDMENTS
(1) Within -jays, reduce the head in th'j surface impoundment
to a level rf in an: ^^ntiin that level. To reduce rh.=>
head, punp materials to incroise the rreeboard to inches.
Store or dispose of the punped materials in a manner
that complies with applicable standards of RCRA and if
appropriate, the Clean Water Act.
(2) Within days, submit a plan to select a method for
stabilization (solidification, fixation, reduction of
free liquids etc.) of the waste. Within days incorporate
EPA's comments into tne plan and implement the,revised plan.
(3' Within '-ays, -3ub:;.-. _-. pi: -. ? pi.- "3 i temporary c^v^r
over the surface i-^po _<•, '..^c-nt to reduce infiltration of
precipitation and control air releases. The plan should
include the design of a cover and method of application
that assures that precipitation runs off and does not
allow ponding on the cover, the cover must have a
permeability no greater than , and is compatible
with the chemical and physical characteristics of the
waste being covered, local climate and the other design
characteristics of the unit including any berms, dikes or
other appurtenances. Within days incorporate EPA's
comments into the plan and implement the revised plan.
-------
;4) Within days, submit a plan to document the levels
of the concentrations of hazardous waste or constituents
left in place when a surface impoundment handling
characterise ic wast as is clean closed.* Within days,
incorporate EPA's comments into the plan and implement
the revised plan.
When this type of surface impoundment is clean closed,
there may be constituents left in place. Some of these
constituents may present a potential threat to human
health or the environment (e.g. corrosive waste may
contain heavy metals).
-------
LAN'DFILLS AND WASTE PILES
(1) Within days, submit a plan to place a cap (temporary)
over the landfill or waste pile to prevent surface water
in i iltrat ion, control wat^rr anc wine erosion or dispersion,
and isolate and contain contaminated wastes and volatiles.
The plan should include the design and method of application
that assures that precipitation runs off and the cap has a
permeability no greater than and is compatible with
the chemical and physical characteristics of the waste
being covered, local climate ana hydrogeology. Within
days incorporate EPA's comments into the plan and implement
the revised plan.
(2; Within days, suorni . a pl.i.. -^ exj^yate material ana
designate or construct a storage area that meets the
standards of 40 CFR §265 and large enough for all the
excavated waste or transport to an approved RCRA facility,
taking into consideration:
(a) density of solid waste in a landfill
(b) amount of solid waste in a landfill
(c) the settlement to the fill
(d) chemical composition and hazards presented by
the waste
(e) the bearing capacity of the fill
(f) decomposition rate of the waste
(g) proper packaging of the waste
-------
Within days incorporate EPA's comments into the plan
and implement the revised plan.
(3) Within days, submit a plan for the installation of
devices '-~i control surfa.-^ runDff ~o -.'-?.: •'h ioos not
contribute to leachate generation or erosion of covered
materials. The plan should include the design of diversion
and collection devices to effect run-on control. These
devices can consist of, but not limited to: dikes and
berms, ditches, diversions, waterways, bench terraces,
chutes and downpipes. Within days incorporate EPA's
comments into the plan and implement the revised plan.
(4) Within cays, reuuce t.;i^ aeau on ch^ i^ner o..<_l/^r in
the leachac.3 coiloc 110-1 s/sui,- t ? .* L-. .-1 o: in and
maintain tnat level. Store or aispose of removed leachate
in a manner that complies with applicaole standards of RCRA.
(5) Within days, inspect the leachate collection system
and repair, replace, or upgrade if necessary. Record all
data collected or observations made and maintain this
record as part of the facility operating record. If the
observations or data collected demonstrate that leachate
collection system is not functioning to the degree necessary
to meet the requirements of Part 265, submit the inspection
record to EPA within days for review and comment and to
revise Part B of the facility's permit application.
-------
(1) Within days, sub-nit a "Lar: r.? i.-le i-'iine the extent of
the contamina t ion and to de I i n .-at .- the nluro. Activity
can be directed to^aras s e c 11 _. r. ^ >-. pLuvie tireateninq
sensitive areas (list areas). The olan will include sampling
and analysis of the following parameters: (list parameters)
Within days incorporate EPA's comments into the plan
and implement the revised plan.
(2) Within days, submit 3 r-la- for c-.e installation o£
impermeable barriers to divert ground water flow awav
from a waste disposal area, vwny trom a sensitive
environmental area or populated area, or to contain
contaminated ground wdi~;r ujL-itiig ;rom tne waste ar^a.
Within days incorporate EPA's comments into the plan
and implement the revised plan.
(3) Within days, submit a plan for the installation of
a system to capture the plurao of jontam inants based on
the hydrogeology of the site and the type and amount of
contaminants present in the ground water. The plan
should include methods to be used to pump the ground
water in order to lower the water table 30 that:
(a) contaminated ground water does not discharge
to a receiving stream that is hydraulically
connected;
-------
(b) ground water is not in direct contact witn
the waste sits;
(c) to pre/ent laakv aquifers from conta^ ina 11-.-j
other aquifers.
Within days incorporate EPA's comments into th plan
and i-plement the revised plan.
(4) Within days, submit a plan for the installation of
a system to include enoucih number of extraction and
injection wells that will allow water within the plume
to be pu.nped, treatea and reintrouduced into the aquifer.
The plan shou'1 includo a around water treatment system
to address the specific around water contamination problems.
Within d- - IP :-: rno^a te EPVs comments and implement
the revised ,1 Lan .
(5) Within days, submit a plan to estaDlish interim
concentration levels to monitor the impact of pumping,
injection, slurry wall construction, etc. on the hydrogeology
of the site for the purpose of establishing ACLs or MCLs.
Within days incorporate EPA's comments into the plan and
implement the revised plan.
-------
SURFACE WATER RELEASE
(1) Within aays, suc.nit a plan to select a grading technique
to control infiltration, 'detain or promote runoff. K'ithi-i
days incorporate EPA's comments into the plan and implement
the revised plan.
(2) Within days, submit a plan to install filter fences
in order to prevent further spread of contamination to
surface waters. Filter fences //ill be constructed of
materials that will contain the contaminants in the
water. Within days incorporate CPA's comments into tho
plan and implement the revised plan.
(3) Within days, submit a plan to establish a vegetative
cover to stabilize the surface of the hazardous disposal
site. The plan will address the following factors:
(a) cover soil characteristics (grain size,
organic content, nutrient and Ph levels
and water content
(b) local climate
(c) site hydrogeology
(d) species compatibility with other plants
selected to be grown on the site, resistance
to insect damage and disease, and suitability
for future land use.
Within days, incorporate EPA's comments into the plan
and implement the revised plan.
-------
Owner/operator will maintain vegetation and repair/replant
as necessary.
(4) Within days, submit a plan for the installation of
Jiversion -md :-r]l-^t:on devices. Tr.ese dsvices can
consist of, but but not limited to: dikes and berms,
ditches, diversions, waterways, bench terraces, chutes
and downpipes. Within days of reciept incorporate
EPA's comments and implement the revised plan.
(5) Within days, submit a plan which details procedures
for sampling analyzinq surface waters or sediments which
'nave received (point source or non-point source) discharges
froTi units (list units). Within days of reciept,
•'. ncorpo ra ta EPA's comments and implement the plan.
-------
TANKS
(1) Increase insoection frequency or change inspection
procedures to detect leaks or rrac-^s and repair or replace
them.
(2) Within days, inspect valves and pipes (especially
joints and connectors) and repair or replace them.
(3) Within days, remove part of the waste to prevent overflow
in the tank. Monitor licuid level, place a lap on the
tank or install * larger or secondary tank to handle
overflow as necessary.
(4) Within days, submit a ol^n to-: a co-nple'te repair/
removal/replacement of tanxs tiiat present structural
failure (e.g. leaks/cracks). ;;ithin days incorporate
EPA's comments and implement the revised plan.
(5) Within days, submit a plan for the design, construction
• and installation of dikes or other drainage control
systems to prevent further spread of contamination due
to releases from the tank. Within days incorporate
EPA's comments and implement the revised plan.
-------
GAS MIGRATION CONTROL
Within days, submit a plan for the design and installation
of a gas migration control system to control lateral and
vertical migration of gases or vapors. The gas migration
control system will include, but not limited to:
(1) pipe vents and/or;
(2) trench vents and/or;
(3) gas barriers and/or;
(4) gas collection system and/or;
(5) gas treatment system and/or;
(6) gas recovery
Within days incorporate EPA's comments into the plan and
implement same.
-------
PARTICULATE EMISSIONS
(1) Within days, develop and install decontamination units
to provide for the effective cleaning of vehicles and
personnel entering contaminated areas in order to prevent
further spread of contamination.
(2) Within days, establish a short term vegetative cover
tc staoilize contaminate surfaces.
(3) Within days, apply a dust suppressant to prevent spread
of contamination due to the wind. '.-,'ater is the most
common dust suppressant usea. It is inappropriate to
i'.' _• -:o' L'-'.red ii.-a-"i
-------
OTHER ACTIONS
(1) Within 1i /s, submit a nlan to collect and analyze
samples to determine extant of contamination outside
facility boundaries where permission is obtained as
required by Section §3004(v).
(2) Within days provide alternative water supplies to
the affected community.
(3) Within days install security fencinq, warninq siqns
or other measures t_ ^i-it access to the site.
(5) Within davs -level'-io ^ public awareness proaram to
reduce or control c'"i:^ri and counter unfounded rumors.
-------
Attachment from 'Chemical, Physical and 3ioloaical Properties
of Compounds Present at Hazardous Waste Sites", Seote^ber 1985
TETRACHLOROETHYLENE
Summary
Tetrachloroethylene (PCS, perchloroethylene) induced liver
tumors when administered orally to mice and was found to be
rautagenic using a microbial assay system. Reproduction toxicity
was observed in pregnant rats and mice exposed to high concentra-
tions. Animals exposed by inhalation to te trachloroe thylene
exhibited liver, kidney, and central nervous system damage.
CAS Number: 127-18-4
Chemical Formula: C2C14
IUPAC Name: Tetrachloroethene
Important Synonyms and Trade Names: Perchloroethylene, PCE
Chemical and Physical Properties
Molecular Weight: 165.83
Boiling Point: 121°C
Melting Point: -22.7°C
Specific Gravity: 1.63
Solubility in Water: 150 to 200 mg/liter at 2Q°C
Solubility in Organics: Soluble in alcohol, ether, and benzene
Log Octanol/Water Partition Coefficient: 2.88
Vapor Pressure: 14 mm Hg at 20°C
Transport and Fate
Tetrachloroethylene (PCE) rapidly volatiziles into the
atmosphere where it reacts with hydroxyl radicals to produce
HC1, CO, CO- and carboxylic acid. This is probably the most
important transport and fate process for tetrachloroethylene
in the environment. PCE will leach into the groundwater, espe-
cially in soils of low organic content. In soils with high
levels of organics, PCE adsorbs to these, materials and can
Tetrachloroethylene
Page 1
October 1985 Oo«ment Associates
-------
be bioaccumulated to some degree. However, it is unclear if
tetrachloroethylene bound to organic material can be degraded
by microorganisms or must be desorbed to be destroyed. There
is some evidence that higher organisms can metabolize PCS.
Health Effects
Tetra-hloroethylene was found to produce liver cancer
in male and female mice when administered orally by gavage
(NCI 1977). Unpublished gavage studies in rats and mice per-
formed by the National Toxicology Program (NTP) showed hepato-
cellular carcinomas in mice and a slight, statistically insig-
nificant increase in a rare type of kidney tumor. NTP is
also conducting an inhalation carcinogenicity study. Elevated
mutagenic activity was found in Salmonella strains treated
with tetrachloroethylene. Delayed ossification of skull bones
and sternebrae were reported in offspring of pregnant mice
exposed to 2,000 mg/ra of tetrachloroethylene for 7 hours/day.
on days 6-15 of gestation. Increased fetal resorptions were
observed after exposure of pregnant rats to tetrachloroethylene.
Renal toxicity and hepatotoxicity have been noted following
chronic inhalation exposure of rats to tetrachloroethylene
levels of 1,356 mg/rn . During the first 2 weeks of a subchronic
inhalation study, exposure to concentrations of i.,622 ppm
(10,867 mg/m ) of tetrachloroethylene produced signs of central
nervous system depression, and cholinergic stimulation was
observed among raboits, monkeys, ra±.s, and guinea pigs.
Toxicity to Wildlife and Domestic Animals
Tetrachloroethylene is the most toxic of the chloroethylenes
to aquatic organisms but is only moderately toxic relative
to other types of compounds. The limited acute toxicity data
indicate that the LC_Q value for saltwater and freshwater species
are similar, around 10,000 ug/liter; the trout was the most
sensitive (LC5Q • 4,800 ug/liter). Chronic values were 840
and 450 pg/liter for freshwater and saltwater species, respec-
tively, and an acute-chronic ratio of 19 was calculated.
No information on the toxicity of tetrachloroethylene
to terrestrial wildlife or domestic animals was available in
the literature reviewed.
J. Mennear, NTP Chemical Manager; personal communication, 1984.
Tetrachloro«thylene
Page 2
October 1985
-------
NATIONAL INSTITUTE FOR OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH (HIOSH).
1983. Registry of TOxic Effects of Chemical Substances.
Data Base. Washington, D.C. October 1933
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (USE?A>. 1979. Health
Assessment Document for Te LT acn io: oe L.T/ lane ( Parr r.lcr ; . -~yl •
ene). External Review Draft No. 1, April 1979
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY ''JZIEPA). 1979. Water-
Related Environmental Fate of 129 Priority Pollutants.
Washington, D.C. December 1979. EPA 440/4-79-029
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (USEPA). 1980. Ambient
Water Quality Criteria for Tetracnloroethylene. Office
of Water Regulations and Standards, Criteria and Standards
Division, Washington, D.C. October 1980. EPA 440/5-80-073
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (USEPA). 1984. Health
Effects Assessment for Te trachloroethylene. Final Drdf'..
Environmental Criteria and Assessment Office, Cinci.-~.ati,
Ohio. September 1984. ECAO-CIN-H009
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (DSEPA). 1955. Health
Assessment Document for Chloroform. Office of Health.
and Environmental Assessment, Washington, D.C. September
1985. EPA 600/8-84/004?
VERSCHUEREN, K. 1977. Handbook of Environmental Data, on Organic
Chemicals. Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., New YorX. 659 pages
WEAST", R.E., ed. 1981. Handbook of Chemistry and Physics.
62nd ed. CRC Press, Cleveland, Ohio. 2,332 pages
Tetrachloroethylene
Page 4
October 1985
-------
*
CO
z
LU
O
Q.
O
o
EL
DC
g
&5
LJJ
O
OC
o
cc
o
LU
CO
I
LU
Z
ENVI
O
zE
QS
^ cc
85
cc
g
Q.
LU -,
So
ccg
— •
O
-------
*
CO
LLJ
O
OL
O
O
to*
o
o
§;
CO
LU
CC
CO
LLJ
LU
O
LLJ
CC
QC
O
O
CC
o
Q.
UJ
QC
X
CATION AND
u.
(0
=>
-3
UIENDATION
O
O
UJ
CC
CORRECTIVE
UJ
E
r—
U.
O
QC
O
UJ
CC
en
<
UJ
ASURES
UJ
2
X
u.
o
VALUATION
UJ
UJ
E CORRECT
in
^
UJ
g
QC
UJ
UJ
QC
(0
<
LLJ
W
UJ
ALTERNATI
QC
0
03
CO
LLJ
£ h-
O
CC
CL
DC
Q
_1 UJ
1 o
I ^
O >
LLJ Z
I- LU
LU
X
<
n:
I-LUH^
LU
CO
LU
&
O
CO
CO
c
CO
*
UJ UJ
Q X CC
Z K 3 c
< u. CO n CO
IDENTIFICATION
DEVELOPMENT Ol
CORRECTIVE MEA
ALTERNATIVE <
ALTERNATIVE
O
U-H
DESCRIPTION <
CURRENT SITU,
.
~m
Z
^"^ H~
to
ESTABLISHMEN
CORRECTIVE A
OBJECTIVES
.
SCREENING OF
CORRECTIVE
MEASURES
TECHNOLOGY
.
LU c
> .2
LL- -
~^r ^^ rT! ^^ "tt
IDENTIFICATIOf
THE CORRECT!
MEASURE ALTE
OR ALTERNATI
.
cu
o
O
c
T5
C
O
*
-------
CO
LU
O
Q.
O
o
o
z
UJ
LLJ
Q.
1
CO
UJ
CC
CO
LLJ
LLJ
I
LLJ
CC
CC
O
O
X
P
DC
o
Q.
UJ
CO
CO
LU
cc
o
cc
CL
|_—
u_
<
CC
Q
t
LU
Z
g
o
CC UJ (0
osz
o o
o
UJ
f= EC g
y 2? 55
DC < m
DC UJ Q
O
1
mo
cox
°l
CL<
COQ
£Z
CC<
Q
Z
£0
2§
zu.
OO
UJCL
UJ
O
Z
^^ IM^ "^^
^^ ^_ • ^m,
gi^l
^s^
5^^
5 < cc<
OZ3UJ=5
OOo-O
QQ-
ZUJ
<0
zz
Q$
b?LU
< I—
cc5
UJ
I
CO
LU
to
o
o
R
uj S <
> UJ I- -J
C DC < Q.
*^ "^ ^^ ^^
O 3 C 3
CORREI
MEAS
IMPLEMEh
PROGRAI
1—
LU
^ *=
• PROGRAr
MANAGEN
PLAN
tco
— -^
• COMMUN
RELATIOf
PLAN
z
Oco
py
01-
s^
£o
LU
O
z
LU
<2
cocc
o
<
UJ
o
Q
Q^
l?l
111
O3m
ooo
^f L^J
LU<
nico
LU
^2
CO
LU
Q
CO
00
c
o
o
>
'o
£
o
O
c
OJ
O
w
-------
9902.3
£EPA
United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Office of
Solid Waste and
Emergency Response
DIRECTIVE NUMBER:9902
TITLE: RCRA CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN
APPROVAL DATE: -Naventoer 14, 1986
EFFECTIVE DATE: November 14, 1986
ORIGINATING OFFICE: OWPE
E3 FINAL
D DRAFT
LEVEL OF DRAFT
DA — Signed by AA or OAA
03 8 — Signed by Office Director
DC — Review & Comment
REFERENCE (other documents):
SWER OSWER OSWER
DIRECTIVE DIRECTIVE Dl
-------
United States Envirc — --—:' °-:-=: -----
^^ _ Was.......... • ..
V>EPA OSWER Directive Initiation Reauest
Nam* of Contact Person
Mark ftilbertson
3. Title
RCRA Correction Action Plan
1. Directive Number
9902.3
2. Originator Information
Mail Code
WH-527
Office
OWPE/RCRA Enf. Div.
Telephone Number
382-4849
4. Summary of Directive tinciudt t>n»i st»t»m»nt ot purpoMt The RCRA Corrective Action Plan is intended to aid
the Regions and States in determining ana directing the specific work which must be
performed .as part of a complete corrective action program. It provides a technical frame
work for use during the development of Corrective Action Orders and corrective action
permit requirements.
5. Keywords
RCRA, Corrective Action, RCRA
corrective Measure interpretation
Facility Investigation, Corrective Measure Study,
6a. Do«$ this Directive Supersede Previous Directive*!)? Q Yes £] No Whet directive Inumtur. tnl»)
b. Does It Supplement Previous Directives)? Q Ye» Q No Wh« Directive (numt»r. till*)
7, Draft Level
U A — Signed by AA/DAA 13 8 — Signed' by Office Director D C — For Review & Comment Q In Development
This Request Meets OSWER Directives System Formet
8. Signeture of Lead Office Directives Coordinator '
Xu^TLWu -y. $mJi
9. Name and Title of Approving Official
Daw
P - i-l -££
Data
1SWER OSWER OSWER
DIRECTIVE DIRECTIVE
-------
9902.3
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460
NOV I 4 1986
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Interim Final Corrective Action Plan'
TO:
OFFICE OF
SOLID WASTE AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE
OSWER DIRECTIVE #9902
FROM: Gene A. Luceiro, Director
Office of Waste Programs Enforcement
Marcia Williams, Director
Office of Solid Waste
Addressees
Attached is the interim final guidance document entitled the Corrective
Action Plan (CAP). The CAP will assist you in development of Corrective
Action Orders (§ 3008(h)) and corrective action requirements in permit
applications and permits (§ 3004(u)&(v) ). The purpose of the CAP is to
aid Regions and States in determining and directing the specific work the
owner/operator or respondent must perform, as part of a complete corrective
action program. The CAP should be used as a technical framework during
the development of Corrective Action Orders and corrective action permit
requirements. As specific, detailed guidance is issued by EPA Headquarters,
the CAP will be modified to reflect and incorporate these documents.
The CAP provides a framework for the development of a site-specific
schedule of compliance to be included in a permit or a compliance schedule
in a Corrective Action Order, It does so by laying out scopes of work
for the three essential phases of a complete corrective action program.
These three phases and their objectives are as follows:
Phase I - RCRA Facility Investigation (RFI) - to evaluate
thoroughly the nature and extent of the release
of hazardous waste and hazardous constituents
and to gather necessary data to support the
Corrective Measure Study.
Phase II - Corrective Measures Study (CMS) - to develop
and evaluate a corrective measure alternative or
alternatives and to recommend the final correc-
tive measure or measures.
Phase III - Corrective Measures Implementation (CMI) - to
design, construct, operate, maintain and monitor
the performance of the corrective measure or
measures selected.
-------
990?.3
-2-
The CAP is consistent with existing guidance documents as well as
those currently under development at Headquarters. These documents are
listed below:
Existing;
0 §3008(h) Policy Guidance on Interim Status Corrective
Action Authority (10/85);
0 Draft Interim Measure Guidance (12/85);
0 Draft §3008(h) Model Order (12/85);
0 Draft National RCRA Corrective Action Strategy (9/86); and
0 RCRA Facility Assessment Guidance (10/86).
Under Development!
0 RCRA Facility Investigation (RFI) Guidance - will provide
the Owner/ Operator [Respondent] with various levels of
investigation techniques to choose from in developing a
site-specific work plan to fully characterize releases.
0 Corrective Measure (CM) Guidance - will provide the Owner/
Operator [Respondent! with criteria and technical
information for evaluating and selecting the measure or
measures that will meet specific clean-up levels.
The CAP provides an overall model for a corrective action compliance
schedule. The scopes of work contained in the CAP should not be considered
"boilerplate", but rather as a "menu" of possible activities to be required
on a site-specific basis. Only those tasks and reports necessary and
appropriate to the specific situation should be required of the Owner/Operator
[Respondent]. We also encourage the Regions to make available to the
Owner/Operator [Respondent] existing model plans that are relevant to RCRA
activities. For example, the "Occupational Safety and Health Guidance
Manual for Hazardous Waste Site Activites Operating Safety Guidelines"
contains a model that can be used for the Health and Safety Plan outlined
in the CAP.
A RCRA Facility Assessment (RFA) will have been conducted at the
facilities that are to receive permits, and for some facilities which are
issued §3008(h) Orders. The results of the RFA should be used as the basis
for focusing the RCRA Facility Investigation (RFI) compliance schedules
for individual sites, and should provide the necessary data for completion
of the "background information" components of the CAP.
-------
9902.3
Finally, we feel it is necessary to stress the importance of site-
specific technical detail in the development of Corrective Action Orders
and corrective action permit requirements. Each facility has unique
characteristics and circumstances affecting it that need to be incorporated
into any requirements for corrective action. Without this up-front
detail, many owner/operators or respondent will provide us with submittals
which lack the technical detail necessary to perform a thorough corrective
measure program. In addition to providing a detailed scope of work, the
Agency should also propose a site-specific time-frame for completion of
the work. Enforcement of permit conditions or requests for relief in an
Order is always easier when very specific detail is included. Without a
detailed schedule of compliance in a permit or a compliance schedule in
a Corrective Action Order, we can expect untimeliness in submittals and
actions.
It was also intended that the model scopes of work in the CAP foster
timely, concise submissions by Owner/Operators. Therefore, when modifying
these scopes of work with site-specific information, the scopes of work
should only require that information which is necessary for the subject
facility, thereby minimizing, the number and length of Owner/Operator
submitions and our review time. (In general, the average length of
individual Owner/Operator submittals should not exceed 20 pages, excluding
appendices.)
Please note that the CAP addresses comments by lead Regions. We
would appreciate additional comments based upon your experiences in
using the CAP. Should you have any questions with regard to this document,
you may call Anna Buonocore (FTS 382-4829), Mark Gilbertson (FTS 382-4849)
or Peter Ornstein (FTS 382-5618).
Attachment
ADDRESSEES:
Hazardous Waste Management Division Directors - Regions I-X
Hazardous Waste Branch Chiefs - Regions I-X
Enforcement Section Chiefs - Regions I-X
Permit Section Chiefs - Regions I-x
Regional Counsels - Regions I-X
Lloyd Guerci, OWPE
Steve Heare, OWPE
Sylvia Lowrance, OWPE
Frank Russo, OWPE
Peter Cook, OWPE
Bruce Weddle, OSW
Dave Fagan, OSW
Terry Grcgan, OSW
George Dixon, OSW
Art Day, OSW
-------
9902.3
RCRA CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN
INTERIM FINAL
November 1986
-------
RCRA CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN
0 INTRODUCTION
0 RCRA FACILITY INVESTIGATION
Task I: Description of Current Conditions
Task II: Pre-Investigation Evaluation of Corrective Measure
Technologies
Task III: RFI Workplan Requirements
Task IV: Facility Investigation
Task V: Investigation Analysis
Task W: Laboratory and Bench-Scale Studies
Task VII: Reports
0 CORRECTIVE MEASURE STUDY
Task VIII: Identification and Development of the Corrective
Measure Alternative or Alternatives
Task IX: Evaluation of the Corrective Measure Alternative or
Alternatives
Task X: vTustification and Recommendation of the Corrective
Measure or Measures
Task XI: Reports
0 CORRECTIVE MEASURE IMPLEMENTATION
Task XII: Corrective Measure Implementation Program Plan
Task XIII: Corrective Measure Design
Task XIV: Corrective Measure Construction
Task XV: Reports
-------
J202.3
-1-
INrTRODUCTION
The objective of a Corrective Action Program at a hazardous waste management
facility is to evaluate the nature and extent of the release of hazardous
waste or constituents; to evaluate facility characteristics; and to
identify, develop, and implement the appropriate corrective measure or
measures adequate to protect human health and the environment. The follow-
ing bullets identify components necessary -to assure a complete corrective
action program. It should be recognized that the detail required in each
of these steps will vary depending on the facilty and its complexity:
0 Locate the source(s) of the release(s) of contaminants (e.g. regulated
units, solid waste management units, and other source areas)
0 Characterize the nature and extent of contamination both within
the facility boundaries and migrating from the facility. This would
include defining the pathways and methods of migration of the hazardous
waste or constituents, including the media, extent, direction, speed,
complicating factors inflencing movement, concentration profiles,
etc.
0 Identify areas and populations threatened by releases from the facility
0 Determine short and long term, present and potential threats of releases
from the facility on human health and/or the environment
0 Identify and implement a interim measure or measures to abate the
further spread of contaminants, control the source of contamination,
or otherwise control the releases themselves
0 Evaluate the overall integrity of containment structure and activities
at the site intended for long-term containment
0 Identify, develop, and implement a corrective measure or.measures to
prevent and remediate releases of hazardous waste or constituents frcm
the facility
° Design a program to monitor the implementation, maintenance and
performance of any interim or final corrective measure(s) to ensure
that human health and the environment are being protected
The purpose of the Corrective Action Plan (CAP)is to aid Regions and
States in determining and directing the specific work the owner/operator
or respondent must perform, as part of a complete corrective action
program. The Corrective Action Plan is a document specifically intended
.to assist. Regions and States in the development of Corrective Action
Orders (§ 3008(h)) and corrective action requirements in permit applications
and permits (§ 3004(u)&(v)). It does so by laying out scopes of work for
the three essential phases of a complete corrective action program which
can be used to formulate facility-specific scopes of work for a order or
-------
9 <-» u ? . 3
-2-
oermit. These three phases and their objectives are as follows:
Phase I - RCRA Facility Investigation (RFI) - to evaluate
thoroughly the nature and extent of the release
of hazardous waste and hazardous constituents
and to gather necessary data to support the
Corrective Measure Study.
Phase II - Corrective Measures Study (CMS) - to develop
and evaluate corrective measure alternative or
alternatives and to recommend the final correc-
tive measure or measures.
Phase III - Corrective Measures Implementation (CMI) - to
design, construct, operate, maintain and monitor
the performance of the corrective measure or
measures selected.
Users of the CAP should understand that it is designed to identify actions
that facility owner/operator or respondent must take as part of a
corrective action program. It does not identify the steps that remain
the responsibility of the regulatory agency. To clarify this interaction
between the facility owner/operator or respondent, Figure 1 represents
the flowchart of owner/operator or respondent submittals and Agency
actions for the three.phases of the CAP.
The CAP scopes of work should not be considered "boilerplate." The
scopes of work in the CAP are models and must be modified, enhanced or
sections deleted based on site-specific situations. Information generated
from investigations such such as RCRA Facility Assessments (RFAs) should
be used to tailor the scope of work to address facility-specific situations.
The following are some examples where site-specifics reguire modification
to the CAP model scopes of work.
0 If the contamination problem at a facility is merely a small soil
contamination problem, then the CAP should be scaled down accordingly.
0 In complicated contamination situations, the Health and Safety Plan
and Ccmmunity Relations Plans may need to be comprehensive. However,
in simple contamination situations, these plans may be very brief.
0 If site-specifics conditions reguire more detail than what has been
scoped out in any particular section of the CAP, then the CAP should
be enhanced accordingly.
0 If there is sufficient information on a site to preclude an air release,
then it would not be necessary to reguire the owner/operator or respond-
ent to perform an air contamination characterization. The air
contamination characterization work under the RFI (Task IV, C, 4)
should be deleted.
-------
-3-
Fiaure 1
OWHE5/OPE5ATOS
RESPOHDE3T
AGEHC7
-1302.3
!3008{h)';
> 5 ORDER
-1 •"" '~----.^_
< 2 f"-^-
U, H ;
W pESMIT
< u rf
« >
'_ ^ '.
3S *5
'_)
= >
•J C:
=-^ =«
3 Z
U ?**
z <
u £ r——
^ ;i permit
f^ y I f modi tied)
?^ ^. "•-_
/Sesign & "S
Construction
Operation &
Maintenance
Monitoring
-------
9902.3
-4-
If interim measures are underway, scheduled or contemplated at a
facility, then the Interim Measures section under the RFI (Task I, C)
should be modified to specifically reference the interim measures.
If possible, the CAP should focus the owner/operator or respondent on
specific solid waste management units and other areas of interest, as
well as known waste management activity areas (i.e. waste recycling
units, wastewater treatment tanks).
If only one corrective measure alternative is appropriate for a given
situation, and it would not be necessary to reguire the owner/operator
or respondent to further investigate the possibility of other corrective
measure alternatives, then the scopes of work (citations) would be
modified to reflect this situation.
Finally, it is necessary to stress the importance of site-specific
technical detail in the development of Corrective Action Orders and
corrective action permit requirements. When the scope of work is specific
to the facility, it is easier to enforce. Each facility has unique
characteristics and circumstances affecting it that need to be incorporated
into any requirements for corrective action. Without this many owner/operators
or respondents will provide us with subnittals which lack the necessary
information to perform a corrective measure program. In addition to
providing a adequate scope of work, the Agency should also propose a
site-specific time-frame for completion of the work.
-------
9902.3
-5-
SCOPE OF t\nRK FOR A RCRA FACILITY INVESTIGATION (RFI)
AT
[SPECIFY FACILITY NAME]
PURPOSE
The purpose of this RCRA Facility Investigation is to determine the nature
and extent of releases of hazardous waste or constituents from requlated
units, solid waste management units, and other source areas at the facility
and to qather all necessary data to support the Corrective Measures
Study. The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall furnish all personnel,
materials, and services necessary for, or incidental to, performing the
RCRA remedial investigation at [specify facility name].
[NOTE: This scope of work is intended to foster timely, concise submissions
by Owner/Operators. To achieve this goal, it is important when using
the model scope of work to consider facility specific conditions. This
scope of work should be modified as necessary to require only that infor-
mation necessary to complete the RCRA Facility Investigation.]
SCOPE
The RCRA Facility Investigation consists of seven tasks:
Task I: Description of Current Conditions
A. Facility Background
B. Nature and Extent of Contamination
C. Implementation of Interim Measures
Task II: Pre-Investigation Evaluation of Corrective Measure Technologies
Task III: RFI Workplan Reguirements
A. Project Management Plan
B. Data Collection Duality Assurance Plan
C. Data Management Plan
D. Health and Safety Plan
E. Community Relations Plan
Task IV: Facility Investigation
A. Environmental Setting
B. Source Characterization
C. Contamination Characterization
D. Potential Receptor Identification
-------
9302.3
-6-
Task V: Investigation Analysis
A. Data Analysis
B. Protection Standards
Task VI: Laboratory and Bench-Scale Studies
Task VII: Reports
A. Preliminary and Warkplan
B. Progress
C. Draft and Final
-------
9902.3
TASK I: DESCRIPTION OF CURRENT CONDITIONS
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall submit for U.S. EPA approval
a report providing the background information pertinent to the facility/
contamination and interim measures as set forth below. The data gathered
during any previous investigations or inspections and other relevant data
shall be included.
A. Facility Background
The Owner/Operator's [Respondent's] report shall summarize the regional
location, pertinent boundary features, general facility physiooraphy,
hydrcgeology, and historical use of the facility for the treatment,
storage or disposal of solid and hazardous waste. The Owner/Operator's
[Respondent's] report shall include:
1. Map(s) depicting the following:
a. General geographic location;
b. Property lines, with the owners of all adjacent property clearly
indicated;
c. Topography and surface drainage (with a contour interval of
[number] feet and a scale of 1 inch = 100 feet) depicting all
waterways, wetlands, flocdplains, water features, drainage
patterns, and surface-water containment areas;
d. All tanks, buildings, utilities, oaved areas, easements,
rights~of-way, and other features;
e. All solid or hazardous waste treatment, storage or disposal
areas active after November 19, 1980;
f . All known past solid or hazardous waste treatment, storage or
disposal areas regardless of whether they were active on
19, 1980;
g. All known past and present product and waste underground tanks
or piping;
h. Surrounding land uses (residential, commercial, agricultural,
recreational); and
i. The location of all production and ground-water monitoring wells.
These wells shall be clearly labeled and ground and top of
casing elevations and construction details included (these elev-
ations and details may be included as an attachment) .
All maps shall be consistent with the reguirements set forth in
40 CFR §270.14 and be of sufficient detail and accuracy to locate
and report all current and future work performed at the site;
-------
9902.3
-8-
2. A history and description of ownership and operation, solid and
hazardous waste generation, treatment, storage and disposal activities
at the facility;
3. Approximate dates or periods of past product and waste spills,
identification of the materials spilled, the amount spilled, the
location where spilled, and a description of the response actions
conducted (local, state, or federal response units or private"
parties), including any inspection reports or technical reports
generated as a result of the response; and
4. A summary of past permits reguested and/or received, any enforcement
actions and their subsequent responses and a list of documents and
studies prepared for the facility.
B. Nature and Extent of Contamination
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall prepare and submit for U.S. EPA
approval a preliminary report describing the existing information on
the nature and extent of contamination.
1. The Owner/Operator's [Respondent's] report shall summarize all
possible source areas of contamination. This, at a minimum,
should include all regulated units, solid waste management units,
spill areas, and other suspected source areas of contamination.
For each area, the Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall identify
the following:
a. Location of unit/area (which shall be depicted on a facility
map);
b. Quantities of solid and hazardous wastes;
c. Hazardous waste or constituents, to the extent known; and
d. Identification of areas where additional information is
necessary.
2. The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall prepare an assessment and
description of the existing degree and extent of contamination.
This should include:
a. Available monitoring data and gualitative information on
locations and levels of contamination at the facility;
b. All potential migration pathways including information on
geology, pedology, hydrogeology, physiography, hydrology,
water guality, meterology, and air guality; and
c. The potential impact(s) on human health and the environment,
including demography, ground-water and surface-water use, and
land use.
-------
9902.3
-9-
C. Implementation of Interim Measures
The Owner/Operator [Respondent's] report shall document interim
measures which were or are being undertaken at the facility. This
shall include:
1. Objectives of the interim measures: how the measure is mitigating
a potential threat to human health and the environment and/or
is consistent with and integrated into any long term solution
at the facility;
2. Design, construction, operation, and maintenance requirements;
3. Schedules for design, construction and monitoring; and
4. Schedule for progress reports.
-------
9902.3
-10-
TASK II: PRE-INVESTIGATION EVALUATION OF CORRECTB7E MEASURE TECHNOLOGIES
Prior to starting the facility investigation, the Owner/Operator
[Respondent] shall submit to EPA a report that identifies the potential
corrective measure technologies that may be used on-site or off-site for
the containment, treatment, remediation, and/or disposal of contamination.
This report shall also identify any field data that needs to be collected
•in the facility investigation to facilitate the evaluation and selection
of the final corrective measure or measures (e.q., compatibility of
waste and construction materials, information to evaluate effectiveness,
treatability of wastes, etc.).
-------
9902.3
-11-
TASK III; RFI WORKPLAN REQUIREMENTS
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall prepare a RCRA Facility Investigation
(RFI) Workplan. Ihis RFI Workplan shall include the development of several
plans, which shall be prepared concurrently. During the RCRA Facility
Investiqation, it may be necessary to revise the RFI Wbrkplar. to increase
or decrease the detail of information collected to acccmodate the facility
specific situation. The RFI Workplar. includes the following:
A. Project Management Plan
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall prepare a Project Management Plan
which will include a discussion of the technical approach, schedules,
budget, and personnel. The Project Management Plan will also include a
description of gualifications of personnel performing or directing the
RFI, including contractor personnel. This plan shall also document
the overall management approach to the RCRA Facility Investigation.
B. Data Collection Quality Assurance Plan
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall prepare a plan to document all
monitoring procedures: sampling, field measurements and sample analysis
performed during the investigation to characterize the environmental
setting, source, and contamination, so as to ensure that all information,
data and resulting decisions are technically sound, statistically valid,
and properly documented.
1. Data Collection Strategy
The strategy section of the Data Collection Quality Assurance Plan
shall include but not be limited to the following:
a. Description of the intended uses for the data, and the necessary
level of precision and accuracy for these intended uses;
b. Description of methods and procedures to be used to assess the
precision, accuracy and completeness of the measurement data;
c. Description of the rational used to assure that the data
accurately and precisely represent a characteristic of a
population, parameter variations at a sampling point, a process
condition or an environmental condition. Examples of factors
which shall be considered and discussed include:
i) Environmental conditions at the time of sampling;
ii) Nurrber of sampling points;
iii) Representativeness of selected media; and
iv) Representativeness of selected analytical parameters.
-------
9902.3
-12-
d. Description of the measures to be taken to assure that the following
data sets can be compared to each other:
i) RFI data generated by the Owner/Operator over some time period;
ii) RFI data generated by an outside laboratory or consultant versus
data generated by the Owner/Operator; ,,
iii) Data generated by separate consultants or laboratories; and
iv) Data generated by an outside consultant or laboratory over some
time period.
e. Details relating to the schedule and information to be provided in
guality assurance reports. The reports should include but not be
limited to:
i) Periodic assessment of measurement data accuracy, precision,
and completeness;
ii) Results of performance audits;
iii) Results of system audits;
iv) Significant Quality assurance problems and recommended
solutions; and
v) Resolutions of previously stated problems.
2. Sampling
The Sampling section of the Data Collection Quality Assurance Plan
shall discuss:
a. Selecting appropriate sampling locations, depths, etc.;
b. Providing a statistically sufficient number of sampling sites;
c. Measuring all necessary ancillary data;
d. Determining conditions under which sampling should be conducted;
e. Determining which media are to be sampled (e.g., ground water,
air, soil, sediment, etc.);
f. Determining which parameters are to be measured and where;
g. Selecting the freguency of sampling and length of sampling period;
h. Selecting the types of sample (e.g., composites vs. grabs) and
number of samples to be collected;
-------
9902.3
-13-
i. Measures to be taker, to prevent contamination if the sampling
equipment and cross contamination between sampling points;
j. Documenting field sampling operations and procedures, including;
i) Documentation of procedures for preparation of reagents or
supplies which became an integral part of the sample (e.g.,
filters, and adsorbing reagents);
ii) Procedures and forms for recording the exact location and
specific considerations associated with sample acguisition;
iii) Documentation of specific sample preservation method;
iv) Calibration of field devices;
v) Collection of replicate samples;
vi) Submission of field-biased blanks, where appropriate;
vii) Potential interferences present at the facility;
viii) Construction materials and techniques, associated with
monitoring wells and piezometers;
ix) Field equipment listing and sample containers;
x) Sampling order; and
xi) Decontamination procedures.
k. Selecting appropriate sample containers;
1. Sample preservation; and
m. Chain-of-custody, including:
i) Standardized field tracking reporting forms to establish sample
custodv in the field prior to and during shipment; and
ii) Pre-prepared sample labels containing all information necessary
for effective sample tracking.
3. Field Measurements
The Field Measurements section of the Data Collection Duality Assurance
Plan shall discuss:
a. Selecting appropriate field measurement locations, depths, etc.;
b. Providing a statistically sufficient number of field measurements;
-------
9902.3
-14-
c. Measuring all necessary ancillary data;
d. Determining conditions under which field measurement should be
conducted;
e. Determining which media are to be addresssed by appropriate field
measurements (e.g., qround water, air, soil, sediment, etc.);
f. Determining which parameters are to be measured and where;
g. Selecting the frequency of field measurement and length of field
measurements period; and
h. Documenting field measurement operations and procedures, including:
i) Procedures and forms for recording raw data and the exact
location, time, and facility-specific considerations
associated with the data acquisition;
ii) Calibration of field devices;
iii) Collection of replicate measurements;
iv) Submission of field-biased blanks, where appropriate;
v) Potential interferences present at the facility;
vi) Construction materials and techniques associated with
monitoring wells and piezometers use to collect field
data;
vii) Field equipment listing;
viii) Order in which field measurements were made; and
ix) Decontamination procedures.
4. Sample Analysis
The Sample Analysis section of the Data Collection Quality Assurance Plan
shall specify the following:
a. Chain-of-custody procedures, including:
i) Identification of a responsible party to act as sample
custodian at the laboratory facility authorized to sign
for incoming field samples, obtain documents of shipment,
and verify the data entered onto the sample custody records;
ii) Provision for a laboratory sample custody log consisting of
serially numbered standard lab-tracking report sheets; and
-------
9902.3
-15-
iii) Specification of laboratory sample custody procedures for
sample handling, storage, and dispersemer.t for analysis.
b. Sample storage procedures and storage times;
c. Sample preparation methods;
d. Analytical procedures, including:
i) Scope and application of the procedure;
ii) Sample matrix;
iii) Potential interferences;
iv) Precision and accuracy of the methodology; and
v) Method detection limits.
e. Calibration procedures and freguency;
f. Data reduction, validation and reporting;
q. Internal guality control checks, laboratory performance and
systems audits and frequency, including:
i) Method blank(s);
ii) Laboratory control sample(s);
iii) Calibration check sample(s);
iv) Replicate sample(s);
v) Matrix-spiked sample(s);
vi) "Blind" quality control sample(s);
vii) Control charts;
viii) Surrogate samples;
ix) Zero and span gases; and
x) Reagent quality control checks.
[A performance audit will be conducted by U.S. EPA on the laboratories
selected by the Owner/Operator [Respondent]. This audit must be completed
and approved prior to the facility investigation.]
h. Preventive maintenance procedures and schedules;
-------
9902.3
-16-
i. Corrective action (for laboratory problems); and
j. Turnaround time.
C. Data Management Plan
The Owner/Operator [Respondentl shall develop and initiate a Data
Management Plan to document and track investigation data and results.
This plan shall identify and set up data documentation materials and
procedures, project file reouirements, and project-related orogress
reporting procedures and documents. The plan shall also provide
the format to be used to present the raw data and conclusions of the
investigation.
1. Data Record
The data record shall include the following:
a. Unique sample or field measurement code;
b. Sampling or field measurement location and sample or measurement
type;
c. Sampling or field measurement raw data;
d. Laboratory analysis ID number;
e. Property or component measured; and
f. Result of analysis (e.g., concentration).
2. Tabular Displays
The following data shall be presented in tabular displays:
a. Unsorted (raw) data;
b. Results for each medium, or for each constituent monitored;
c. Data reduction for statistical analysis;
d. Sorting of data by potential stratification factors (e.g.,
location, soil layer, topography); and
e. Summary data.
-------
9902.3
-17-
3. Graphical Displays
The following data shall be presented in graphical formats (e.g.,
bar graphs, line graphs, area or plan maps, isopleth plots,
cross-sectional plots or transects, three dimensional graphs,
etc.):
a. Display sampling location and sampling grid;
b. Indicate boundaries of sampling area, and areas where more data
are required;
c. Displays levels of contamination at each sampling location;
d. Display geographical extent of contamination;
e. Display contamination levels, averages, and maxima;
f. Illustrate changes in concentration in relation to distance from
the source, time, depth or other parameters; and
I g. Indicate features affecting intramedia transport and shew
^ potential receptors.
*
* D. Health and Safety Plan
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall prepare a facility Health and
i. Safety Plan.
^ 1. Major elements of the Health and Safety Plan shall include:
O
->N a. Facility description including availability of resources
such as roads, water supply, electricity and telephone
service;
b. Describe the known hazards and evaluate the risks associated
with the incident and with each activity conducted;
c. List key personnel and alternates responsible for site safety,
responses operations, and for protection of public health;
d. Delineate work area;
e. Describe levels of protection to be worn by personnel in
work area;
f. Establish procedures to control site access;
g. Describe decontamination procedures for personnel and equipment;
-------
9902.3
-18-
h. Establish site emergency procedures;
i. Address emergency medical care for injuries and toxicological
problems;
j. Describe requirements for an environmental surveillance program;
k. Specify any routine and special training required for respondsrs; and
1. Establish procedures for protecting workers from weather-related
problems.
2. The Facility Health and Safety Plan shall be consistent with:
a. NIOSH Occupational Safety and Health Guidance Manual for Hazardous
Waste Site Activities (1985);
b. EPA Order 1440.1 - Respiratory Protection;
c. EPA Order 1440.3 - Health and Safety Requirements for Employees
engaged in Field Activities;
d. Facility Contingency Plan;
e. EPA Standard Operating Safety Guide (19R4);
f. OSHA regulations particularly in 29 CFR 1910 and 192*^;
g. State and local regulations; and
h. Other EPA guidance as provided.
E. CommunityRelations Plan
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall prepare a plan, for the
dissemination of information to the public regarding investigation
activities and results.
-------
9902.3
-19-
TASK TV: FACILITY INVESTIGATION
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall conduct those investigations
necessary to: characterize the facility (Environmental .Setting); define
the source (Source Characterization); define the degree and extent of
contamination (Contamination Characterization); and identify actual or
potential receptors.
The investigations should result in data of adeguate technical guality to
supDort the development and evaluation of the corrective measure
alternative or alternatives during the Corrective Measures Study.
The site investigation activities shall follow the plans set forth in ^ ~
Task III. All sampling and analyses shall be conducted in accordance 'Y _^ ? *£-
^ ^ '^
A. Environmental Setting -s fS~_
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall collect information to supplement
and verify existing information on the environmental setting at the
facility. The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall characterize the
following:
1. Hydrogeology
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall conduct a program to evaluate
hydrogeologic conditions at the facility. This program shall
provide the following information:
a. A description of the regional and facility specific geologic
and hydrogeologic characteristics affecting ground-water
flow beneath the facility, including:
i) Regional and facility specific stratigraphy: description
of strata including strike and dip, identification of
stratigraphic contacts;
ii) Structural geology: description of local and regional
structural features (e.g., folding, faulting, tilting,
jointing, etc.);
iii) Depositional history;
iv) Identification and characterization of areas and amounts
of recharge and discharge.
v) Regional and facility specific ground-water flow pat-
terns; and
vi) Characterize seasonal variations in the ground-water
flow regime.
-------
9902.3
-20-
b. An analysis of any topographic features that might influence
the ground-water flow system. (Note: Stereographic analysis
of aerial photographs may aid in this analysis).
c. Based on field data, test, and cores, a representative and
accurate classification and description of the hydrogeologic
units which may be part of the migration pathways at the -
facility (i.e., the aquifers and any intervening saturated
and unsaturated units), including:
i) Hydraulic conductivity and porosity (total and effective);
ii) Lithology, grain size, sorting, degree of cementation;
iii) An interpretation of hydraulic interconnections between
saturated zones; and
iv) The attenuation capacity and mechanisms of the natural
earth materials (e.g., ion exchange capacity, organic
carbon content, mineral contect etc.).
d. Based on field studies and cores, structural geology and
hydrogeolog ic cross sections showing the extent (depth,
thickness, lateral extent) of hydrogeologic units which may
be part of the migration pathways identifying:
i) Sand and gravel deposits in unconsolidated deposits;
ii) Zones of fracturing or channeling in consolidated or
unconsolidated deposits;
iii) Zones of higher permeability or low permeability that
might direct and restrict the flow of contaminants;
iv) The uppermost aguifer: geologic formation, group of
formations, or part of a formation capable of yielding
a significant amount of ground water to wells or
springs; and
v) Water-bearing zones above the first confining layer
that may serve as a pathway for contaminant migration
including perched zones of saturation.
e. Based on data obtained from ground-water monitoring wells
and piezometers installed upgradient and downgradient of the
potential contaminant source, a representative description of
water level or fluid pressure monitoring including:
i) Water-level contour and/or potenticmetric maps;
ii) Hydrologic cross sections showing vertical gradients;
-------
9902.3
-21-
iii) The flow system, including the vertical and horizontal
components of flow; and
iv) Any temporal changes in hydraulic gradients, for example,
due to tidal or seasonal influences.
f. A description of manmade influences that may affect the
hydrogeolcgy of the site, identifying:
i) Active and inactive local water-supply and production wells
with an approximate schedule of pumping; and
ii) Marinade hydraulic structures (pipelines, freach drains,
ditches, unlined ponds, septic tanks, NPDES outfalls,
retent ion a^eas, etc.).
2. Soils
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall conduct a program to characterize
the soil and rock units above the water table in the vicinity of the
contaminant release(s). Such characterization shall include but not be
limited to, the following information:
a. SCS soil classification;
b. Surface soil distribution;
c. Soil profile, including ASTM classification of soils;
d. Transects of soil stratigraphy;
e. Hydraulic conductivity (saturated and unsaturated);
f. Relative permeability;
g. Bulk density;
h. Porosity;
i. Soil sorptive capacity;
j. Cation exchange capacity (CEC);
k. Soil organic content;
1. Soil pH;
m. Particle size distribution;
n. Depth of water table;
o. Moisture content;
p. Effect of stratification on unsaturated flow;
g. Infiltration
r. Evapotranspiration;
s. Storage capacity;
t. Vertical flow rate; and
u. Mineral content.
3. Surface Water and Sediment
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall conduct a program to characterize
the surface - water bodies in the vicinity of the facility.
Such characterization shall include, but not be limited to, the
following activities and information:
-------
9902.3
-22-
a. Description of the temporal and permanent surface-water bodies
including:
i) For lakes and estuaries: location, elevation, surface
area, inflow, outflow, depth, temperature stratification,
and volume;
ii) For impoundments: location, elevation, surface
area, depth, volume, freeboard, and purpose of impoundment;
iii) For streams, ditches, drains, swamps and channels: location,
elevation, flow, velocity, depth, width, seasonal
fluctuations, and flooding tendencies (i.e., 100 year
event);
iv) Drainage patterns; and
v) Evapotranspiration.
b. Description of the chemistry of the natural surface water and
sediments. This includes determining the pH, total dissolved
solids, total suspended solids, biological oxygen demand,
alkalinity, conductivity, dissolved oxygen profiles, nutrients
(NHo, NO2~/NO2~, PO^ ), chemical oxygen demand, total organic
carbon, specific contaminant concentrations, etc.
c. Description of sediment characteristics including:
i) Deposition area;
ii) Thickness profile; and
iii) Physical and chemical parameters (e.g., grain size,
density, organic carbon content, ion exchange
capacity, pH, etc.)
Air
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall provide information characterizing
the climate in the vicinity of the facility. Such information shall
include, but not be limited to:
a. A description of the following parameters:
i) Annual and monthly rainfall averages;
ii) Monthly temperature averages and extremes;
iii) Wind speed and direction;
iv) Relative humidity/dew point;
-------
9902.3
-23-
v) Atmospheric pressure;
vi) Evaporation data;
vii) Development of inversions; and
viii) Climate extremes that have been known to occur in the vicinity
of the facility, including frequency of occurrence.
b. A description of topographic and manmade features which
affect air flow and emission patterns, including:
i) Ridges, hills or mountain areas;
ii) Canyons or valleys;
iii) Surface water bodies (e.g. rivers, lakes, bays, etc.);
iv) Wind breaks and forests; and
v) Buildings.
B. Source Characterization
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall collect analytic data to
completely characterize the wastes and the.areas where wastes
have been placed, collected or removed including: type; quantity;
physical form; disposition (containment or nature of deposits); and""
facility characteristics affecting release (e.g., facility security,
and engineered barriers). This shall include quantification of
the following specific characteristics, at each source area:
1. Unit/Disposal Area characteristics:
a. Location of unit/disposal area;
b. Type of unit/disposal area;
c. Design features;
d. Operating practices (past and present);
e. Period of operation;
f. Age of unit/disposal area;
g. General physical conditions; and
h. Method used to close the unit/disposal area.
2. Waste Characteristics:
a. Type of waste placed in the unit;
i) Hazardous classification (e.g., flammable, reactive,
corrosive, oxidizing or reducing agent);
ii) Quantity; and
iii) Chemical composition.
-------
9902.3
-24-
b. Physical and chemical characteristics;
i) Physical form (solid, liquid, gas);
ii) Physical description (e.g. , powder, oily sludge);
iii) Temperature;
iv) pH;
v) General chemical class (e.g., acid, base, solvent);
vi) Molecular weight;
vii) Density;
viii) Boiling point;
ix) Viscosity;
x) Solubility in water;
xi) Cohesiveness of the waste;
xii) Vapor pressure.
xiii) Flash point
•
c. Migration and dispersal characteristics of the waste;
i) Sorption;
ii) Biodegradability, bioconcer.tration, biotransformation;
iii) Photodegradation rates;
iv) Hydrolysis rates; and
v) Chemical transformations..
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall document the procedures used in
making the above determinations.
C. Contamination Characterization
The owner/Operator [Respondent] shall collect analytical data on
ground-water, soils, surface water, sediment, and subsurface gas
contamination in the vicinity of the facility. This data shall be
sufficient to define the extent, origin, direction, and rate of
movement of contaminant plumes. Data shall include time and location
of sampling, media sampled, concentrations found, and conditions
during sampling, and the identity of the individuals performing the
sampling and analysis. The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall address
the following types of contamination at the facility:
1. Ground-water Contamination
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall conduct a Ground-water
Investigation to characterize any plumes of contamination at the
facility. This investigation shall at a minimum provide the
following information:
-------
9902.3
-25-
a. A description of the horizontal and vertical extent of any
immiscible or dissolved plume(s) originating from the facility;
b. The horizontal and vertical direction of contamination movement;
c. The velocity of contaminant movement;
d. The horizontal and vertical concentration profiles of Appendix
VIII constituents in the plume(s);
e. An evaluation of factors influencing the plume movement; and
f. An extrapolation of future contaminant movement.
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall document the procedures used in
making the above determinations (e.g., well design, well construction,
geophysics, modeling, etc.).
2. Soil Contamination
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall conduct an investigation
to characterize the contamination of the soil and rock units
above the water table in the vicinity of the contaminant
release. The investigation shall include the following
information:
a. A description of the vertical and horizontal extent of
contamination.
b. A description of contaminant and soil chemical properties
within the contaminant source area and plume. This includes
contaminant solubility, speciation, adsorption, leachability,
exchange capacity, biodegradability, hydrolysis, photolysis,
oxidation and other factors that might affect contaminant
migration and transformation.
c. Specific contaminant concentrations.
d. The velocity and direction of contaminant movement.
e. An extrapolation of future contaminant movement.
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall document the procedures
used in making the above determinations.
3. Surface-Water and Sediment Contamination
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall conduct a surface-water
investigation to characterize contamination in surface-water
bodies resulting from contaminant releases at the facility.
-------
9902.3
-26-
The investigation shall include, but not be limited to, the
following information:
a. A description of the horizontal and vertical extent of any
immisicible or dissolved plume(s) originating from the facility,
and the extent of contamination in underlying sediments; -
b. The horizontal and vertical direction of contaminant movement;
c. The contaminant velocity;
d. An evaluation of the physical, biological and chemical factors
influencing contaminant movement;
e. An extrapolation of future contaminant movement; and
f. A description of the chemistry of the contaminated surface
waters and sediments. This includes determining the pH,
total dissolved solids, specific contaminant concentrations,
etc.;
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall document the procedures
used in making the above determinations.
4. Air Contamination
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall conduct an investigation
to characterize the particulate and gaseous contaminants
released into the atmosphere. This investigation shall
provide the following information:
a. A description of the horizontal and vertical direction
and velocity of contaminant movement;
b. The rate and amount of the release; and
c. The chemical and physical composition of the contaminants(s)
released, including horizontal and vertical concentration
profiles.
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall document the procedures
used in making the above determinations.
5. Subsurface Gas Contamination
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall conduct an investigation
to characterize subsurface gases emitted fron buried hazardous
waste and hazardous constituents in the ground water. This
investigation shall include the following information:
-------
9902.3
-27-
a. A> description of the horizontal and vertical extent of
subsurface qases mitigation;
b. The chemical composition of the qases being emitted;
c. The rate, amount, and density of the gases being emitted;
and
d. Horizontal and vertical concentration profiles of the
subsurface gases emitted.
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall document the procedures
used in making the above determinations.
D. Potential Receptors
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall collect data describing the
human populations and environmental systems that are susceptible to
contaminant exposure fron the facility. Chemical analysis of biological
samples may be needed. Data on observable effects in ecosystems may
also be obtained. The following characteristics shall be identified:
1. local uses and possible future uses of ground water:
a. Type of use (e.g., drinking water source: municipal or
residential, agricultural, domestic/non-potable, and
industrial); and
b. location of groundwater users including wells and discharge
areas.
2. Local uses and possible future uses of surface waters draining
the facility:
a. Domestic and municipal (e.g. potable and lawn/gardening
watering);
b. Recreational (e.g. swimming, fishing);
c. Agricultural;
d. Indus tr i al; and
e. Environmental (e.g. fish and wildlife propagation).
3. Human use of or access to the facility and adjacent lands,
including but not limited to:
a. Recreation;
b. Hunting;
c. Residential;
d. Commercial;
e. Zoning; and
f. Relationship between population locations and prevailing
wind direction.
-------
9902.3
-28-
4. A description of the biota in. surface water bodies on,
adjacent to, or affected by the facility.
5. A description of the ecology overlyinq and adjacent to
the facility.
6. A demographic profile of the people who use or have access
to the facility and adjacent land, includinq, but not limited to:
age; sex; and sensitive subgroups.
7. A description of any endangered or threatened species near
the facility.
-------
9902.3
-29-
TASK V: INVESTIGATION ANALYSIS
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall prepare an analysis and summary of
all facility investigations and their results. The objective of this
task shall be to ensure that the investigation data are sufficient in
quality (e.g., guality assurance procedures have been followed) and quantity
to describe the nature and extent of contamination, potential threat to
human health and/or the environment, and to support the Corrective Measures
Study.
A. Data Analysis
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall analyze all facility investigation
data outlined in Task IV and prepare a report on the tyoe and extent
of contamination at the facility including sources and migration pathways.
The report shall describe the extent of contamination (qualitative/quan-
titative) in relation to background levels indicative for the area.
B. Protection Standards [where applicable]
1. Ground-water Protection Standards
For regulated units the Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall provide
information to support the Agency's selection/development of
Ground-water Protection Standards for all of the Appendix VIII
constituents found in the ground-water during the Facility Investi-
gation (Task IV).
a. The Groundwater Protection Standards shall consist of:
i) for any constituents listed in Table 1 of 40 CFR 264.94,
the respective value given in that table (MCL) if the
background level of the constituent is below the given
in Table 1; or
ii) the background level of that constituent in the ground-
water; or
iii) a U.S. EPA approved Alternate Concentration Limit (ACL).
b. Information to support the Agency's subsequent selection of
Alternate Concentration Limits (ACL's) shall be developed by
the Owner/Operator [Respondent] in accordance with U.S. EPA
guidance. For any proposed ACL's the Owner/Operator [Respondent]
shall include a justification based upon the criteria set
forth in 40 CFR 264.94(b).
-------
3902.3
-30-
c. Within [insert number] days of receipt of anv proposed ACL's.
The U.S. EPA shall notify the Owner/Operator [Respondent]
in writing of approval, disapproval or modificatiocs, the
U.S. EPA shall specify in writing the reason(s) for any
disapproval or modification.
d. Within [insert number] days of receipt of the U.S. EPA's -
notification or disapproval of any proposed ACL, the
Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall amend and submit revisions
to the U.S. EPA.
2. Other Relevant Protection Standards
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall identify all relevant and
applicable standards for the protection of human health and the
environment (e.g. National Ambient Air Quality Standards,
Federally-approved state water quality standards, etc.).
-------
9902.3
-31-
TASK VI: LABORATORY AND BENCH-SCALE STUDIES
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall conduct laboratory and/or bench
scale studies to determine the applicability of a corrective measure
technology or technologies to facility conditions. The Owner/Operator
[Respondent] shall analyze the technologies, based on literature review,
vendor contracts, and past experience to determine the testing requirements.
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall develop a testing plan identifying
the types(s) and goal(s) of the study(ies), the level of effort needed,
and the procedures to be used for data management and interpretation.
Upon completion of the testing, the Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall
evaluate the testing results to assess the technology or technologies
with respect to the site-specific questions identified in the test plan.
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall prepare a report surwnarizinq the
testing program and its results, both positive and negative.
-------
,'-? ,/ ° 9902,3
o^.'V'^ ^
'• ^ V
-32-
-TASK VII; REPORTS
A. Preliminary and Wbrkplan
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall submit to the EPA reports on Tasks
I and II when it submits the RCRA Facility Investigation Wbrkplan. (Task III).
B. Progress
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall at a minimum provide the EPA with
signed, [monthly, bimonthly] progress reports containing:
1. A description and estimate of the percentage of the RFI completed;
2. Summaries of all findings;
3. Summaries of all changes made in the RFI during the reporting
period;
4. Summaries of all contacts with representative of the local community,
public interest groups or State government during the reporting
period;
5. Summaries of all problems or potential problems encountered during
the reporting period;
6. Actions being taken to rectify problems;
7. Changes in personnel during the reporting period;
8. Projected work for the next reporting period; and
9. Copies of daily reports, inspection reoorts, laboratory/ monitoring
data, etc.
C. Draft and Final
S e W o*€— /" v1_ \ \
Upon EPA approval, the Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall prepare a RCRA
Facility Investigation Report to present Tasks rv-v. The RCRA Facility
investigation Report shall be developed in draft form for U.S. EDA review.
The RCRA Facility Investigation Report shall be develoned in final format
incorporating comments received on the Draft RCRA Facility Investigation
Report. Task VI shall be submitted as a seoarate report when the Final
RCRA Facility Investigation Report is submitted.
[number] copies of all reports, including the Task I report, Task II report,
Task III workplan, Task VI report and both the Draft and Final RCRA Facility
Investigation Reports (Task IV-V) shall be provided by the Owner/Operator
[ResTOndent] to U.S. EPA.
-------
9902.3
-33-
[THE FOLLOWING FACILITY SUBMISSION SUMMARY MAY BE PLACED IN THE BODY
OF THE ORDER OR PERMIT AND REMOVED FROM THE SCOPE OF WORK. MOT ALL OF
THE ITEMS LISTED BELOW MAY BE REOUIRED AT EACH FACILITY.]
Facility Submission Summary
A summary of the information reporting requirements contained in the
RCRA Facility Investigation Scope of Work is presented below:
Facility Submission
Description of Current Situation
(Task I)
Pre-Investigation Evaluation of Corrective
Measure Technologies
(Task II)
RFI Workplan
(Task III)
Draft RFI Report
(Tasks TV and V)
Final RFI Report
(Tasks TV and V)
Laboratory and Bench-Scale Studies
(Task VI)
Progress Reports on Tasks I through VI
Due Date
[ DATE ]
[ DATE ]
[ DATE 1
[ NUMBER ] days after
RFI Worknlan Approval
[ NUMBER ] days after
EPA comment on Draft
RFI Report
Concurrent with Final
RFI Report
[ MONTHLY, BI-MONTHLY ]
-------
9902.3
-34-
SCOPE OF WORK FOR A CORRECTBTE MEASURE STUDY
AT
[SPECIFY FACILITY NAME]
PURPOSE
The purpose of this Corrective Measure Study (CMS) is to develop and evaluate
the corrective action alternative or alternatives and to recommend the
corrective measure or measures to be taken at [specify facility name].
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] will furnish the personnel, materials,
and services necessary to prepare the corrective measure study, except
as otherwise specified.
[Note: This scope of work is intended to foster timely, concise submissions
by Owner/Operators. To achieve this goal, it is important when using the
model scope of work to consider facility specific conditions. This scope
should be modified as necessary to reguire only that information necessary
to complete the Corrective Measure Study.]
SCOPE
The Corrective Measure Study consists of four tasks:
Task VIII: Identification and Development of the Corrective Measure ^-^ a
£ Alternative or Alternatives ri
- v ' '
\ - A. Description of Current Situation XA v ^-*-
•t f B. Establishment of Corrective Action Objectives ^" V°
o - ~_c. Screening of Corrective Measures Technologies ^ ^ .
D. Identification of the Corrective Measure Alternative or \ A^-e. «-••
Alternatives -- 3^^ ^ ^ ^Ws <_ •JsSo<*-:*f*y> soe \ e ow > • «
Task IX: Evaluation of the Correctwe Measure Alternative or Alternatives
A. Technical/Environmental/Human Health/Institutional
B. Cost Estimate
Task X: Justification and Recommendation of the Corrective Measure or
Measures
A. Technical
B. Environmental
C. Human Health
Task XI: Reports
A. Progress
B. Draft
C. Final
-------
9902.3
-35-
TASK VIII: IDENTIFICATION AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE CORRECTIVE ACTION
ALTERNATIVE OR ALTERNATIVES
Based on the results of the RCRA Facility Investigation and consideration of
the identified Preliminary Corrective Measure Technologies (Task II),
the Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall identify, screen and develop the
alternative or alternatives for removal, containment, treatment and/or
other remediation of the contamination based on the objectives established
for the corrective action.
A. Description of Current Situation
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall submit an update to the
information describing the current situation at the facility and
the known nature and extent of the contamination as documented by
the RCRA Facility Investigation Report. The Owner/Operator [Respondent]
shall provide an update to information presented in Task I of the
RFI to the Agency regarding previous response activities and any
interim measures which have or are being implemented at the facility.
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall also make a facility-specific
statement of the purpose for the response, based on the results of
the RCRA Facility Investigation. The statement of purpose should
identify the actual or potential exposure pathways that should be
addressed by corrective measures.
B. Establishment of Corrective Action Objectives
The Owner/Operator [Respondent], in conjunction with the U.S. EPA,
shall establish site specific objectives for the corrective action.
These objectives shall be based on public health and environmental
criteria, information gathered during the RCRA Facility Investigation,
EPA guidance, and the requirements of any applicable Federal statutes.
At a minimum, all corrective actions concerning ground water releases
from regulated units must be consistent with, and as stringent as,
those required under 40 CFR 264.100.
C. Screening of Corrective Measure Technologies
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall review the results of the RCRA
Facility Investigation and reassess the technologies specified in
Task II and to identify additional technologies which are applicable
at the facility. The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall screen the
preliminary corrective measure technologies identified in Task II
of the RCRA Facility investigation and any supplemental technologies
to eliminate those that may prove infeasible to implement, that
rely on technologies unlikely to perform satisfactorily or reliably,
or that do not achieve the corrective measure objective within a
reasonable time period. This screening process focuses on eliminating
those technologies which have severe limitations for a given set of
waste and site-specific conditions. The screening step may also
eliminate technologies based on inherent technology limitations.
-------
-36- 3902.3
Site, waste, and technology characteristics which are used to screen
inapplicable technologies are described in more detail below:
1. Site Characteristics
Site data should be reviewed to identify conditions that may
limit or promote the use of certain technologies. Technologies
whose use is clearly precluded by site characteristics should be
eliminated from further consideration;
2. Waste Characteristics
Identification of waste characteristics that limit the effectiveness
or feasibility of technologies is an important part of the screening
process. Technologies clearly limited by these waste characteristics
should be eliminated from consideration. Waste characteristics
particularly affect the feasibility of in-situ methods, direct
treatment methods, and land disposal (on/off-site); and
3. Technology Limitations
During the screening process, the level of technology development,
performance record, and inherent construction, operation, and
maintenance problems should be identified for each technology
considered. Technologies that are unreliable, perform poorly,
or are not fully demonstrated may be eliminated in the screening
process. For example, certain treatment methods have been developed
to a point where they can be implemented in the field without
extensive technology transfer or development.
D. Identification of the Corrective Measure Alternative or Alternatives
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall develop the Corrective measure
alternative or alternatives based on the corrective action objectives
and analysis of Preliminary Corrective Measure Technologies, as
presented in Task II of the RCRA Facility investigation and as
supplemented following the preparation of the RFI Report. The
Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall rely on engineering practice to
determine which of the previously identified technologies appear
most suitable for the site. Technologies can be combined to form
the overall corrective action alternative or alternatives. The
alternative or alternatives developed should represent a workable
number of option(s) that each appear to adequately address all site
problems and corrective action objectives. Each alternative may
consist of an individual technology or a combination of technologies.
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall document the reasons for
excluding technologies, identified in Task II, as supplemented in
the development of the alternative or alternatives.
-------
9902.3
-37-
TASK IX: EVALUATION OF THE CORRECTIVE MEASURE ALTERNATIVE OR ALTERNATIVES
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall describe each corrective measure
alternative that passes through the Initial Screening in Task VIII and
evaluate each corrective measure alternative and it's components. The
evaluation shall be based on technical, environmental, human health and
institutional concerns. The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall also
develop cost estimates of each corrective measure.
A. Technical/Environmental/Human Health/Institutional
The [Owner/ Operator] Respondent shall provide a description of each
corrective measure alternative which includes but is not limited to the
following: preliminary process flow sheets; preliminary sizing and type
of construction for buildings and structures; and rough quantities of
utilities required. The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall evaluate each
alternative in the four following areas:
1. Technical;
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall evaluate each corrective
measure alternative based on performance, reliability,
implementability and safety.
a. The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall evaluate performance based
on the effectiveness an useful life of the corrective measure:
i) Effectiveness shall be evaluated in terms of the ability
to perform intended functions, such as containment, diversion,
removal, destruction, or treatment. The effectiveness of
each corrective measure shall be determined either through
design specifications or by performance evaluation. Any
specific waste or site characteristics which could potentially
impede effectiveness shall be considered. The evaluation
should also consider the effectiveness of combinations of
technolog i es; and
ii) Useful life is defined as the length of time the level of
effectiveness can be maintained. Most corrective measure
technologies, with the exception of destruction, deteriorate
with time. Often, deterioration can be slowed through proper
system operation and maintenance, but the technology eventually
may require replacement. Each corrective measure shall
be evaluated in terms of the projected service lives of its
component technologies. Resource availability in the future
life of the technology, as well as appropriateness of the
technologies, must be considered in estimating the useful
life of the project.
-------
9902.3
-38-
b. The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall provide information on
the reliability of each corrective measure including their
operation and maintenance requirements and their demonstrated
reliability:
i) Operation and maintenance requirements include the frequency
and complexity of necessary operation and maintenance.
Technologies requiring frequent or complex operation and
maintenance activities should be regarded as less reliable
than technologies requiring little or straiahtforward
operation and maintenance. The availability of labor
and materials to meet these requirements shall also be
considered; and
ii) Demonstrated and expected reliability is a way of measuring
the risk and effect of failure. The Owner/Operator
[Respondent] should evaluate whether the technologies
have been used effectively under analogous conditions;
whether the combination of technologies have been used
together effectively; whether failure of any one technology
has an immediate impact on receptors; and whether the
corrective measure has the flexibility to deal with
uncontrollable changes at the site.
c. The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall describe the implement-
ability of each corrective measure including the relative
ease of installation (constructability) and the time required
to achieve a given level of response:
i) Constructability is determined by conditions both internal
and external to the facility conditions and include such
items as location of underground utilities, depth to water
table, heterogeneity of subsurface materials, and location of
the facility (i.e., remote location vs. a congested urban
area). The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall evaluate
what measures can be taken to facilitate construction
under these conditions. External factors which affect
implementation include the need for special permits or
agreements, equipment availability, and the location of
suitable off-site treatment or disposal facilities; and
ii) Time has two components that shall be addressed: the time
it takes to implement a corrective measure and the time
it takes to actually see beneficial results. Beneficial
results are defined as the reduction of contaminants to
some acceptable, pre-established level.
-------
9902.3
-39-
d. The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall evaluate each corrective
measure alternative with regard to safety. This evaluation
shall include threats to the safety of nearby communities
and environments as well as those to workers during implement-
ation. Factors to consider are fire, explosion, and exposure
to hazardous substances.
2. Env i ronmental;
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall perform an Environmental
Assessment for each alternative. The Environmental Assessment
shall focus on the facility conditions and pathways of
contamination actually addressed by each alternative. The
Environmental Assessment for each alternative will include, at a
minimum, an evaluation of: the short- and lonq-term beneficial
and adverse effects of the response alternative; any adverse
effects on environmentally sensitive areas; and an analysis of
measures to mitigate adverse effects.
3. Human Health; and
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall assess each alternative
in terms of the extent of which it mitigates short- and lonq-term
potential exposure to any residual contamination and protects human
health both during and after implementation the corrective measure.
The assessment will describe the levels and characterizations of •
contaminants on-site, potential exposure routes, and potentially
affected population. Each alternative will be evaluated to
determine the level of exposure to contaminants and the reduction
over time. For management of mitigation measures, the relative
reduction of impact will be determined by comparing residual
levels of each alternative with existing criteria, standards, or
guidelines acceptable to EPA.
4. Institutional.
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall assess relevant institutional
needs for each alternative. Specifically, the effects of Federal,
state and local environmental and public health standards,
regulations, guidance, advisories, ordinances, or community
relations on the design, operation, and timing of each alternative.
B. Cost Estimate
The Owner/Operator -[Respondent] shall develop an estimate of the
cost of each corrective measure alternative (and for each phase or
segment of the alternative). The cost estimate shall include both
capital and operation and maintenance costs.
-------
9902.3
-40-
1. Capital costs consist of direct (construction) and indirect
(nonconstruction and overhead) costs.
a. Direct capital costs include:
i) Construction costs: Costs of materials, labor
(including fringe benefits and worker's compensation),
and equipment required to install the corrective
measure.
ii) Equipment costs: Costs of treatment, containment,
disposal and/or service equipment necessary to implement
the action; these materials remain until the corrective
action is complete;
iii) Land and site-development costs: Expenses associated with
purchase of land and development of existing property; and
iv) Buildings and services costs: Costs of process and
nonprocess buildings, utility connections, purchased
services, and disposal costs.
b. Indirect capital costs include:
i) Engineering expenses: Costs of administration, design,
construction supervision, drafting, and testing of
corrective measure alternatives;
ii) Legal fees and license or permit costs: Administrative
and technical costs necessary to obtain licenses and
permits for installation and operation;
iii) Startup and shakedown costs: Costs incurred during
corrective measure startup; and
iv) Contingency allowances: Funds to cover costs resulting
from unforeseen circumstances, such as adverse weather
conditions, strikes, and inadequate facility
character izat ion.
2. Operation and maintenance costs are post-construction costs
necessary to ensure continued effectiveness of a corrective
measure. The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall consider the
following operation and maintenance cost components:
-------
9902.3
-41-
a. Operating labor costs: Wages, salaries, training, overhead,
and fringe benefits associated with the labor needed for
pos t-cons truction ope ra t ions;
b. Maintenance materials and labor costs: Costs for labor,
parts, and other resources required for routine maintenance
of facilities and equipment;
c. Auxiliary materials and energy: Costs of such items as chemicals
and electricity for treatment plant operations, water and sewer
service, and fuel;
d. Purchased services: Sampling costs, laboratory fees, and
professional fees for which the need can be predicted;
e. Disposal and treatment costs: Costs of transporting, treating,
and disposing of waste materials, such as treatment
plant residues, generated during operations;
f. Administrative costs: Costs associated with administration
of corrective measure operation and maintenance not included
under other categories;
g. Insurance, taxes, and licensing costs: Costs of such items
as liability and sudden accidental insurance; real estate
taxes on purchased land or rights-of-way; licensing fees for
certain technologies; and permit renewal and reporting costs;
h. Maintenance reserve and contingency funds: Annual payments
into escrow funds to cover (1) costs of anticipated replacement
or rebuilding of equipment and (2) any large unanticipated
operation and maintenance costs; and
i. Other costs: Items that do not fit any of the above categories.
-------
9902.3
-42-
TASK X: JUSTIFICATION AND RECOMMENDATION OF THE CORRECTIVE
MEASURE OR MEASURES
The Owner/Operator [Respondent! shall justify and recommend a corrective
measure alternative using technical, human health, and environmental
criteria. This recommendation shall include summary tables which allow
the alternative or alternatives to be understood easily. Tradeoffs -
among health risks, environmental effects, and other pertinent factors
shall be highlighted. The U.S. EPA will select the corrective measure
alternative or "alternatives to be implemented based on the results of
Tasks IX and X. At a minimum, the following criteria will be used
to justify the final corrective measure or measures.
A. Technical
1. Performance - corrective measure or measures which are most
effective at performing their intended functions and maintaining
the performance over extended periods of time will be given
preference;
2. Reliability - corrective measure or measures which do not require
freguent or complex operation and maintenance activities and
that have proven effective under waste and facility conditions
similar to those anticipated will be given preference;
3. Implementability - corrective measure or measures which can be
constructed and operating to reduce levels of contamination to
attain or exceed applicable standards in the shortest period of
time will be preferred; and
4. Safety - corrective measure or measures which pose the least
threat to the safety of nearby residents and environments as
well as workers during implementation will be preferred.
B. Human Health
The corrective measure or measures must comply with existing U.S. EPA
criteria, standards, or guidelines for the protection of human health.
Corrective measures which provide the minimum level of exposure to
contaminants and the maximum reduction in exposure with time are
preferred.
C. Env ironmenta1
The corrective measure or measures posing the least adverse impact
(or greatest improvement) over the shortest period "of time on the
environment will be favored.
-------
9902.3
-43-
TASK XI; REPORTS
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall prepare a Corrective Measure Study
Report presenting the results of Task VIII throuqh X and recommending a
corrective measure alternative, [number] copies of the preliminary
report shall be provided by the Owner/Operator [Respondent].
A. Progress
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall at a minimum provide the EPA
with signed, [monthly, bimonthly] progress reports containing:
1. A description and estimate of the percentage of the CMS completed;
2. Summaries of all findings;
3. Summaries of all changes made in the CMS during the reporting
period;
4. Summaries of all contacts with representative of the local
community, public interest groups or State government during the
reporting period;
5. Summaries of all problems or potential problems encountered during
the reporting period;
6. Actions being taken to rectify problems;
7. Changes in personnel during reporting period;
8. Projected work for the next reporting period; and
9. Copies of daily reports, inspection reports, laboratory/ monitoring
data, etc.
B. Draft
The Report shall at a minimum include:
1. A description of the facility;
a. Site topographic map & preliminary layouts.
2. A summary of the corrective measure or measures;
a. Description of the corrective measure or measures and rationale
for selection;
b. Performance expectations;
c. Preliminary design criteria and rationale;
d. General operation and maintenance reguirements; and
e. Long-term monitoring requirements.
-------
9902.3
-44-
3. A summary of the RCRA Facility Investigation and impact on the
selected corrective measure or measures;
a. Field studies (ground-water, surface water, soil, air); and
b. Laboratory studies (bench scale, pick scale).
4. Design and Implementation Precautions;
a. Special technical problems;
b. Additional engineering data required;
c. Permits and regulatory requirements;
d. Access, easements, right-of-way;
e. Health and safety requirements; and
f. Community relations activities.
5. Cost Estimates and Schedules;
a. Capital cost estimate;
b. Operation and maintenance cost estimate; and
c. Project schedule (design, construction, operation).
[number] copies of the draft shall be provided by the Owner/Operator
[Respondent] to U.S. EPA.
Final
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall finalize the Corrective Measure
Study Report incorporating comments received from EPA on the Draft Corrective
Measure Study Report.
-------
9902.3
-45-
[THE FOLLOWING FACILITY SUBMISSION SUMMARY MAY BE PLACED IN THE BODY
OF THE ORDER OR PERMIT £ND REMOVED FROM THE SCOPE OF W)RK. NOT .ALL OF
THE ITEMS LISTED BELOW MAY BE REQUIRED AT EACH FACILITY.]
Facility Submission Summary
A summary of the information reporting requirements contained in the -
Corrective Measure Study Scope of Work is presented below:
Facility Submission
Draft CMS Report
(Tasks VIII, IX, and X)
Final CMS Report
(Tasks VIII, IX, and X)
Progress Reports on Tasks VIII, IX, and X
Due Date
[ NUMBER ] days
after submittal of
the Final RFI
[ NUMBER ] days
after Public and
EPA comment on the
Draft CMS
[ MONTHLY, BI-MONTHLY
-------
9902.3
-46-
SCOPE OF WORK FOR THE CORRECTIVE MEASURE IMPLEMENTATION
AT
[SPECIFY FACILITY NAME]
PURPOSE
The purpose of this Corrective Measure Implementation (CMI) program is to
design, construct, operate, maintain, and monitor the performance of the
corrective measure or measures selected to protect human health and the
environment. The Owner/Operator [Respondent] will furnish all personnel,
materials and services necessary for the implementation of the corrective
measure or measures.
[Note: This scope of work is intended to foster timely, concise submissions
by Owner/Operators. To achieve this goal, it is important when using the
model scope of work to consider facility specific conditions. This scope
should be modified as necessary to require only that information necessary
to complete the Corrective Measure toplementation.]
SCOPE
The Corrective Measure Implementation program consists of four tasks;
Task XII: Corrective Measure Implementation Program Plan
A. Program Management Plan
B. Community Relations Plan
Task XIII: Corrective Measure Design
A. Design Plans and Specifications
B. Operation and Maintenance Plan
C. Cost Estimate
D. Project Schedule
E. Construction Quality Assurance Objectives
P. Health and Safety Plan
G. Design Phases
Task XIV: Corrective Measure Construction
A. Responsibility and Authority
B. Construction Quality Assurance Personnel nualifications
C. Inspection Activities
D. Sampling Reguirements
E. Documentation
Task XV: Reports
A. Progress
B. Draft
C. Final
-------
9902.3
-47-
TASK XII; CORRECTIVE MEASURE IMPLEMENTATION PROGRAM PLAN
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall prepare a Corrective Measure
Implementation Program Plan. This program will include the development and
implementation of several plans, which require concurrent preparation.
It may be necessary to revise plans as the work is performed to focus
efforts on a particular problem. The Program Plan includes the following:
A. Program Management Plan
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall prepare a Program Management Plan
which will document the overall management strategy for performing the
design, construction, operation, maintenance and monitoring of corrective
measure(s). The plan shall document the responsibility and authority of
all organizations and key personnel involved with the implementation.
The Program Management Plan will also include a description of
gualifications of key personnel directing the Corrective Measure
Implementation Program, including contractor personnel.
B. Community Relations Plan
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall revise the Community Relations
Plan to include any changes in the level of concern of information needs
to the community during design and construction activities.
1. Specific activities which must be conducted during the design stage
are the following:
a. Revise the facility Community Relations Plan to reflect knowledge
of citizen concerns and involvement at this stage of the process;
and
b. Prepare and distribute a public notice and an updated fact sheet at
the completion of engineering design.
2. Specific activities to be conducted during the construction stage
could be the following: Depending on citizen interest at a
facility at this point in the corrective action process, community
relations activities could range from group meetings to fact
sheets on the technical status.
-------
9902.3
-48-
TASK XIII; CORRECTIVE MEASURE DESIGN
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall prepare final construction plans
and specifications to implement the corrective measure(s) at the facility
as defined in the Corrective Measure Study.
A. Design Plans and Specifications
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall develop clear and comprehensive
design plans and specifications which include but are not limited to
the following:
1. Discussion of the design strategy and the design basis, including;
a. Compliance with all applicable or relevant environmental
and public health standards; and
b. Minimization of environmental and public impacts.
2. Discussion of the technical factors of importance including:
a. Use of currently accepted environmental control measures and
technology;
b. The constructability of the design; and
c. Use of currently acceptable construction practices and technigues.
3. Description of assumptions made and detailed justification of
these assumptions;
4. Discussion of the possible sources of error and references to
possible operation and maintenance problems;
5. Detailed drawings of the proposed design including;
a. Qualitative flow sheets; and
b. Quantitative flow sheets.
6. Tables listing equipment and specifications;
7. Tables giving material and energy balances;
8. Appendices including;
a. Sample calculations (one example presented and explained
clearly for significant or unique design calculations);
b. Derivation of equations essential to understanding the
report; and
c. Results of laboratory or field tests.
-------
9902.3
-49-
B. Operation and Maintenance Plan
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall prepare an Operation and
Maintenance Plan to cover both implementation and long term maintenance
of the corrective measure. The plan shall be composed of the following
elements:
1. Description of normal operation and maintenance (O&M);
a. Description of tasks for operation;
b. Description of tasks for maintenance;
c. Description of prescribed treatment or operation conditions; and
d. Schedule showing frequency of each O&M task.
2. Description of potential operating problems;
a. Description and analysis of potential operation problems;
b. Sources of information regarding problems; and
c. Common and/or anticipated remedies.
3. Description of routine monitoring and laboratory testing;
a. Description of monitoring tasks;
b. Description of required laboratory tests and their interpretation;
c. Required OA/QC; and
d. Schedule of monitoring frequency and date, if appropriate, when
monitoring may cease.
4. Description of alternate O&M;
a. Should systems fail, alternate procedures to prevent undue hazard;
and
b. Analysis of vulnerability and additional resource requirements
should a failure occur.
5. Safety plan;
a. Description of precautions, of necessary equipment, etc., for
site personnel; and
b. Safety tasks required in event of systems failure.
-------
9902.3
-50-
6. Description of equipment; and
a. Equipment identification;
b. Installation of monitoring components;
c. Maintenance of site equipment; and
d. Replacement schedule for equipment and installed components.
7. Records and reporting mechanisms required.
a. Daily operating logs;
b. Laboratory records;
c. Records for operating costs;
d. Mechanism for reporting emergencies;
e. Personnel and maintenance records; and
f. Monthly/annual reports to State agencies.
An initial Draft Operation and Maintenance Plan shall be submitted
simultaneously with the Prefinal Design Document submission and the
Final Operation and Maintenance Plan with the Final Desiqn Documents.
C. Cost Estimate
The Owner/Operator [Respondent! shall develop cost estimates for the
purpose of assurinq that the facility has the financial resources
necessary to construct and implement the corrective measure. The
cost estimate developed in the Corrective Measure Study shall be
refined to reflect the more detailed/accurate design plans and
specifications being developed. The cost estimate shall include
both capital and operation and maintenance costs. An Initial Cost
Estimate shall be submitted simultaneously with the Prefinal Design
submission and the Final Cost Estimate with the Final Design Document.
D. Project Schedule
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall develop a Project Schedule for
construction and implementation of the corrective measure or measures
which identifies timing for initiation and completion of all critical
path tasks. Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall specifically identify
dates for completion of the project and major interim milestones.
An Initial Project Schedule shall be submitted simultaneously with
the Prefinal Desiqn Document submission and the Final Project Schedule
with the Final Desiqn Document.
-------
-51- 9902.3
E. Construction Quality Assurance Objectives
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall identify and document the
objectives and framework for the development of a construction quality
assurance program including, but not limited to the following:
responsibility and authority; personnel qualifications; inspection
activities; sampling requirements; and documentation.
F. Health and Safety Plan
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall modify the Health Safety Plan
developed for the RCRA Facility Investigation to address the activities
to be performed at the facility to implement the corrective measure(s).
G. Design Phases
The design of the corrective measure!s) should include the phases
outlined below.
1. Preliminary design
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall submit the Preliminary
design when the design effort is approximately 30% complete. At
this stage the Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall have field verified
the existing conditions of the facility. The preliminary design
shall reflect a level of effort such that the technical requirements
of the project have been addressed and outlined so that they may
be reviewed to determine if the final design will provide an
operable and usable corrective measure. Supporting data and
documentation shall be provided with the design documents defining
the functional aspects of the program. The preliminary construction
drawings by the Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall reflect organization
and clarity. The scope of the technical specifications shall be
outlined in a manner reflecting the final specifications. The
Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall include with the preliminary
submission design calculations reflecting the same percentage of
completion as the designs they support.
2. Intermediate design
Complex project design may necessitate review of the design
documents between the preliminary and the prefinal/final design.
At the discretion of the Agency, a design review may be required
at 60% completion of the project. The intermediate design
sutamittal should include the same elements as the prefinal design.
3. Correlating plans and specifications
General correlation between drawings and technical specifications,
is a basic requirement of any set of working construction plans
and specifications. Before submitting the project specifications,
the Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall:
a. Coordinate and cross-check the specifications and drawings; and
-------
-52- 9902.3
b. Complete the proofing of the edited specifications and required
cross-checkinq of all drawings and specifications.
These activities shall he completed prior to the 95% prefinal
submittal to the Agency.
4. Equipment start-up and operator training
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall prepare, and include in
the technical specifications governing treatment systems, contractor
requirements for providing: appropriate service visits by experienced
personnel to supervise the installation, adjustment, startup and
operation of the treatment systems, and training covering appropriate
operational procedures once the startup has been successfully
accomplished.
5. Mditional studies
Corrective Measure Implementation may require additional studies to
supplement the available technical data. At the direction of the
Agency for any such studies required, the Owner/Operator [Respondent]
shall furnish all services, including field work as required,
materials, supplies, plant, labor, equipment, investigations,
studies and superintendence. Sufficient sampling, testing and
analysis shall be performed to optimize the required treatment
and/or disposal operations and systems. There shall be an initial
meeting of all principal personnel involved in the development
of the program. The purpose will be to discuss objectives,
resources, communication channels, role of personnel involved
and orientation of the site, etc. The interim report shall
present the results of the testing with the recommended treatment
or disposal system (including options). A review conference
shall be scheduled after the interim report has been reviewed by
all interested parties. The final report of the testing shall
include all data taken during the testing and a summary of the
results of the studies.
6. Prefinal and final design
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall submit the prefinal/Final
design documents in two parts. The first submission shall be at
95% completion of design (i.e., prefinal). After approval of
the prefinal submission, the Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall
execute the reguired revisions and submit the final documents
100% complete with reproducible drawings and specifications.
The prefinal design sufcmittal and shall consist of the Design
Plans and Specifications, Operation and Maintenance Plan, Capital
and Operating and Maintenance Cost Estimate, Project Schedule,
Quality Assurance Plan and Specifications for the Health and
Safety Plan.
-------
9902.3
-53-
The final design submitted consist of the Final Design Plans and
Specifications (100% complete), the Owner/Operator's [Respondent's]
Final Construction Cost Estimate, the Final Operation
and Maintenance Plan, Final Quality Assurance Plan, Final Project
Schedule and Final Health and Safety Plan specifications. The
quality of the design documents should be such that the Owner/Operator
[Respondent] would be able to include them in a bid package and
invite contractors to submit bids for the construction project.
-------
9902.3
-54-
TASK XIV: CORRECTB^E MEASURE CONSTRUCTION
Following EPA approval of the final design, the Owner/Operator [Respondent]
shall develop and implement a construction quality assurance (COA) program
to ensure, with a reasonable degree of certainty, that a completed corrective
measure(s) meets or exceeds all design criteria, plans and specifications.
The CQA plan is a facilityspecific document which must be submitted to
the Agency for approval prior to the start of construction. At a minimum,
the CQA plan should include the elements, which are summarized below.
Upon EPA approval of the CQA plan the Owner/Operator [Resondent] shall
construct and implement the corrective measures in accordance with the
approved design, schedule and the CQA plan. The Owner/Operator [Respondent]
shall also implement the elements of the approved Operation and Maintenance
plan.
A. Responsibility and Authority
The responsibility and authority of all organizations (i.e. technical
consultants, construction firms, etc.) and key personnel involved
in the construction of the corrective measure shall be described
fully in the CQA plan. The Owner/Operator [Respondent] must identify
a COA officer and the necessary supporting inspection staff.
B. Construction Quality Assurance Personnel Qualifications
The gualifications of the CQA officer and supporting inspection
personnel shall be presented in the CQA plan to demonstrate that
they possess the training and experience necessay to fulfill their
identified responsibilities.
C. Inspection Activities
The observations and tests that will be used to monitor the construction
and/or installation of the components of the corrective measure(s)
shall be summarized in the CQA plan. The plan shall include the
scope and frequency of each type of inspection. Inspections shall
verify compliance with all environmental requirements and include,
but not be limited to air quality and emissions monitoring records,
waste disposal records (e.g., RCRA transportation manifests), etc.
The inspection should also ensure compliance with all health and
safety procedures. In addition to oversight inspections, the Owner/
Operator [Respondent] shall conduct the following activities:
1. Preconstruction inspection and meeting
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall conduct a preconstruction
inspection and meeting to:
a. Review methods for documenting and reporting inspection data;
b. Review methods for distributing and storing documents and reports;
-------
9902.3
-55-
c. Review work area security and safety protocol;
d. Discuss any appropriate modifications of the construction quality
assurance plan to ensure that site-specific considerations are
addressed; and
e. Conduct a site walk-around to verify that the design criteria,
plans, and specifications are understood and to review material
and equipment storaqe locations.
The preconstruction inspection and meeting shall be documented
by a designated person and minutes should be transmitted to all
parties.
2. Prefinal inspection
Upon preliminary project completion Owner/Operator [Respondent]
shall notify EPA for the purposes of conducting on prefinal inspection.
The prefinal inspection will consist of a walk-through inspection of
the entire project site. The inspection is to determine whether the
project is complete and consistent with the contract documents and
the EPA approved corrective measure. Any outstanding construction
items discovered during the inspection will be identified and noted.
Additionally, treatment equipment will be operationally tested by the
Owner/Operator [Respondent]. The Owner/Operator [Respondent] will
certify that the equipment has performed to meet the purpose and
intent of the specifications. Retesting will be completed where
deficiencies are revealed. The prefinal inspection report should
outline the outstanding construction items, actions required to
resolve items, completion date for these items, and date for final
inspection.
3. Final inspection
Upon completion of any outstanding construction items, the Owner/
Operator [Respondent] shall notify EPA for the purposes of conducting
a final inspection. The final inspection will consist of a walk-through
inspection of the project site. The prefinal inspection report will
be used as a checklist with the final inspection focusing on the
outstanding construction items identified in the prefinal inspection.
Confirmation shall be made that outstanding items have been resolved.
D. Sampling Reguirements
The sampling activities, sample size, sample locations, frequency of
testing, acceptance and rejection criteria, and plans for correcting
problems as addressed in the project specifications should be presented
in the CQA plan.
-------
9902.3
-56-
E. Documentation
Reporting requirements for COA activities shall be described in detail
the COA plan. This should include such items as daily summary reports,
inspection data sheets, problem identification and corrective measures
reports, design acceptance reports, and final documentation. Provisions
for the final storage of all records also should be presented in the CQA
plan.
-------
9902.3
TASK XV: REPORTS
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall prepare plans, specifications, and
reports as set forth in Tasks XII throuagh Task XV to document the design,
construction, operation, maintenance, and monitoring of the corrective
measure. The documentation shall include, but not be limited to the
following:
A. Progress
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall at a minimum provide the EPA
with signed, [monthly, bimonthly] progress reports during the design
and construction phases and [semi-annual] progress reports for
operation and maintenance activities containing:
1. An description and estimate of the percentage of the CMI completed;
2. Summaries of all findings;
3. Summaries of all changes made in the CMI during the reporting
period;
4. Summaries of all contacts with representative of the local community,
public interest groups or State government during the reporting period;
5. Summaries of all problems or potential problems encountered during
the reporting period;
6. Actions being taken to rectify problems;
7. Changes in personnel during the reporting period;
8. Projected work for the next reporting period; and
9. Copies of daily reports, inspection reports, laboratory/ monitoring
data, etc.
B. Draft
1. The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall submit a draft Corrective
Measure Implementation Program Plan as outlined in Task XII;
2. The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall submit draft Construction
Plans and Specifications, Design Reports, Cost Estimates, Schedules,
Operation and Maintenance plans, and Study Reports as outlined in
Task XIII;
3. The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall submit a draft Construction
Quality Assurance Program Plan and Documentation as outlined in
Task XIV, and
-------
9902.3
-58-
At the "completion" of the construction of the project, the Owr.er-
/Operator [Respondent] shall submit a Corrective Measure Implementation
Report to the Agency. The Report shall document that the -project
is consistent with the design specifications, and that the corrective
measure is performing adequately. The Report shall include, but
not be limited to the following elements:
a. Synopsis of the corrective measure and certification of the design
and construction;
b. Explanation of any modifications to the plans and why these
were necessary for the project;
c. Listing of the criteria, established before the corrective
measure was initiated, for judging the functioning of the
corrective measure and also explaining any modification to
these criteria;
d. Results of facility monitoring, indicating that the corrective
measure will meet or exceed the performance criteria; and
e. Explanation of the operation and maintenance (including
monitoring) to be undertaken at the facility.
This report should include all of the daily inspection summary
reports, inspection summary reports, inspection data sheets,
problem identification and corrective measure reports, block
evaluation reports, photographic reporting data sheets, design
engineers' acceptance reports, deviations frcm design and material
specifications (with justifying documentation) and as-built
drawings.
C. Final
The Owner/Operator [Respondent] shall finalize the Corrective Measure
Implementation Program Plan, Construction Plans and Specifications,
Design Reports, Cost Estimates, Project Schedule, Operation and
Maintenance Plan, Study Reports, Construction Duality Assurance Program
Plan/Documentation and the Corrective Measure Implementation Report
incorporating comments received on draft submissions.
-------
9902.3
-59-
[THE FOLLOWING FACILITY SUBMISSION SUMMARY MAY BE PLACED IN THE BODY
OF THE ORDER OR PERMIT AND REMOVED FROM THE SCOPE OF WORK. NOT ALL OF
THE ITEMS LISTED BELOW MAY BE REQUIRED AT EACH FACILITY].
Submission Summary
A summary of the information reporting requirements contained in the
Corrective Measure Implementation Scope of Work is present below:
Facility Submission
Draft Program Plans
(Task XII)
Final Program Plans
(Task XII)
Design Phases
(Task XIII A)
- Preliminary resign (30% completion)
- Intermediate Design (60% completion)
- Prefinal Design (95% completion)
- Final Design (100% completion)
(Task XIII B through G)
- Draft Sufcmittals
- Final Subrnittals
Additional Studies: Interim Report
(Task XIII F)
Additional Studies: Final Report
(Task XIII F)
Draft Construction Quality Assurance Plan
(Task XTV)
Final Construction Quality Assurance Plan
(Task XTV)
Construction of Corrective Measure(s)
Prefinal Inspection Report
(Task XTV)
Due Date
[ DATE 1
[ NUMBER ] days after
EPA comment on Draft
Program Plans
[ NUMBER ] days after
submittal of Final Program Plan
[ NUMBER ] days after
submittal of Final Program Plan
[ NUMBER ] days after
submittal of Final Program Plan
[ NUMBER ] days after
submittal of Prefinal Design
Concurrent with Prefinal Design
Concurrent with Final Design
[ DATE ESTABLISHED PRIOR
TO FINAL DESIGN ]
[ NUMBER 1 days after EPA
comment on Interim Report
Prior to construction
[ NUMBER ] days after EPA
comment on Draft Construction
Quality Assurance Plan
As approved in Final Design
[ NUMBER ] days after
Prefinal Inspection
-------
9902.3
-60-
Facility Submission
Draft CMI Report
(Task XV)
Completion of Construction
Final CMI Report
(Task XV)
Progress Reports for Tasks XII through XIV
Progress Reports During Operation
and Maintenance
Due Date
Upon ccmoletion of
construction phase
As approved by EPA in the
Corrective Measure Design
[ NUMBER ] days after EPA
comment on Draft CMI Report
[ MONTHLY, BI-MONTHLY ]
[ SEMI-ANNUAL]
-------
9902.3
-61-
ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY
for the
CORRECT!^ ACTION PLAN**
Guidance on Remedial Investigations Under CERCIA; May 1985.
- Provides detailed guidance on the information that should be
collected in performing a CERCLA Remedial Investigation. This
document should be consulted in performing the investigation
portion of the RFI/CMS since most of the RCRA Facility Investigation
data needs are identical to these in CERCLA.
Guidance on Feasibility Studies Under CERCLA; April 1985.
- Provides a framework for developing, screeningt and selecting a
remedial action under CERCLA. Most of the techniques described
are appropriate for the developing, screening, and selection of
the RCRA Corrective Measures. However, the management and policy
objectives presented in the document (i.e. fulfilling the requirements
of the CERCLA National Contingency Plan) are not appropriate to RCRA
and should be omitted from the Corrective Measure decisionmaking
framework.
Chemical, Physical and Biological Properties of Compounds Present at
Hazardous Waste Sites; EPA/OWPE; September 1985.
- Provides detailed technical "information of the physical and
toxicological properties of a wide range of chemicals. Such
information should be included in the RCRA Facility Investigation
and should be used in developing Corrective Measures.
Endanqerment Assessment Handbook; EPA/OWPE; August 1985.
- Provides guidance on developing a CERCLA (or RCRA 7003) Endangerment
Assessment. The information presented might be useful in assessing
health and environmental effects in the RFI/CMS.
Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Waste; EPA-600/4-79-020;
March 1979.
- Provides test procedures for monitoring waste discharge water
supplies, and ambient waters.
Toxicology Handbook - Principles Related to Hazardous_Waste Site Investigations;
EPA/OWPE; August 1985.
- Discusses toxicological principles. Intended as an aid for non-toxicolcgists.
**NOTE: This is not a complete listing of the Agency guidance which
may be relevant to the corrective action process. A number of
documents are presently under development and have not been included.
-------
9902.3
-62-
Remedial Action at Waste Disposal Sites (Revised); EPA/625/6-85/006; 1985.
- Provides basic reference material on the design and implementation
of remedial action. Although the document is geared towards the CERCLA
RI/FS process, most of the material presented is directly applicable
to the RCRA Corrective Action Plan.
Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods;
SW-846; July 1982.
- Provides procedures that should be used to determine whether a waste
is a hazardous waste as defined by 40 CFR Part 261.
Superfund Remedial Design and Remedial Action Guidance; February 1985.
- Provides guidance on developing remedial design and remedial actions
at Superfund sites. Although procedurally focused on satisfying the
NCP, the document provides useful managerial information for implementing
RCRA Corrective Measures.
Guidance on Remedial Actions for Contaminated Ground Water at Superfund
Sites; Draft; May 1986.
- Provides technical discussions of CERCLA remedial alternative
screening and case studies which are largely applicable to the
RFI/CMS. The guidance is intended to be consistent with EPA's
Ground Water Protection Strategy and with RCRA.
Construction Quality Assurance for Hazardous Waste Land Disposal Facilities;
EPA/530-SW-85-031; July 1986.
- Public guidance on construction guality assurance for hazardous
waste landfills, surface impoundmenets, and wastepiles.
RCRA Ground-Water Monitoring Technical Enforcement Guidance Document;
Final; EPA/OWPE; September 1986.
- Provides guidance on data collection and well spacing and design for
detection and assessment monitoring of Interim Status facilities.
This guidance should be consulted in both the RCRA Facility Investi-
gation and Corrective Measure stages of the RFI/CMS.
-------
Friday
December 19, 1986
Part IV
Department of Labor
Occupational Safety and Health
Administration
29 CFR Part 1910
Hazardous Waste Operations and
Emergency Response; Interim Final Rule
-------
45654
Federal Register / Vol. 51, No. 244 / Friday, December 19, 1986 / Rules and Regulations
DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
Occupational Safety and Health
Administration
29 CFR Part 1910
[Docket No. S-760]
Hazardous Waste Operations and
Emergency Response
AGENCY: Occupational Safety and
Health Administration; Labor.
ACTION: Interim final rule.
SUMMARY: This interim final rule
amends the Occupational Safety and
Health Administration (OSHA)
standards for hazardous materials in
Subpart H of 29 CFR Part 1910 by adding
a new § 1910.120 containing employee
protection requirements for workers
engaged in hazardous waste operations
including emergency response to
hazardous subsfance incidents.
Coverage includes employees
involved in responses covered by the
Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability
Act of 1980 as amended (CERCLA or
"Superfund" Act) [Pub. L 96-510, 42
U.S.C. 9601 etseq, 94 Stat 2767] such as
clean-up of hazardous waste sites,
certain hazardous waste operations
conducted under the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act of 1978
as amended (RCRA) [Pub. L 94-580, 42
U.S.C. 6901 et seq, 90 Stat 2795), and
emergency response to incidents
involving the handling, processing and
transportation of hazardous substances.
The issuance of this interim final rule
is mandated by section 126(e) of the
"Superfund Amendments and
Reauthorization Act of 1986" (SARA)
[Pub. L 99-499). The interim final rule
will regulate employee safety and health
at hazardous waste operations and
during emergency response to
hazardous substance incidents until a
final standard, also mandated by section
126 of SARA, is issued by OSHA and
becomes effective. The final OSHA
standard also mandated by section 126
of SARA is the subject of a Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking which will be
published shortly.
DATES: Interim rule effective December
19.1986: various start-up dates have
been established in paragraph (p) of the
standard. The incorporation by
reference of certain publications listed
in the regulations is approved by the
Director of the Federal Register as of
December 19,1986.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Mr. James F. Foster, U.S. Department of
Labor, Occupational Safety and Health
Administration, Division of Consumer
Affairs, Room S-^t220, 200 Constitution
Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20210,
202-523-8151.
This interim final rule was prepared
by Michael B. Moore and Chappell D.
Pierce, Directorate of Safety Standards,
Office of Fire Protection Engineering and
Systems Safety Standards, (202) 523-
7225.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
I. Background
On October 17,1986, the President
signed into law the "Superfund
Amendments and Reauthorization Act
of 1986" (SARA) [Pub. L. 99-499]. As
part of SARA the Secretary of Labor
("Secretary") is directed to issue an
interim final rule within 60 days after
the date of enactment, which is to
provide no less protection for workers
engaged in covered operations than the
protections contained in the
Environmental Protection Agency's
(EPA), "Health and Safety Requirements
for Employees Engaged in Field
Activities" manual (EPA Order 1440.2)
dated 1981 and the existing OSHA
standards under Subpart C of 29 CFR
Part 1926. SARA also directs the
Secretary to issue, within one year, a
final standard under section 6(b) of the
Occupational Safety and Health Act of
1970 for the health and safety of
employees engaged in hazardous waste
operations. SARA further indicates that
certain specific areas of employee
protection (i.e., medical surveillance.
personal protective equipment, training,
and others) contained in section 126(b)
are relevant to protect employees
engaged in hazardous waste operations.
The interim final rule issued today
becomes effective immediately and will
remain in effect until one year after
issuance of the final OSHA standard,
which will be proposed shortly.
Congress has clearly directed in section
I26(e) that these interim final rules
become effective upon issuance and the
standard provides this. Implementation
is to commence immediately, however,
various start-up dates are set forth in
paragraph (p) of the standard which
recognize that full implementation
cannot be completed immediately for
some provisions. In addition OSHA will,
of course, recognize greater feasibility
constraints in the first three months of
the standard and take those constraints
into account in enforcement.
This interim final rule has been
adopted from the language of the EPA
manual entitled "Health and Safety
Requirements for Employees Engaged in
Field Activities" (1981) and the language
of OSHA's safety and health standards
in Subpart C of 29 CFR Part 1926. The
interim final rule also contains language
taken from various documents issued
either jointly or solely by the EPA.
OSHA. the U.S. Coast Guard, and the
National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health (NIOSH). OSHA has
specifically used the joint OSHA/EPA/
USCG/N1OSH document entitled.
"Occupational Safety and Health
Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste
Site Activities" (Preamble Reference 6),
as an outline in preparing this interim
rule. This four agency manual has been
developed as a result of the
collaborative efforts of professionals
representing the four agencies. These
professionals, who are knowledgeable
in hazardous waste operations, worked
with over 100 experts and organizations
in the development of the criteria
contained in this manual. The manual
was published in October 1985 and is
public information. The manual is a
guidance document for managers
responsible for occupational safety and
health programs at inactive hazardous
waste sites. The manual is intended for
use by government officials at all levels
and contractors involved with
hazardous waste operations. The
manual provides general guidance and
is intended to be used as a preliminary
basis for developing a specific health
and safety program for hazardous waste
operations. Further the major subject
areas listed in SARA section 128(b) are
nearly identical to these major chapters
listed in the manual.
Congress indicated that reasonably
comprehensive protection was intended
for employees at hazardous waste
operations, as discussed below, cover.r.g
more than the minimum requirements
specified in the EPA manual (EPA Order
1440.2) and Subpart C of 29 CFR Part
1926. In light of the short period of time
Congress directed for issuance of this
standard, OSHA's utilization of
recognized sources of guidance which
have been created by experts in the area
and utilizing the resources of relevant
agencies is appropriate.
In view of the brief penod given for
the issuance of this document, it may be
necessary to issue minor corrections in
the near future.
II. Summary and Explanation of the
Standard
Paragraph fa}—Scope, Application, and
Definitions
In paragraph (a)(l). Scope, OSHA has
defined the scope of the standard to
include:
(i) Hazardous substance response
operations under the Comprehensive
Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act of 198°
-------
Federal Register / Vol. 51. No. 244 / Friday, December 19. 1986 / Rules and Regulations 45655
as amended (CERCLA) including initial
investigations at CERCLA sites before
the presence or absence of hazardous
substances has been ascertained:
(ii) Major corrective actions taken in
clean-up operations under the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act of 1978
as amended (RCRA)r
(iii) Operations involving hazardous
waste storage, disposal and treatment
facilities regulated under 40 CFR Parts
264 and 285 pursuant to RCRA except
for small quantity generators and those
employers with less than 90 days
accumulation of hazardous wastes as
defined in 40 CFR 262.34:
(iv) Hazardous waste operations sites
that have been designated for clean-up
by state or local governmental
authorities; and
(v) Emergency response operations for
releases of or substantial threats of
releases of hazardous substances and
post-emergency response operations to
such releases.
Thus this standard will cover
hazardous waste clean-up operations at
CERCLA sites. RCRA sites, emergency
response sites and those sites
designated by State or local
governments. It will also cover other
hazardous waste operations, such as
storage, disposal or treatment of
hazardous waste at RCRA facilities.
OSHA believes that Congress
intended the interim rule to have a
broad scope and application. This is
indicated by the legislative intent as
reflected in the language of SARA. The
language of section 126(e) explicitly
states that the Secretary "shall issue
interim final regulations under this
section.. ."(emphasis supplied). "Under
this section" refers to the entire section
126 of SARA. And. as previously noted.
section 128(a) mandates safety and
health standards for the protection of
employees engaged in hazardous waste
operations. Thus, OSHA believes
Congress intended the interim final rule
to mirror section 126 and provide
protective provisions to employees
engaged in hazardous waste operations.
The argument is buttressed further by
the fact that section 128(e) states that
the interim final rule shall provide no
less (emphasis added) protection for
workers employed by contractors and
emergency response workers than the
protection contained in the
Environmental Protection Agency
Manual "Health and Safety
Requirements for Employees Engaged in
Field Activities" and exiting standards
under Subpart C of 29 CFR Part 1926.
The two sources cited in section 126{e)
are not a limitation on the scope of the
interim rule. Rather, this language
establishes the minimum amount of
protective provisions, with the broad
parameters of employee protection
delineated by the remainder of section
126.
This interpretation is reinforced
because SARA is a freestanding
statutory provision and not an
amendment to CERCLA. The clear
Congressional intent then is to provide
protection to employees whenever they
deal with hazardous wastes.
The hazards an employee faces at a
RCRA. CERCLA, or emergency response
site are the same hazards. The risk of
exposure is to the same types of
hazardous substances. The scope of the
regulation fulfills the Congressional
mandate: to effectively provide for
employee health and safety at
hazardous waste operations and
emergency response incidents.
As indicated in the application
provisions, different provisions of the
standard apply to clean-up operations.-
regular hazardous waste operations and
emergency response to take into account
relevant differences.
Further the term "hazardous waste
operation" is used in section 126(a) of
SARA. "Hazardous waste" is also a
term used in RCRA and there is no
indication from SARA or its legislative
history that RCRA facilities were to be
excluded from coverage by this interim
rule. This is a further reason why OSHA
has included RCRA hazardous waste
operations under the coverage of this
interim final rule. However, small
quantity generators; employers who
have less than 90 days of hazardous
waste accumulation; and solid waste
disposal operations which do not
involve hazardous waste are not
covered by this interim final rule. Also.
employees at hazardous waste sites
who will not be exposed or do not have
the potential to be exposed to hazardous
substances are not covered by this
interim final rule.
Emergency response employees who
respond or will respond to incidents
involving hazardous substances are
covered by this interim final rule. Public
employees of states that have
agreements with OSHA under section 18
of the OSH Act must issue regulations at
least as effective as these to protect
public employees.
Municipal or other sanitary landfills
that handle domestic wastes are not
covered. Similar waste paper or scrap
metal operations are generally not
covered because of the type of wastes
they handle. But they could be covered
if they have clean-ups for or handle
hazardous wastes meeting the scope
provisions of the standard.
Operations with no exposure to on-
site hazardous substances, i.e.. road
building for site access, construction of
on-site or the setting up of temporary
facilities in the clean zone or the closure
of a RCRA site involving the building of
a clay cap over hazard wastes, are
considered to be construction activities
covered by the standards in 29 CFR Part
1926.
The scope and application provisions
carry out the intent of Congress and are
consistent with good occupational
safety and health policy. Employees
performing clean-up operations under
CERCLA. RCRA (corrective actions) and
post emergency response, generally
those employees likely to have the
highest exposures to hazardous
substances over a longer period, are
covered by virtually all the provisions of
the rule. Employees exposed to
hazardous wastes in routine RCRA
hazardous waste operations, who are
regularly exposed to hazardous wastes
but in a more controlled environment
are covered by the more limited
requirements of paragraph (o) of the
interim final rule. Emergency response
workers, exposed usually for short
periods to often unknown but possibly
high levels of hazardous substances.
have specific provisions directed
towards this situation.
In paragraph (a)(2), Application,
OSHA designates the requirements
which apply to the specific work
activities covered by this interim final
rule. The requirements set forth in
paragraph (1) of this section specifically
apply to the work conducted by
emergency response personnel, such as
fire fighters, emergency medical system
(EMS) employees and police, when they
respond to hazardous substance
incidents.
The requirements set forth in
paragraph (o) of this section specifically
apply to the hazardous waste operations
at RCRA sites which are involved in
disposal, treatment, storage and
handling of hazardous waste. The
exclusion of small quantity operators
and less than 90-day accumulators
excludes from coverage by the interim
rule operators such as dry cleaners and
gas stations which come within the
purview of RCRA but are not hazardous
waste operators in the normal meaning
of the term. The approximately 4,000
RCRA sites where reasonably large
quantities of hazardous wastes are
regularly handled, treated and stored
are covered by the rule. This reflects the
legislative intent, meets the normal
meaning of hazardous waste operations
and covers the type of safety and health
hazards that this regulation is designed
to control.
-------
45656 Federal Register / VoJ. 51. No. 244 / Friday, December 19. 1986 / Rules and Regulations
Most of the requirements of the
intern* rote apply to ctMn-ep activities
of hazardous «ufa*tanes*iOrhannfexM!
wastes at CERCLA sites, comctive
actions at RCRA tita*. and eiaan-up
operations of hjoxrdnM svhetances at
emergency inddesta after emergency
response personnel have concluded
their duties.
The employer must alia comply with
the standard* in 29 CFR Parts 1910 and
1926, as well a* with the requirements
specifically covered ia this interim rule.
If there ia a conflict or overlap, the more
protective provisions are to apply. Since
this interim rule doe* not cover ail of the
hazards present at hazardous waste
operations, other OSHA standards in
Parts 1910 and 1926 apply also. Other
OSHA standards cover many other
hazards, and OSHA wants to make
clear that the other standards continue
to appty. Also, hazardous waste
operators who are not within the scope
of this standard are covered by the Parts
1910 and 1928 standards.
In paragraph faj(3). Definitions.
OSHA has derated various terms used
in this roleniaking. The definitions for
hazardous substances and hazardous
wastes hare been taken from the U.S
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
and U.S. Department of Transportation
(DOT] regulations. This has been done
to assure consistency and compatibility
between this interim rule and die rules
and regulations of the EPA and DOT.
The remaining definitions have been
taken for the most part from SARA, the
four agency manual (Reference 6) or
existing OSHA standards.
The term "established permissible
exposure limit" ia defined to give
direction as to the appropriate degree of
protection needed to be achieved by
personal protective equipment and other
similar purposes.
Paragraph (b>—General Requirements
In paragraph (b), General
requirements, OSHA sets forth for the
most part a summary of requirements
which are specified in detail in later
paragraphs. The preamble discussion for
later paragraphs sets forth the reasons
for the various provisions. Many of
these requirements are part of the
minimum requirements which Congress
directed OSHA to issue in section 128(el
of SARA. The EPA manual (EPA Order
1440.2) referenced in section 128(eJ
requires extensive training and medical
surveillance programs. Subpart C of 29
CFR Part 192ft also referenced, requires,
in addition, accident prevention
programs (| 1328.20(b)}, use of
appropriate personal' protective
equipment (§ 192R.28), sanitation and
illumination requirements (§§ 1920.28
and 1925.27), provisions on safe
handling of toxic substances (§ 1928.21
(b)(5)J, precautions in confined spaces
(§ 1926.21(b)(6)) and similar provisions.
Congress also directed additional
provisions for the proposed regulation,
which are considered relevant for the
interim regulation. These include
engineering controls, maximum
exposure limits and monitoring,
handling requirements, decontamination
procedures and emergency response.
Based on this comprehensive statutory
direction OSHA believes that the intent
of Congress is to have employers
implement a safety and health program
that will address the recognized serious
hazards to employees involved in
hazardous waste operations. Therefore,
OSHA has incorporated the more
important elements of section 126(b),
along with the mandatory provisions of
section 126(e) of SARA, into this rule.
Each general requirement in paragraph
(b) calls for employer action and directs
the employer to the specific paragraph
of this rule that contains the duties in
greater detail.
OSHA believes that these
requirements are necessary to assure
adequate employee protection to the
known hazards faced by employees. The
language used in these requirements has
been adapted from the various
documents listed in the Reference
section of this preamble.
Three of the subparagraphs in
paragraph (b) do not reference other
paragraphs in the regulation. Paragraph
(b)(l) requires the employer to develop a
safety and health program for hazardous
waste operations. Such programs are
part of the requirements mandated by
SARA for the interim rule. Thus, Subpart
C of 29 CFR Part 1928 requires such a
program in § 1926.20(b) and EPA Order
1440.2 requires training in "safety plan
development" (pg. 5). OSHA's
experience also establishes that a safety
and health program is necessary to
protect employees so that hazards are
assessed and control programs are
systematically laid out. Pnor OSHA
section 6(b) health standards require a
compliance plan to set forth a health
program to protect employees from the
hazard.
Paragraph (b)(l4) requires compliance
with Subpart P of 29 CFR Part 1926
which covers excavation. OSHA
considers that those provisions already
apply, but they are singled out because
they are particularly important to
monitor since much excavation activity
occurs on hazardous waste sites.
Paragraph (b){15) requires employers
to notify contractors and subcontractors
of the hazards identified by the
employer at hazardous waste
operations. Sections 12fifb}(2] and (e) of
SARA indicate Congress's specific
interest in protecting employees of
contractors and in involving contractors
in the safe operation of hazardous waste
sites. This provision assists the
contractor to become aware of the risks
so that the contractor's employees may
be better protected.
Paragraph (cj—Site Characterization
and Analysis
For an effective safety and health
program, which Congress dearly intends
for employees, the employer needs to
know the hazards faced by employees in
order to develop and implement
effective control measures. Stfe
characterization provides the
information needed to identify site
hazards and to select employee
protection methods. The more accurate,
detailed, and comprehensive the
information available about a site, the
more the protective measures can be
tailored to the actual hazards that the
employees may encounter. Congress
clearly intended that such a requirement
be included. Subpart C of 29 CFR Part
1926 referenced in section 126(e) of
SARA requires "frequent and tegular
inspections of the job site" (29 CFR
1926.20(b)(2)). Also section 126(b)(l) of
SARA provides for site analysis. Also
item #9 of the EPA manual (EPA Order
1440.2) addresses this practice.
Site characterization generally
proceeds in three phases:
1. Prior to site entry, gather
information away from the site, conduct
reconnaissance from the site perimeter
and conduct offsite characterization.
2. Conduct onsite surveys. During this
phase, restrict site entry only to
reconnaissance personnel.
3. Once the site has been determined
safe for commencement of other
activities, continue monitonng to
provide an updated source of
information about site conditions.
It is important to recognize that site
characterization is a continuous process.
At each phase of site characterization,
information shall be obtained and
evaluated to define the potential
hazards of the site. This assessment
shall be used to develop a safety and
health plan for the next phase of work.
In addition to the formal information
gathering that takes place during the
phases of site characterization
described here, all site personnel should
be constantly alert for new information
about site conditions. Other
requirements of this section have been
adopted from reference 6.
-------
Federal Register / Vol. 51. No. 244 / Friday. December 19. 1986 / Rules and Regulations 45657
Paragraph (d)—Site Control.
As part of the employers' site safety
and health plan, this paragraph requires
the employer to consider site control to
minimize potential contamination of
employees. Several items need to be
considered, such as establishing work
zones, so that employees know the
hazards in different areas and will keep
out of hazardous areas where the
employees' presence is not required. Use
of a buddy system and good site
communications will assist in rescue of
employees who become unconscious,
trapped or otherwise seriously disabled
on site.
Site control is especially important in
emergency situations. Paragraph (d)
describes the basic components of a
program to control the activities and
movements of employees and equipment
at a hazardous waste site.
Several site control procedures can be
implemented to reduce employee
exposure to chemical, physical,
biological, and safety hazards. The
degrees of site control necessary
depends on site characteristics, site size,
and the surrounding community. The
site control program should be
established in the planning stages of a
project and modified based on new
information and site assessments
developed during site characterization.
The appropriate sequence for
implementing these measures should be
determined on a site-specific basis. In
many cases, it will be necessary to
implement several measures
simultaneously.
The text used in this paragraph has
been adapted from Reference 6. Item 9
of the EPA manual (Order 1440.2)
indicates the need for this. In addition
Subpart C of 29 CFR Part 1926 provides
for regular inspection of job sites so
hazards on the site can be controlled.
Paragraph (e)—Training.
The interim final rule includes specific
provisions for initial and review training
of employees before they are permitted
to engage in hazardous waste operations
that could expose them to safety and
health hazards. Both the EPA manual
and 29 CFR 1926.21 and 1926.22 referred
to in section 126(e) of SARA have
training and information requirements.
The EPA manual has specific provisions
for basic, intermediate and advanced
training. It requires 40 hours training for
employees managing uncontrolled
hazardous waste sites, 24 hours for
employees engaged in routine activities
and 32 hours for intermediate activities.
Additionally, section 126 generally has
requirements for extensive training
programs. The clear congressional intent
of the interim final rule training
provisions is to provide employees with
the knowledge and skills necessary to
perform hazardous waste clean-up
operations with minimal risk to their
safety and health.
The provisions for employees include
a minimum of 40 hours of initial
instruction off the site, and a minimum
of 3 days of actual field experience
under the direct supervision of a trained
and experienced supervisor, at the time
of job assignment. This amount of
training is specifically directed by
Congress for the interim final rule by its
reference to the EPA manual which
basically requires this amount of
training for hazardous waste operators
and Congress has specifically imposed
these hour and day requirements under
section 126(d) of SARA for the proposed
final standard. There are slight
differences between the EPA manual
and section 126(c) of SARA. But they are
sufficiently slight so that OSHA believes
it appropriate to make the interim final
rule consistent with what Congress
directs for the proposed final rule so that
employers need not make minor
modifications to their training programs
after two years.
In addition there are often many
hazards at a waste site. The employee
needs to be trained to recognize the
hazards and appropriate work practices
to minimize those hazards. The
employee also needs to be well trained
in the use of respirators and other forms
of PPE. Without training those may not
be used effectively and will not provide
adequate protection. An extensive
training program is necessary to achieve
these objectives. The paragraph
specifies these and the other items
needed for effective training to avoid
hazards.
Managers and supervisors directly
responsible for hazardous waste site
operations are to receive the same
training as that of employees and at
least eight additional hours of
specialized training on managing
hazardous waste operations. Since these
people are responsible for directing
others, it is necessary to enhance their
ability to provide guidance and to make
informed decisions. Both the EPA
manual and section 126(e) of SARA
direct eight hours of additional training
for supervisors and managers.
The provisions also state that
employees shall be retrained on an
annual basis on relevant matters such
as review of health hazards and use of
personal protective equipment.
Employees at hazardous waste
operations face serious health and
safety risks. Reminders are needed of
this and of work practices to avoid
hazards. Personal protective equipment
provides much of their protection. If
there is no retraining in the use, care
and maintenance of said equipment,
such equipment is unlikely to be utilized
in a manner to provide adequate
protection. The regulation provides for
eight hours of annual retraining. The
EPA manual for refresher training (item
#10) requires this amount of training.
In all areas of training, whether it be
for general site employees, on-site
supervisors or for the use of specific
equipment, the level of training provided
needs to be consistent with the worker's
job function and responsibilities. The
training information should be presented
clearly and, as a further safeguard,
refresher training should be supplied to
reemphasize the initial training and to
update employees on any new policies
or procedures.
A less detailed training provision is
provided for employees working at
routine operation on RCRA sites. Those
sites will have more stable working
conditions and the hazards will be
better identified and more carefully
controlled. Therefore OSHA believes
not as extensive training is needed for
those employees for the interim rule.
OSHA specifies 24 hours for the
required training based on the EPA
.manual which specifies this as the basic
level of training for most routine field
activities. OSHA in the proposal
document will request comment whether
this or a greater amount of training is
appropriate for the permanent rule.
Paragraph (f)—Medical Surveillance
The interim final rule both includes
specific provisions for baseline and
periodic medical examinations. The EPA
manual referred to in section 126(e) of
SARA has requirements for both initial
or baseline and periodic medical
examinations. The examinations are to
be provided to those routinely exposed
to hazardous substances, to those whose
duties are physically taxing and those
who routinely wear respirators. In
addition section 126(b) provides that
routine medical examinations are to be
provided to workers engaged in
hazardous waste operations. Although
the language is slightly different, the
clear intent is to provide a
comprehensive medical surveillance
program for employees engaged in
hazardous waste operations where it is
medically prudent.
The paragraph states medical
surveillance is to be provided to
employees who have been or are
expected to be exposed to hazardous
substances or health hazards above
established permissible exposure limits
-------
4565B Federal Register / VoL 51. No. 244 / Friday, December 19, 1966 / Rules and Regulations
for 3Q ox-more days in a li-moaiii period
or who wear respirators 3fl dayg during
the year. These are.the employee* who
will be at greater hea!th.askand
employees, who wear respirators need to
be examined to detemiae-whether they
can safely do so as a routine matter.
Some dividing lina is needed, because
employees who might be present on a
hazardous waste site only a few days a
year or working in areas such as offices
or the periphery where exposures are
low would not normally benefit from
medical surveillance as their likely
cumulative exposures to toxic chemicals
would be very low probably not
significantly higher than the general
population. The EPA manual indicates
some dividing line is appropriate
because it directs medical surveillance
only for employees "routinely" exposed
Wearing respirators for any part of
each of 30 days will require medical
surveillance because it indicates routine
exposure lo toxic chemicals. There is no
requirement that there be 240 hours of
respirator use before medical
surveillance is required. Similarly being
exposed over established safe levels to
several chemicals each for less than 30
days but totalling more than 30 days pet
year requires medical surveillance. This
indicates routine exposures to
hazardous substances and aiso
combinations of chemical* may cause
synergistic effects creating greater
health hazards than an individual
chemical.
OSHA has based many of the details
of medical surveillance on its
experience in issuing health standards
under section 6(b) of the OSH Act and
as directed by section 6{bJ{7) of the Act.
Congress would be knowledgable that
medical surveillance requirements in
these standards represent OSHA's
expert judgement of what is an
appropriate medical surveillance
program.
The appropriate medical tests and
examinations depend on the substances
an employee is exposed to and whether
the employee wears a respirator. As
employees, on hazardous waste sites
will be exposed to differing substances,
the paragraph, can not specifically state
the required tests. Consequently the
paragraph, states that lite employer
provide to the physician information on
exposures, respirator uaa. ami duties on
the site. The physician is then to
determine the appropriate medical
surveillance protocol in terms of specific
tests and examinations. By the employer
specifying duties tha physician also can
judge whether the employee can handle
the arduou&ness of the work.
In situations where most of the
employees oil the site have similar
exposures the protocol may b« similar
for ail employee*. Where different
groups of employee* on the site have
substantially different exposures,
several different protocols may be
appropriate for the site's workers
depending oa exposures.
There are a number of sources, for
guidance oa specific medical
examination protocols. Chapter 5 of
Reference 8 provides such guidance by
groups of chemical* likely to be present
on a site. It references other authorities.
The manual should be supplied to the
physician. It is also a basis for the
medical surveillance program required
by this paragraph. In addition, the EPA
medical monitoring program guidelines
referenced by the EPA manual provides
guidance on specific protocols.
The paragraph requires an initial or
baseline medical examination either
prior to the start up date for employees
who are currently working at hazardous
waste sites or prior to initial assignment
to an area where medical examinations
will be required. The purpose is to take
a detailed medical history and where
possible develop a health baseline prior
to any exposures so as to be able to
evaluate changes which may be
connected to hazardous substance
exposures. In addition the initial
examination will permit evaluation of
whether the employee can appropriately
wear respirators and whether the
employee has preexisting conditions
which would make exposure to
hazardous substances inappropriate. An
initial examination has been required by
other OSHA health standards and is
recommended in Reference 6.
The physician must be informed of
what type of respirators and personal
protective equipment an employee is
likely to wear. The medical examination
is to include appropriate tests to
evaluate the employee's abihly to wear
respirators and PPE.
The physician will also specify the
protocol of the periodic examinations.
These may be different from the initial
examination, for example, only an
updated medical history would be
required. The periodic examinations are
required yearly. OSHA's experience in
other health standards has been that
this is an appropriate period and it is
also recommended by Reference 6.
EPA's medical monitoring program
guidelines cross referenced in the EPA
manual recommends baseline annual
examination generally and a termination
examination. It is reasonable to
determine periodically whether
exposures have brought medical
changes and to identify conditions
caused by chemicals at an early stage to
permit more effective treatment. In some
circumstances, the physician may
advise more frequent examinations.
Examinations are also to be provided
when the employee brings to the
employer's attention signs or symptoms
indicating possible overexposure to
hazardous substances. The employee is
to be trained in recognizing what
symptoms may indicate substances to
which the employee is exposed.
Examples may be dizziness or rashes.
Examinations are also required, when
medically appropriate, during
emergencies when exposure to higher
levels is possible. For example, a
urinary phenol test is appropriate for
employees exposed to high levels of
benzene in an emergency.
Finally, a medical examination is
required for employees who have been
required to have medical examinations
upon termination of employment or
reassignment to an area where medical
examinations are not required. This is to
detect conditions which have developed
prior to departure and is recommended
by the EPA program.
The medical examination is to be
provided under the supervision of a
licensed physician, i.e., the person must
be qualified to make medical
judgements. As provided by section
6(b){7) of the OSH Act. the employer is
to pay the cost of the examination. In
addition provisions are included so that
the employee is not discouraged from
taking the examination. The exam is to
be given at a reasonable time and place.
If given during regular working hours the
employee shall receive the employer's
normal pay for that time. If the exam is
given outside regular working hours, the
employee shall be paid his regular
wages for the time spent taking and
waiting for the examination.
The physician shall make a report to
the employer of medical conditions
which may make the employee at
increased risk to work at the site and
any recommendations on limitations on
use of respirators and other PPE as a
result of the medical conditions. This
will provide guidance for the safe
employment of the employee at the site.
The physician shall not reveal diagnosej
or conditions unrelated to employment,
but shall inform the employee directly of
those conditions and any and all
occupadonally related conditions.
The medical paragraph requires that
appropriate records be kept to assist in
future evaluation of the employee's
health. Secondarily, this information
may assist in research on occupational
related disease. Records should be kept
pursuant to the provisions of 29 CFR
1910.20. Full consideration was given in
-------
I
Federal Register / Vd. 51. No. 244 / Friday. December I9_ 1986 f Ruks, and Regulations. 45659
that standard to* appropriate retention
periods.
Paragraph fgj^-EagiaeefMg Controls,
Work Practices, and Personnel
Protective Equipment
Anyone entering a hazardous waste
site must be protected against pofenfiai
hazards. The purpose of engineering-
controls, wwk practices, and PPE is to
shieW or isolate individuals from the
chemical, physical, and bfofogie hazards
that may be encottitfered1 af a hazardous
waste site. Careful selection and use of
adequate engineering1 controls; work
practices and PPE should protect any
employee from health and many other
hazards including hazards' to the
respiratory system, skin-, eyes1, face,
hands, feet, head, body, and hearing.
Requirements of both Sobpert C of 29
CFR Part 192&and the EPA manual
mandated to be included" in the standard'
by Congress cover the provision and use
of persona* protective- equipment. See
for example, 29 CFR 1929.28 and items
7(a), 9fa)f7J and 9fb)f 2} of the EPA
manual. In addition existing- OSHA
regulations which apply to- hazardous
waste operations, in 29CFR Part 1910,
Subpart Z require exposures- to various
toxic and hazardous substances to be
controlled with engineering controls if
feasible, otherwise with PPE. These
requirements apply now to employers
and workers on Superfwid sites
pursuant to EPA regulations in 40 CFR
Part 300. Finally, Congress specified in
section I26(b) that there should be both
PPE and engineering control provisions
for the permanent final standard.
Paragraph (g)(l) basically carries over
the existing requirements of Subpart Z.
OSHA regulated toxic and hazardous
substances are to be controlled to the
permissible exposure limit if feasible. If
not feasible they are to be controlled
with PPE
Paragraph (g)(2) provides that to
achieve established permissible
exposures limits for substances not
regulated by OSHA, the employer may
use an appropriate combination of
engineering controls, work practices,
and PPE. As these are interim
regulations, preference for engineering
controte where not already required
would not be appropriate because of the
limited time frame of this regulation and
the frequent inability to install such
controls in a short period. In addition it
is OSHA's experience that this is an
appropriate approach, based on the
emergency temporary standards it has
issued which are also in effect for a
limited period. OSHA will ask for
comment in these areas in the proposal
document.
Examples of engineering controls
which may be feasible are pressurized
cabs oa materials handling equipment or
pressurized control rooms in materials.
handling areas* However, in many cases
personal protective equipment will be
the only feasible means for providing
protection to employees engaged in
hazardous waste operations. The
selection of personal protective
equipment (PPE] must be based on the
information obtained during the site
characterization and analysis, as is
required by paragraph- fg-}{3)fr) of this
standard. Once an estimate of the types
of hazards, and their potential
concentration has been obtained, the
proper respirators and protective
clothing can be selected based on the
performance characteristics of the PPE
relative to the site hazards and work
- conditions, as is required by paragraph
(gj(3)(ii) of the standard. These
requirements are derived from
Reference 6 and are also supported by a
NIOSH document, "Personal Protective
Equipment for Hazardous Materials
Incidents: A Selection Guide." These
two document also support the
requirements of paragraphs (g)(2](iii)
and (g)(2)(iv) which require positive
pressure respirators with escape
provisions to be used in IDLH
atmospheres and totally-encapsulating
chemical protective suits to be used
where contact of the skin by the
substance would bean IDLH situation.
Proper respirator selection, as
required by this standard and 29 CFR
1910.134, involves providing a sufficient
protection factor through the type of
respirator used, respirator fitting, work
site conditions, and respirator selection
and use program. Proper protective
clothing selection, as required by this
standard, involves choosing protective
clothing made of materials and
construction which will prevent
breakthrough of hazardous substances
by permeation and penetration, or
reduce the level of exposure to a safe
level dunr.g the employee's duration of
contact. Information on the performance
characteristics of PPE is available in test
reports and manufacturer's literature.
Appendix B provides non-mandatory
guidelines on classifying substance
hazards as four levels (A, B, C, and D),
and matching four levels of appropriate
protection provided by different
protective ensembles. These guidelines
may be used as a basis for protective
clothing selection, and the selection
further refined when more information is
obtained, as provided for in paragraph
(g)(2)(v) of the standard. (In certain
circumstances, this standard does
specify the appropriate level of
protection. See paragraph (cj(4)(ui)j.
Paragraph fg)(3)(vi} cross reference the
existing requirements to select and use
PPE pursuant to the requirements of 29
CFR 1910. Subpart I.
Paragraph (gj(4.) requires totally-
encapsulating suit materials used for
Level A protection (the highest level of
protection) to provide protection from
the specific hazards which, have been,
identified as requiring that level of
protection. The purpose of this
requirement is to be certain that the suit
selected is comprised of raatenais which
will provide the necessary protection.
since no one material will pravid«
protection from all hazards. Paragraphs
(g)(4)(ii) and (g)(4)(iii) require totally-
encapsulating suits to be capable of
maintaining positive air pressure to hefp
prevent inward leakage of hazardous
substances, and to be capable of
preventing, inward gas leakage of more
than 0.5 percent. These requirements.
which are based on testing of totally-
encapsulating suits, are included to
establish a minimum level of suit
performance so that their level of
protection can be quantified for proper
selection. The example test methods in
Appendix A for totally-encapsulating
chemical protective suits were taken
from, draft American Society for Testing.
and Materials committee documents.
Paragraph (g)(5) requires a PPE
program to be established. This,
requirement is based upon reference 8.
29 CFR 1926.28, EPA manual items 4 and
7(g), and is included, since, tn most
cases. PPE will be the only protection
feasible for employee protection, and
because the amount of protection
afforded by PPE is dependent upon so
many factors, such as selection, fit. wcrk
duration and conditions, and
decontamination. The PPE program is
required to insure that the level of
protection afforded by PPE is sufficient
and continues to be sufficient for
employee safety during hazardous
waste operations.
Paragraph (hi—\fonitaring
It is essential that employers be
provided with accurate information on
employee exposures in order to
implement the correct PPE. engineering
controls, and work practices. Airborne
contaminants can present a significant
threat to employee safety and health.
Thus, identification and quantification
of these contaminants through air
monitoring is an essential component of
a safety and health program at a
hazardous waste site. Reliable
measurements of airborne contaminants
are useful for selecting personal
protective equipment, determining
-------
45660 Federal Register / Vol. 51. No. 244 / Friday. December 19. 1986 / Rules and Regulations
whether engineering controls can
achieve permissible exposure limits and
which controls to use, delineating areas
where protection is needed, assessing
the potential health effects of exposure,
and determining the need for specific
medical monitoring. As mentioned
above, section 126(e) of SARA mandates
the use of PPE by its direction that at a
minimum the requirements of the EPA
manual and Subpart C be followed.
Those include requirements for use of
PPE. But PPE cannot be effectively used
unless monitoring has identified the type
of PPE to be used. This is a further
reason to include this provision in the
interim final rule.
The language of this paragraph was
adapted from reference 8.
Paragraph (i)—Informational Programs
In paragraph (i). Informational
Programs. OSHA is requiring employers,
as part of their safety and health
program, to develop and implement a
site specific safety and health plan for
each hazardous waste operation site.
The site safety and health plan shall
be developed by the employer, utilizing
the other parts of the organizational
plan and the employer's safety and
health program. The site safety and
health plan will address the anticipated
safety and health hazards of each work
operation or activity and the means to
eliminate the hazards or to effectively
control them to prevent injury or illness.
This site safety and health plan is to
include: (1) The names of those
responsible for assuring that safe and
healthful practices and procedures are
followed on the whole site; (2) risk
analysis or systems analysis for specific
work tasks or operations on the site; (3)
employee training assignments both off
site and on-the-job-trainmg on site; (4)
the list of required personal protective
equipment needed for each work task
and operation on site; (5) the employer's
medical surveillance program for the
site: (6) the methods for identification
and characterization of safety and
health hazards on the site including the
monitoring procedures that will be done
throughout the work on site; (7) site
control measures including those for
establishing work zones on the site; (8)
the necessary decontamination
procedures which are matched to the
kinds of anticipated contaminants to be
cleaned from employees and equipment;
(9) the standard operating procedures to
be used by employees on site; and (10)
the contingency plan for emergencies
and confined space entry procedures.
Safety meetings and briefings and site
inspections shall also be mentioned in
the plan as well as the procedures to be
followed in changing or modifying the
plan.
The site safety and health plan is
necessary to protect employee health.
There are many hazards at a hazardous
waste operation which need to be
determined and addressed. The plan
provides that this will be done in a
systematic manner so that hazards will
not be missed and so that needed
protective action will not be overlooked.
The approach used has be adapted from
reference 6.
Paragraph (]}—Handling Drums and
Containers
The handling of drums and containers
at hazardous waste sites poses one of
the greatest dangers to hazardous waste
site employees. Hazards include
detonations, fires, explosions, vapor
generation, and physical injury resulting
from moving heavy containers by hand
and working around stacked drums,
heavy equipment, and deteriorated
drums. While these hazards are always
present, proper work practices can
minimize the risks to site personnel.
Handling and storage of hazardous
substances is addressed in item (a) of
the EPA manual.
Containers are handled during
characterization and removal of their
contents and during other operations.
Many of the hazards encountered during
the handling of drums occur during the
handling of containers. The relative size
of a container when compared to the
size of a drum is no indication of the
degree of hazard posed by the container.
They should be treated in accordance
with the level of hazard posed by their
contents not by their size. The language
used in this paragraph was adapted
from Reference 6.
Paragraph (k)—Decontamination
As part of the care of PPE required by
this standard, decontamination is a
necessary practice to properly protect
those employees who may be exposed
to hazardous substances.
Decontamination provisions protect an
employee from being exposed to
hazardous substances which would
otherwise be on the employee's PPE
when it is removed. The standard
requires that a decontamination plan be
developed and implemented before any
employees or equipment may enter
areas on site where potential for
exposure to hazardous substances
exists.
As required by the standard,
decontamination procedures and areas
shall be developed to minimize
hazardous exposures to employees
whose equipment and PPE are being
decontaminated, as well as to
employees who are assisting in the
decontamination of workers and
equipment. These measures are required
since without proper procedures and
decontamination areas, employees may
be unknowingly exposed to hazardous
substances which have contacted, or
otherwise adhered to equipment and
clothing. The standard also requires that
all employees, clothing, equipment and
decontamination fluids and equipment
be decontaminated or disposed of
before leaving a contaminated area.
These provisions are required so that
contaminated persons and materials do
not leave the "hot zone" and thereby
expose other employees and persons to
hazardous substances.
Decontamination methods and
cleaning fluids must be matched to the
particular hazardous substance at the
site in order for the decontamination
procedures to be effective in removing
the hazards from PPE and other
equipment. No one decontamination
fluid will be effective for all hazardous
substances. As required by the standard
the decontamination program must be
effective and it must be monitored by
the site safety and health officer to
maintain its effectiveness. These
requirements are included so that
employees are not exposed to hazardous
substances by reusing PPE and other
equipment which are still contaminated."
The-language used in this paragraph
was adapted from reference 6.
Paragraph (IJ—Emergency Response
Section 126{e) of SARA specifically
discusses protecting "emergency
response workers." in addition in the
EPA manual under items 4 and 9 and m
29 CFR 1926.23 and 1926.24 call for
preparations and planning for
emergencies. Congress made its intent
clear that emergency planning and
response is an important part of any
emplojer's safety and health program
and indicated that it is to be addressed
in the interim final rule.
In paragraph (1)(1), Emergency
Response. General, OSHA is requiring
employers covered in paragraph
(a)(2)(n). who are involved in hazardous
waste operations, as part of their on-site
contingency planning to develop and
implement an emergency response plan.
These employers are to inform all their
employees on the waste site about the
emergency response plan. The plan is to
be available for use prior to the start of
work on the site. The plan will be a part
of the site safety and health plan. The
elements of the emergency response
plan will include: (1) Recognition of
emergencies; (2) methods or procedures
for alerting employees on site: (3)
-------
Federal Ragistet / VoL 51. Ncr. 244 / Friday, December 13, 1986 / Rules and Regulations 45661
evacuation procedures and routes to
places of refuge or safe distances away
from the danger area; (4j means ami
methods for emergency medical
treatment and first aid! (5J line of
authority for employees; and (efort-site
decontamination procedures; site
control means and methods for
evaluating the plan.
Employers whose employees will be
responding to hazardous substance
emergency incidents from their regular
work location or duty station, such as a
fire department, fire brigade ot
emergency medical service, will also be
required to have an emergency response
plan. These employees which may be
called upon to respond to hazardous
substance emergency incidents
involving a railroad tank car, motor
carrier tank truck or to a plant location;
are considered off-site emergency
response activities under this section.
The emergency response plan is to
include the incident command system
required in paragraph (1}(3) of this
section.
In paragraph (1)(2), Hazardous waste
operations, art-site emergency response*
OSHA is requiring the training of on-site
emergency response personnel to have
the same basic training as for the other
employees involved in on-site hazardous
waste operations plus the training
needed to develop and retain the
necessary skills for anticipated
emergency response activities. Also, the
procedures for handling hazardous
substances an-site emergency incidents
are to be oriented to the specific site and
made a part of the emergency response
plan.
The requirement of paragraphs (1)[3)
and (11(4) apply more broadly to all
employers whose employees respond to
off-site emergency incidents. In
paragraph (11(3). Off-site emergency
response. OSHA is mandating that
employers, such as fire departments,
emergency medical and first-aid squads,
fire brigades, etc., con-duct monthly
training sessions for their employees
totalling 24 hours annually.
Vote.—OSHA does not have jurisdiction
over stale and local government employees,
OSHA state plan states must issue
regulations as effective as these to cover
state and local government employees m the
state.
Training activities, such as breathing
apparatus use. training, hose handling
and preplanning may be used as training
subjects for the monthly sessions
provided hazardous substance incident
operations are included in the
presentation, discussion or drill. These
training sessions and drills must involve
at least 24 hours of training on an
annual: basis.
The incident command system shall
be established by these employers for
the incidents that will be under their
control and shall be interfaced with the
other organizations or agencies who
may respond to such an incident. The
National Transportation Safety Board.
as a result of its investigation of
hazardous materials incidents, has
consistently recommended that better
state and local emergency response
planning be done to reduce the loss of
life and property and that a system
using a command post and on-scene
commander be implemented. [See
Special Investigation Report. On-scene
Coordination Among Agencies at
Hazardous Materials Accidents, NTS8-
HZM-79-3, September 13, 1979; and
Multiple Vehicle Collisions and Fire,
Caldecott Tunnel near Oakland,
California, NTSB/HAR-83/01. National
Transportation Safety Board,
Washington. DC. April 7, 1982, for
further information.) Where available.
state and local district emergency
response plans shall be utilized in
developing the incident command
system and the emergency response
plan to assure compatability with the
other emergency responding agencies or
employers.
In paragraph (1)(4), Hazardous
materials teams, OSHA is requiring
employers, who utilize specially trained
teams involved in intimate contact with
controlling or handling hazardous
substances, to provide special training
for the affected employees in such areas
as care and use of chemical protective
clothing, techniques and procedures for
stopping or controlling leaking
containers and decontamination of
clothing and equipment for anticipated
hazardous substance incidents. The
employer is to make available to each
team member a physical examination by
a licensed physician and to implement a
medical surveillance program in
accordance with the requirements of
paragraph (f) of this section.
In paragraph (1){5), OSHA is requiring
employers covered in paragraphs fa)(2)
(i) and (11} of this section, who will be
involved in cleaning up hazardous waste
after the emergency response activities
are concluded, to comply with the same
requirements that apply to others
involved with hazardous waste clean-up
operations. These hazardous waste
clean-up operations will be typically
done by special contractors and not by
those agencies involved in responding to
the initial emergency incident.
Paragraph fm}—Illumination
OSHA is required by SARA in section
126(e] to cover lighting of the worksite.
In paragraph (m). Illumination. OSHA
requires certain minimum illumination
levels for work areas that are occupied
by employees. Section 126(e) of SARA
requires as a minimum the inclusion of
the requirements of Subpart C of 29 CFR
Part 1926. Section 1926.26 of that
Subpart requires the amount of
illumination set forth in this paragraph.
Paragraph (n)—Sanitation for
Temporary Worksites
In paragraph (n), Sanitation for
temporary worksites, OSHA sets
minimum requirements for potable and
non-potable water supplies, toilet
facilities, and other areas related to
sanitation at temporary workplaces.
OSHA is mandated by SARA in section
I26(e) to include sanitation requirements
in the interim final rule since it requires
the incorporation of provisions of
Subpart C.
Paragraph (o)—Operations Conducted
Under the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA)
OSHA is providing a separate
paragraph for operations conducted at
worksites involving hazardous waste
storage, disposal and treatment
operating under the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976
(RCRA). This separate paragraph of
requirements is appropriate because
RCRA site operations, (not including
major corrective actions and their
associated hazards which are like
CERCLA sites and are covered by the
mam part of the standard) generally are
different from the operations and
hazards found or. a CERCLA clean-up
site. For example. RCRA sites covered
by this paragraph tend for the most part
to be fixed on-going operations
invoking the receiving, processing,
storage, treatment, and disposal of
hazardous wastes or substance from
ourside sources. CERCLA sites on the
other hand are temporary emergency
clean-up operat.ons involving often
undefined and substantial quantities of
hazardous substances.
Consequently hazards should be
better controlled and more routine and
stable for the RCRA sites covered by
this paragraph and so less extensive
requirements are appropriate.
Paragraph fp)—Start-up Dates
Section 126(e) of SARA directs that
these interim final regulations take
effect on issuance. Consequently, these
regulations do become effective on
issuance. However, completion of
-------
45662 Federal Register / Vol. 51. No. 244 / Friday. December 19. 1986 / Rules and Regulations
implementation for some provisions is
not feasible immediately. For these
provisions, commencement of
implementation must begin immediately.
but completion of full compliance is
required as soon as possible or feasible
but in no case later than a specified
date, which is no longer than three
months.
It is OSHA's judgment that all
provisions can be fully implemented by
the periods specified. OSHA also
believes that the immediate
effectiveness provisions specifically
tipply to the mandatory requirements.
OSHA does not believe that Congress
intended that work at current hazardous
iv.iste operations stop until
implementation of all requirements can
be feasibly completed. This paragraph
so indicates. However, for new sites,
these requirements can be completed in
advance. It is not OSHA's intention that
emergency actions necessary to protect
the public safety and health be
prevented because in a particular
circumstance it is not feasible to carry
out particular requirements of this
standard in the time needed to respond
to the emergency.
HI. References
1 Superfund Amendments and
Reauthonzation Act of 1986 (SARA). Pub L
'I Comprehensive Environmental
Response. Compensation and Liability Au of
U'Hti I CERC1.A or 'Superfund"). Pub L 96-
31 1). December 11. 1980. 94 Stat 2767
3 Rt'M'1'.ri.p Conservation and Reu'vp'y
Act cf 14~6 1.RCRA). Pub L. 94-580, Oc. Sober
21 1STB, 90 Stat. 2795.
4 'Health and Safety Requirements for
t.i'ipioypps Fn&aspd m Field Activities ',
Knvininmencil Protection \gency Order
U-0 2. r S Environmental Protection
A",t nt\ |ulv 12. 1981.
,=• !M.ijp,irt3 C and D of 29 CFR Part 1926.
t> Oi tupational Safet\ and He.il'.h
( , 'i •>;..••< p Manual for Hazardous VX aste Site
V 'A '•*•? ". Occupation,'.1 Safety crd Health
.Vi'-unistration. Environmental Protection
A^eT \ , U S Coast Gutird. and NdUonril
lr.iit''i.!f fur Occupational Safety and Health.
DllttS |\1OSH] Publication No"«5-il5.
Oiiut:ei li'85.
IV. Regulatory Impact Analysis,
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis and
Environmental Impact Analysis
OSHA anticipates that this interim
findl standard will have a significant
impact upon employers and their
employees who work at CERCLA sites
and at some RCRA sites; and who
respond to emergency clean-ups of
hazardous substance spdls. OSHA has
had little time since the enactment of
SARA to collect information concerning
these industries. As a result, the
currently available information is
insufficient for OSHA to use to estimate
the potential benefits and costs that
would occur as a consequence of
compliance with this interim final rule.
OSHA is collecting additional
information to be used in conjunction
with the information from the comments
that will be received in response to
publication of the proposed rule
covering hazardous waste operations.
This information will be sufficient for
OSHA to provide a complete Regulatory
Impact Analysis for the final rule that
will govern hazardous waste operations.
Regulatory Flexibility Act Analysis.
The requirements of the Regulatory
Flexibility Act are not applicable to this
interim final rule, under 5 U.S.C. 603[a),
because notice and comment proposed
rulemakmg under the Administrative
Procedures Act. or any other statute, is
not required.
Environmental Impact Analysis. The
National Environmental Policy Act
(NEPA) of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq},
as implemented by the regulations (40
CFR Part 1500) of the Council on
Environmental Quality (CEQ), requires
that federal agencies assess their
regulatory actions to determine if there
is a potential for a significant impact on
the quality of the human environment
and, if necessary, to prepare an
environmental impact statement.
In accordance with these
requirements and DOL NEPA
Compliance Procedures (29 CFR Part 11,
Subpart B. section 11.10(a)(4)). OSHA
has determined that due to the
compressed rulemaking schedule
imposed by the Congress in issuing the
interim regulation, no environmental
impact statement will be prepared for
this interim rule.
IP. similar situations, for example,
when an emergency temporary standard
(ETS] has been issued, the courts have
held that NEPA does not require
advance preparation of an
environmental statement for an ETS
(Dry Color Manufacturing Association
v. US. Department of Labor: 486 F. 2d
98.107 [3rd Cir. 1973]). This interim final
standard is similar in nature to an ETS
issued for relatively brief periods for
short nctice pursuant to section 6(c) of
the Occupational Safety and Health Act
of 1970 and section 101(b) of the Federal
Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977. The
DOL NEPA regulations set forth in 29
CFR Part 11. Subpart B. section
1110(a)(4], provide that in these
situations the regulations set forth in 40
CFR Parts 1500 et seq may not be strictly
observable.
OSHA. however, will assess the
environmental effects of the proposed
permanent regulation of hazardous
waste sites. The possibility that
increased training related to employee
safety and health protection will also
affect and reduce inadvertent
environmental releases of hazardous
substances at waste sites will be
analyzed. The results of this study will
be available for review and comment
prior to the hearing on the proposed
permanent standard and will be an
appropriate issue for discussion at the
public hearings scheduled for the
proceeding.
In the interim. OSHA welcomes arty
comments on any environmental effects
that might occur as a result of
promulgation of a rule on hazardous
waste sites.
V. International Trade
OSHA has preliminarily concluded
that this interim final rule will not
significantly affect international trade.
The firms that will be primarily affected
by this interim final rule deal with
hazardous waste products and are not
involved in international trade. In
addition, the hazardous wastes to be
handled under this interim f'.nal rale are
primarily by. products from previously
manufactured goods and consequently,
any potential costs would not be borne
by the goods that are currently being
traded. Nevertheless, the information
that OSHA is collecting and the
information that will be supplied m
response to the publication of the
proposed rule covering Hazardous
Waste Operations will be carefully
reviewed and analyzed to establish the
potential impacts of the final rule upon
international trade.
VI. State Plan States
This Federal Register document adds
an mtenrn final rule (section 1910.120,
"Hazardous \Vaste Operations and
Emergency Response") to existing
Subpart H of 29 CFR Pan 1910, OiHA's
general industry standards on
hazardous materials. The 25 States with
their own OSHA approved occupational
safety and health plans must develop a
comparable standard applicable to both
the private and public (State and local
government employees) sectors within
six months of the publication date of
this interim final rule or show OSHA
why there is no need for action, e.g.,
because an existing state standard
covering this area is already "at least as
effective" as the new Federal standard.
These states are Alaska, Arizona.
California, Connecticut (for state and
local government employees only),
Hawaii, Indiana. Iowa, Kentucky.
Maryland, Michigan. Minnesota,
Nevada, New Mexico, New York (for
state and local government employees
-------
Federal Register / Vol. 51, No. 244 / Friday, December 19. 1986 / Rules and Regulations
45663
only), North Carolina, Oregon, Puerto
Rico, South Carolina, Tennessee, Utah,
Vermont, Virginia, Virgin islands,
Washington, and Wyoming. Until such
time as a state standard ia promulgated.
Federal OSHA will provide interim
enforcement assistance, as appropriate,
in these states.
List of Subjects in 29 CFR Part 1910
Containers, Drums, Emergency
response. Flammable and combustible
liquids. Hazardous materials, Hazardous
substances, Hazardous wastes,
Incorporation by reference. Materials
handling and storage. Personal
protective equipment, Storage areas.
Training, Waste disposal.
VII. Immediate Effectiveness and
Absence of Notice and Comment
Section 126{e) of SARA specifically
provides that the "Secretary of Labor
shall issue interim final regulations
under this section within 60 days. . ."
after date of enactment. The express use
of the phrase "interim final regulations,"
which in the rulemaking context
commonly describes a rule issued
without notice and comment, in
connection with the extremely limited
time frame provided by this section,
makes clear that Congress intended this
rule to be issued without the time-
consuming process of notice and
comment. The Agency, therefore,
concludes that neither the notice and
comment ruJemaking provisions of the
OSH Act nor those of the
Administrative Procedures Act are
applicable to the issuance of this interim
final rule. The Agency also expressly
finds that "good cause" exists under 5
U.S.C. 553(b)(B) for not providing notice
and comment because notice and
comment procedures, under these
circumstances, would be impractical
and contrary to the public interest.
Section 126{e) also expressly provides
that "Such interim final regulations shall
take effect upon issuance. . . ." OSHA
finds this specific direction of law
requires the Agency to issue this rule
with an immediate effective date and,
further, constitutes good cause not to
delay the effective data of this rule until
30 days after publication under 5 U.S.C.
553(d).
Authority
This document has been prepared
under the direction of John A.
Pendergrass, Assistant Secretary of
Labor for Occupational Safety and
Health, U.S. Department of Labor, 200
Constitution Avenue NW., Washington,
DC. Pursuant to section 126(e) of the
Superfund Amendments and
Reauthorization Act of 1986 (Pub. L
99-499), Sections 6 and 8 of the
Occupational Safety and Health Act of
1970 (29 U.S.C. 655, 657), Sections 3 and 4
of the Administrative Procedures Act (5
U.S.C. 552(a), 553), and Secretary of
Labor's Order 9-83 (48 FR 35736), 29 CFR
Part 1910 is amended by adding- a new
§1910.120, Hazardous Waste
Operations, as set forth below, effective
December 19,1986.
Signed at Washington, DC this 16th day of
December 1986.
John A. Pendergrass,
Assistant Secretary of Labor.
PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY
AND HEALTH STANDARDS
1. The Authority citation for Subpart
H of Part 1910 is amended by adding the
following:
Authority: * * * Section 1910.120 issued
under the authority of section 126(ej of the
Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization
Act of 1986 (Pub. L 99-499), Sections 6 and 8
of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of
1970 (29 U.S.C. 655, 657), sections 3 and 4 of
the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C.
552(a), 533) and Secretary of Labor's Order 9-
83 (48 FR 35736).
2. Part 1910 of Title 29 of the Code of
Federal Regulations is amended by
adding a new § 1910.120 to read as
follows:
§ 1910.120 Hazardou* waste operation*
and emergency respons*.
(a) Scope, application, and
definitions.—(1) Scope. This section
covers employers and employees
engaged in the following operations:
(i) Hazardous substance response
operations under the Comprehensive
Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980
as amended (42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq)
(CERCLA), including initial
investigations at CERCLA sites before
the presence or absence of hazardous
substances has been ascertained;
(ii) Major corrective actions taken in
clean-up operations under the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976
as amended (42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq)
(RCRA);
(iii) Operations involving hazardous
waste storage, disposal and treatment
facilities regulated under 40 CFR Parts
264 and 265 pursuant to RCRA, except
for small quantity generators and those
employers with less than 90 days
accumulation of hazardous wastes as
defined in 40 CFR 262.34;
(iv) Hazardous waste operations sites
that have been designated for clean-up
by state or local governmental
authorities; and
(v) Emergency response operations for
releases of or substantial threats of
releases of hazardous substances and
post-emergency response operations for
such releases.
(2) Application, (i) All requirements of
Part 1910 and Part 1926 of Title 29 of the
Code of Federal Regulations apply
pursuant to their terms to hazardous
waste operations (whether covered by
this section or not). In addition the
provisions of this section apply to
operations covered by this section. If
there is a conflict or overlap, the
provision more protective of employee
safety and health shall apply. 29 CFR
1910.5(c)(l) is not applicable.
(ii) All paragraphs of this section
except paragraph (o) apply to hazardous
substance response operations under
CERCLA, major corrective actions taken
in clean-up operations under RCRA.
post-emergency response operations,
and hazardous waste operations that
have been designated for clean-up by
state or local governmental authorities.
(iii) Only the requirements of
paragraph (o) of this section apply to
those operations involving hazardous
waste storage, disposal, and treatment
facilities regulated under 40 CFR Parts
264 and 265, except for small quantity
generators and those employers with
less than 90 days accumulation of
hazardous wastes as defined in 40 CFR
262.34.
(iv) Paragraph (1) of this section
applies to emergency response
operations for releases of or substantial
threats of releases of hazardous
substances.
(3) Definitions—"Buddy system"
means a system of organizing employees
into work groups in such a manner that
each employee of the work group is
designated to observe the activities of at
least one other employee in the work
group. The purpose of the buddy system
is to provide quick assistance to those
other employees in the event of an
emergency.
"Decontamination " means the
removal of hazardous substances from
employees and their equipment to the
extent necessary to preclude the
occurrence of foreseeable adverse
health effects.
"Emergency response " means
response to any occurrence which
results, or is likely to result, in a release
of a hazardous substance due to an
unforeseen event.
''Establishedpermissible exposure
limit" means the inhalation or dermal
permissible exposure limit specified in
29 CFR Part 1910, Subpart Z, or if none
is specified the exposure limits in
"NIOSH Recommendations for
Occupational Health Standards" dated
September 1986 incorporated by
reference, or if neither of the above is
specified, the standards specified by the
American Conference of Governmental
Industrial Hygienists in their publication
"Threshold Limit Values and Biological
Exposure Indices for 1986-87" dated
-------
4S8S4
«By,
QBahnn£vCHj<4fi228, fSU} 841-4287
American OnieiBnoe of Governmental
Q
, OH,
Aim
48211-4438,
and aw available for inspection and
copying at the O9HA Docket Office,
Dod«tlie.S-7fl& Raom.N-8871, 2H
Cansbtntian Ave., NW., Warinnjtoa.
DCaraa.
"HaxudauBtndmtrntce" means any
substance daigaBtad w listed under fi)
through (»} below, expoame to which
results onnay result ia adverse effects
on theiBBdA or safety of employees:
(i) any substance defined under
section 101(14) of CERCLA,
(ii) any biological agent and other
Hittpflttp-fifliiffij^g afifint a* defined ia
section 104(a^2) of CERCLA,
(ili) any substance listed by the U.S.
Department of Transportation and
regulated as hazardous materials under
49 CFR T72.T01 and appendices, and
(iv) hazardous waste.
"Hazardous waste" means (i] a waste
or combination of wastes as defined in
40 CFR 281.3, or [ii] those substances
defined in 49 CFR 171.8.
Hazardous waste operation "mean*
any operation involving employee
exposure to hazardous wastes,
hazardous substances, or any
combination of hazardous wastes and
hazardous substances that are
conducted within the scope of this
standard.
"Hazardous waste site" or "site"
means any facility or location «t which
hazardous waste operations within the
scope of this standard 'tHjie place.
"Health hazard" uietnis "a chemical,
mixture of chemicals or a pathogen for
which tiiere is s lulisticaliy significant
evidence based tin at iesst -one study
established •scientific principles that
acute or chronic -health effects -may
occur in exposed employees. The term
"health hazard** includes chemicals
which are carcinogens, tuxic or mghfy
tuXic agezrts, TC^/^OU mi CI v ^ tnxtcs,
rmtents,
is, nepnrotoxnis,
neui'cftuujus, 'agents nuiiijk ~sct on oie
heamtoyxietic system, and agents which
damage tit* tangs, skin, eyes, or mucous
membranes. Purtiier definition ef Ac
lernM uaed-abow-cMi be fowwi in
Appendw A to 39CFR 195O.1300.
"IDLH" or ~¥m/n«£
-------
Federal Register / Vol. 51, No. 244 / Friday, December 19, 1986 / Rules and Regulations 45665
sub-contractor services for work in
hazardous waste operations shall inform
those contractors, sub-contractors, or
their representatives of any potential
fire, explosion, health or other safety
hazards of the hazardous waste
operation that have been identified by
the employer.
(c) Site characterization and analysis.
(1) A preliminary evaluation of a site's
characteristics shall be performed prior
to site entry by a trained person to aid
in the selection of appropriate employee
protection methods prior to site entry.
During site entry, a more detailed
evaluation of the site's specific
characteristics shall be performed by a
trained person to further identify
existing site hazards and to further aid
in the selection of the appropriate
engineering controls and personal
protective equipment for the tasks to be
performed.
(2) All suspected conditions that may
pose inhalation or skin absorption
hazards that are immediately dangerous
to life or health (IDLH) or other
conditions that may cause death or
serious harm shall be identified during
the preliminary survey and evaluated
during the detailed survey. Examples of
such hazards include, but are not limited
to, confined space entry, potentially
explosive OF flammable situations,
visible vapor clouds, or areas where
biological indicators such as dead
animals or vegetation are located.
(3) The following information to the
extent available shall be obtained by
the employer prior to allowing
employees to enter a site:
(i) Location and approximate size of
the site.
(ii) Description of the response
activity and/or the job task to be
performed.
(iii) Duration of the planned employee
activity.
(iv) Site topography.
(v) Site accessibility by air and roads.
[vi) Pathways for hazardous
substance dispersion.
(vii) Present status and capabilities of
emergency response teams that would
provide assistance to on-site employees
at the time of an emergency.
(viiij Hazardous substances and
health hazards involved or expected at
the site and their chemical and physical
properties.
(4) Personal protective equipment
(PPE) shall be provided and used during
initial site entry in accordance with the
following requirements:
(i) Based upon the results of the
preliminary site evaluation, an ensemble
of PPE shall be selected and used during
initial site entry which will provide
protection to a level of exposure below
established permissible exposure limits
for known or suspected hazardous
substances and health hazards and will
provide protection against other known
and suspected hazards identified during
the preliminary site evaluation.
(ii) An escape self-contained
breathing apparatus of at least five
minutes duration shall be carried by
employees or kept available at their
immediate work station if positive-
pressure self-contained breathing
apparatus is not used as part of the
entry ensemble.
(iii) If the preliminary site evaluation
does not produce sufficient information
to identify the hazards or suspected
hazards of the site an ensemble of Level
B PPE shall be provided as minimum
protection and direct reading
instruments shall be carried for
identifying IDLH conditions. (See
Appendix B for guidelines on Level B
protective equipment.)
(iv) Once the hazards of the site have
been positively identified, the
appropriate PPE shall be selected and
used in accordance with paragraph (g)
of this section.
(5) The following monitoring shall be
conducted during site entry when the
site evaluation produces information
which show the potential for ionizing
radiation or IDLH conditions, or when
the site information is not sufficient to
rule out these possible conditions:
(i) Monitoring for hazardous levels of
ionizing radiation.
(ii) Monitoring the air with
appropriate test equipment for IDLH and
other conditions that may cause death
or serious harm (combustible or
explosive atmospheres, oxygen
deficiency, toxic substances.)
(iii) Visually observe for signs of
actual or potential IDLH or other
dangerous conditions.
(6) Once the presence and
concentrations of specific hazardous
substances and health hazards have
been established, the risks associated
with these substances shall be
identified. Employees who will be
working on the site shall be informed of
any risks that have been identified.
Note.—Risks to consider include, but are
not limited to:
Exposures exceeding the appropriate
Threshold Limit Values (TLVj), Permissible
Exposure Limits (PELs), or Recommended
Exposure Limit* (RELs).
IDLH Concentrations.
Potential Skin Absorption and Irritation
Sources.
Potential Eye Irritation Sources.
Explosion Sensitivity and Flammabilily
Ranges.
(7) Any information concerning the
chemical, physical, and toxicologic
properties of each substance known or
expected to be present on site that is
available to the employer and relevant
to the duties an employee is expected to
perform shall be made available to all
employees prior to the commencement
of their work activities.
(8) An ongoing air monitoring program
in accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section shall be implemented after site
characterization has determined the site
is safe for the start-up of operations.
(d) Site control [\] A site control
program for preventing contamination of
employees shall be developed during the
planning stages of a hazardous waste
operation clean-up.
(2) The site control program shall, as a
minimum, include: A site map; site work
zones; the use of a "buddy system"; site
communications; the standard operating
procedures or safe work practices; and,
identification of nearest medical
assistance.
(e) Training. (1) All employees (such
as equipment operators and general
laborers) exposed to hazardous
substances, health hazards, or safety
hazards shall be thoroughly trained in
the following:
(i) Names of personnel and alternates
responsible for site safety and health;
(ii) Safety, health and other hazards
present on thesite;
(iii) Use of PPE;
(iv) Work practices by which the
employee can minimize risks from
hazards;
(v) Safe use of engineering controls
and equipment on the site;
(vi) Medical surveillance requirements
including recognition of symptoms and
signs which might indicate over
exposure to hazards; and
(vii) Paragraphs (G) through (K) of the
site safety and health plan set forth in
paragraph (i)(2)(i) of this section.
(2) All employees shall at the time of
job assignment receive a minimum of 40
hours of initial instruction off the site,
and a minimum of three days of actual
field experience under the direct
supervision of a trained, experienced
supervisor. Workers who may be
exposed to unique or special hazards
shall be provided additional training.
The level of training provided shall be
consistent with the employee's job
function and responsibilities.
(3) On-site management and
supervisors directly responsible for or
who supervise employees engaged in
hazardous waste operations shall
receive training as provided in
paragraph (e)(l) and (e)(2) of this section
and at least eight additional hours of
specialized training on managing such
operations at the time of job assignment.
-------
45686 Fadarai ftepater / ffipl Si, No. 2*t / Eriday. December 1ft 1988 / Rules and
of iartot
subject jMttergf d
fteU AobuiMe* «mit tkey ten 4
trained to a l
have eeoaiued AMJ.
completed the -tMantas and fieU
expenanae*pec»fjsd fn
shall
hauing-coinpJetad Jhe
training. A*y pecMa whabaaa
so certified or meets ihejT
paragraph ifeKl-) respan*tUe ler
situation* that -nta? e*p oae-tbemitc
hazardous substances shall be trained in
how to xespaod 4o expected
emergencies.
(8) Em$»4ejte«S:ajiecifiBdiki -paragraph
(e)(]jju^«taoap« specified Jn
paragraph -{e}{3j «f -iUs aecfien shall
receive eight hours of refresher HIM in;
annually on -the .items specified in
paragraph fej(l) of ibis section and other
relevant .topics.
(9) Employers who-caan »h»w byoa
employee's work experience .and/ or
training that the amplojoe -has -had
initial training equivalent te that .traioiag
required in paragraphs (e)(l), (e-j(Z). and
(e](3j of this section .akall tae .considered
as meeting (he initial (mining
on^ of .tbdoe 'Paragraphs.
ie 1niinini£
that exis
already received .from actual oa-site
experience.
(£) Medical suTvgtSaace — (1J
Employees £0KBxad. A medical
surveiJlanoe progcam ihail be instituted
by the .employer Ear
(i) all .employees who -are -or .may be
r* xrvofiflfi 'to iftATrfl Etiffwr 'M^iftt^mnf^fl or
health hazaad
for these -subataoces. mithoBt regard i«
the
more a year, or
(it) all .employee* ufiwtweara
respirator tor 30 daja«r BMie « yeac. ar
(iii) H?i7M^T raajtlnynmi nynifirtj in
paragraph (lj(4)-of 4tus aeotioa while
covered by th
(iv) The employer ihaUjDake -medical
examina tiara -or coJWultalianB avatUUe
to all employees who may :h*w«-baea
exposed in au^aoetgancy tiinalion i»
hazacdau* «>b&(ancec «t oanoentratMB*
above -the penniwible-espaftuje limtto.
f MHffli|Tn rirytta .a
aiMkU alra-be
under paragraph ,^Q(!l8ftiHB.aectinB an
the folio waigadiEdiiieB:
( i ) frior -40 4saiguHmt at ior
empk>jree9'OO\«eied^»m ihe effectweidate
of this staniaMi.aB specifieai m
paragcaph tpij of tbifi.sectkm.
(ii) At lea*£ -*nce -every twelve mentfas
for each-eaplayee'Oeveted.
(iii) At termination of enqnUymettt af
reateignroeat U> «n anea wheae -fee
einpk>j
-------
Federal Register / Vol. 51, No. 244 / Friday, December 19. 1986 / Rules and Regulations 45667
operations and locating employees upwind of
possible hazards.
(ii) Whenever engineeringco^troia
and work practices ore not feasible, PPE
shall be used to protect employees to
reduce exposure to below established
permissible exposure limits.
(ill) The employer shall not rmptement
a schedule of employee rotation as a
means of compliance with permissible
exposure limits.
(2) Engineering controls, work
practices, and personal protective
equipment far-substances not-regulated
in Subpart Z. An appropriate
combination of engineering controls.
work practices, and personal protective
equipment shall be established to
reduce and maintain employee exposure
to or below the established permissible
exposure limit for hazardous substances
not regulated by 29 CFR Part 1910.
Subpart Z and health hazards.
(3) Personal protective equipment
selection, (i) Personal protective
equipment (PPE) shall be selected and
used which will protect employees from
the hazards and potential hazards they
are likely to encounter as identified
during the site characterization and
analysts.
(ii) Personal protective equipment
selection shall be based on an
evaluation of the performance
characteristics of the PPE relative to the
requirements and limitations of the site,
the task-specific conditions and
duration, and the hazards and potential
hazards identified at the site.
(iii) Positive pressure self-contained
breathing apparatus, or positive
pressure air-line respirators equipped
with an escape air supply shall be used
in 1DLH conditions.
(iv) Totally-encapsulating chemical
protective suits (Level A protection)
shall be used in conditions where
contact of the skin by the hazardous
substance may result in an IDLH
situation.
(v) The level of protection provided by
PPE selection shall be increased when
additional information or site conditions
show that increased protection is
necessary to reduce employee exposure
below established permissible exposure
limits for hazardous substance and
health hazards. (See Appendix B for
guidance on selecting PPE ensembles.)
Note.—The level of protection provided
may be decreased when additional
information or site conditions show that
decreased protection will not result in
hazardous exposures to employees.
(vi) Personal protective equipment
shall be selected and used to meet the
requirement of 29 CFR Part 1910,
Subpart I, and additional requirements
specified in this section.
(4) TotaJIy-encapsulating chemical
protective suits, (i) Totally-
encapsulating suit materials used for
Level A protection shall protect
employees from the particular hazards
which are identified during site
characterization and analysis.
(ii) Totally-encapsulating suits shall
be capable of maintaining positive air
pressure. (See Appendix A.)
(iii) Totally-encapsulating suits shall
be capable of preventing inward test gas
leakage of more than 0.5 percent. (See
Appendix A.)
(5) Personal protective equipment
(PPE) program. A personal protective
equipment program shall be established
for hazardous waste operations. The
PPE program shall address the following
elements:
(i) Site hazards,
(ii) PPE selection,
(iii) PPE use,
(iv) Work mission duration,
(v) PPE maintenance and storage,
(vi) PPE decontamination.
(vii) PPE training and proper fitting,
(viii) PPE donning and doffing
procedures,
(ix) PPE inspection,
(x) PPE in-use monitoring,
(xi) Evaluation of the effectiveness of
the PPE program, and
(xii) Limitations during temperature
extremes.
(h) Monitoring. (1) Air monitoring
shall be used to identify and quantify
airborne levels of hazardous substances
in order to determine the appropriate
level of employee protection needed on
site.
(2) As a first step, air monitonng shall
be conducted to identify any IDLH and
other dangerous situations, such as the
presence of flammable atmospheres,
oxygen-deficient environments, toxic
levels of airborne contaminants, and
radioactive materials.
(3) As a minimum, periodic monitonng
shall be conducted when:
(i) Work begins on a different portion
of the site.
(n) Contaminants other than those
previously identified are being handled.
(iii) A different type of operation is
initiated (e.g., drum opening as opposed
to exploratory well drilling.)
(iv) Employees are handling leaking
drums or containers or working in areas
with obvious liquid contamination (e.g.,
a spill or lagoon.)
(4) High-risk employees, e.g., those
closest to the source of contaminant
generation, shall receive personal
monitoring sufficient to characterize
employee exposure.
(i) Informational programs—(1)
General. As part of the safety and
health program required in paragraph
(b)(l) of this section, the employer shall
develop and implement a site safety and
health plan meeting the requirements of
paragraph (i)(2) of this section for each
hazardous waste operation.
(2) Site safety and health plan. The
site safety and health plan, which shall
be available on the site for inspection by
employees, their designated
representatives, and OSHA personnel.
shall address the safety and health
hazards of each phase of site operation
and include the requirements and
procedures for employee protection.
(i) The site safety and health plan, as
a minimum, shall address the following:
(A) Names of key personnel and
alternates responsible for site safety and
health and appointment of a site safety
and health officer.
(B) A safety and health risk analysis
for each site task and operation.
(C) Employee training assignments.
(D) Personal protective equipment to
be used by employees for each of the
site tasks and operations being
conducted.
(E) Medical surveillance requirements.
(F) Frequency and types of air
monitoring, personnel monitoring, and
environmental sampling techniques and
instrumentation to be used. Methods of
maintenance and calibration of
monitoring and sampling equipment to
be used.
(G) Site control measures.
(H) Decontamination procedures.
(!) Site's standard operating
procedures.
(J) A contingency plan meeting the
requirements of paragraphs (1)(1) and
(1)(2) of this section for safe and
effective responses to emergencies
including the necessary PPE and other
equipment.
(K) Confined space entry procedures.
(ii) Pre-entry briefings shall be held
prior to initiating any site activity and at
such other times as necessary to ensure
that employees are apprised of the site
safety and health plan and that it is
being followed.
(in) Inspections shall be conducted by
the site safety and health officer or, in
the absence of that individual, another
individual acting on behalf of the
employer as necessary to determine the
effectiveness of the site safety and
health plan. Any deficiencies in the
effectiveness of the site safety and
health plan shall be corrected by the
employer.
(j) Handling drums and containers—
(1) General, (i) Drums and containers
used during the clean-up shall meet the
-------
45668 Federal Register / Vol. 51, No. 244 / Friday, December 19. 1986 / Rules and Regulations
appropriate DOT, OSHA. and EPA
regulations for the wastes that they
contain.
(ii) Drums and containers shall be
inspected and their integrity shall be
assured prior to being moved. Drums or
containers that cannot be inspected
before being moved because of
inaccessible storage conditions shall be
moved to an accessible location and
inspected prior to further handling.
(iii) Unlabeled drums and containers
shall be considered to contain
hazardous substances and handled
accordingly until the contents are
positively identified and labeled.
(iv) Site operations shall be organized
to minimize the amount of drum or
container movement.
(v) Prior to movement of drums or
containers, all employees exposed to the
transfer operation shall be warned of
the potential hazards associated with
the contents of the drums or containers.
(vi) U.S. Department of Transportation
specified salvage drums or containers
and suitable quantities of proper
absorbent shall be kept available and
used in areas where spills, leaks, or
ruptures may occur.
(vii) Where major spills may occur, a
spill containment program shall be
implemented to contain and isolate the
entire volume of the hazardous
substance being transferred.
(viii) Drums and containers that
cannot be moved without rupture,
leakage, or spillage shall be emptied into
a sound container using a device
classified for the material being
transferred.
(ix) A ground-penetrating system or
other type of detection system or device
shall be used to estimate the location
and depth of drums or containers.
(x) Soil or covering material shall be
removed with caution to prevent drum
or container rupture.
(xi) Fire extinguishing equipment
meeting the requirements of 29 CFR Part
1910. Subpart L shall be on hand and
ready for use to control small fires.
(2) Opening drums and containers.
The following procedures shall be
followed in areas where drums or
containers are being opened:
(i) Where an airline respirator system
is used, connections to the bank of air
cylinders shall be protected from
contamination and the entire system
shall be protected from physical
damage.
(ii) Employees not actually involved in
opening drums or containers shall be
kept a safe distance from the drums or
containers being opened.
(iii) If employees must work near or
adjacent to drums or containers being
opened, a suitable shield that does not
interfere with the work operation shall
be placed between the employee and
the drums or containers being opened to
protect the employee in case of
accidental explosion.
(iv) Controls for drum or container
opening equipment, monitoring
equipment, and fire suppression
equipment shall be located behind the
explosion-resistant barrier.
(v) Material handling equipment and
hand tools shall be of the type to
prevent sources of ignition.
(vi) Drums and containers shall be
opened in such a manner that excess
interior pressure will be safely relieved.
If pressure cannot be relieved from a
remote location, appropriate shielding
shall be placed between the employee
and the drums or containers to reduce
the risk of employee injury.
(vii) Employees shall not stand upon
or work from drums or containers.
(3) Electrical material handling
equipment. Electrical material handling
equipment used to transfer drums and
containers shall:
(i) Be positioned and operated to
minimize sources of ignition related to
the equipment from igniting vapors
released from ruptured drums or
containers, or
(ii) Meet the requirements of 29 CFR
1910.307 and be of the appropriate
electrical classification for the materials
being handled.
(4) Radioactive wastes. Drums and
containers containing radioactive
wastes shall not be handled until such
time as their hazard to employees is
properly assessed.
(5) Shock sensitive wastes.
Caution: Shipping of shock sensitive
wastes may be prohibited under U.S.
Department of Transportation regulations.
Employers and their shippers should refer to
49 CFR 173.21 and 173.50.
As a minimum, the following special
precautions shall be taken when drums
and containers containing or suspected
of containing shock-sensitive wastes are
handled:
(i) All non-essential employees shall
be evacuated from the area of transfer.
(ii) Material handling equipment shall
be provided with explosive containment
devices or protective shields to protect
equipment operators from exploding
containers.
(iii) An employee alarm system
capable of being perceived above
surrounding light and noise conditions
shall be used to signal the
commencement and completion of
explosive waste handling activities.
(iv) Continuous communications (i.e.,
portable radios, hand signals.
telephones, as appropriate) shall be
maintained between the employee-m-
charge of the immediate handling area
and the site safety officer or command
post until such time as the handling
operation is completed. Communication
equipment or methods that could cause
shock sensitive materials to explode
shall not be used.
(v) Drums and containers under
pressure, as evidenced by bulging or
swelling, shall not be moved until such
time as the cause for excess pressure is
determined and appropriate
containment procedures have been
implemented to protect employees from
explosive relief of the drum.
(vi) Drums and containers containing
packaged laboratory wastes shall be
considered to contain shock-sensitive or
explosive materials until they have been
characterized.
(6) Laboratory waste packs. In
addition to the requirements of
paragraph (j)(5) of this section, the
following precautions shall be taken, as
a minimum, in handling laboratory
waste packs (lab packs):
(i) Lab packs shall be opened only
when necessary and then only by an
individual knowledgeable in the
inspection, classification, and
segregation of the containers within the
pack according the hazards of the
wastes.
(ii) If crystalline material is noted on
any container, the contents shall be
handled as a shock-sensitive waste until
the contents are identified.
(7) Sampling drums and containers.
Sampling of containers and drums shall
be done in accordance with a sampling
procedure which is part of the site
safety and health plan developed for
and available to employees and others
at the specific worksite.
(8) Shipping and transport, (i) Drums
and containers shall be identified and
classified prior to packaging for
shipment.
(11) Drum or container staging areas
shall be kept to the minimum number
necessary to safely identify and classify
materials and prepare them for
transport.
(iii) Staging areas shall be provided
with adequate access and egress routes.
(iv) Bulking of hazardous wastes shall
be permitted only after a thorough
characterization of the materials has
been completed.
(9) Tank and vault procedures, (i)
Tanks and vaults containing hazardous
substances shall be handled in a manner
similar to that for drums and containers,
taking into consideration the size of the
tank or vault.
(ii) Appropriate tank or vault entry
procedures meeting paragraph
-------
Federal Register / Vol. 51. No. 244 / Friday. December 19. 1986 / Rules and Regulations
45669
(i)(2)(i)(K} of this section shall be
followed whenever employees must
enter a tank or vault
(k) Decontamination. (1) A
decontamination procedure shall be
developed, communicated to employees
and implemented before any employees
or equipment may enter areas on site
where potential for exposure to
hazardous substances exists.
(2) Standard operating procedures
shall be developed to minimize
employee contact with hazardous
substances or with equipment that has
contacted hazardous substances.
(3) Decontamination shall be
performed in areas that will minimize
the exposure of uncontaminated
employees or equipment to
contaminated employees or equipment.
(4) All employees leaving a
contaminated area shall be
appropriately decontaminated; all
clothing and equipment leaving a
contaminated area shall be
appropriately disposed of or
decontaminated.
(5) Decontamination procedures shall
be monitored by the site safety and
health officer to determine their
effectiveness. When such procedures
are found to be ineffective, appropriate
steps shall be taken to correct any
deficiencies.
(6) All equipment and solvents used
for decontamination shall be
decontaminated or disposed of properly.
(7) Protective clothing and equipment
shall be decontaminated, cleaned,
laundered, maintained or replaced as
needed to maintain their effectiveness.
(8) Impermeable protective clothing
which contacts or is likely to have
contacted hazardous substances shall
be decontaminated before being
removed by the employee.
(9) Employees whose non-
impermeable clothing becomes wetted
with hazardous substances shall
immediately remove that clothing and
proceed to shower. The clothing shall be
disposed of or decontaminated before it
is removed from the work zone.
(10) Unauthorized employees shall not
remove protective clothing or equipment
from change rooms.
(11) Commercial laundries or cleaning
establishments that decontaminate
protective clothing or equipment shall
be informed of the potentially harmful
effects of exposures to hazardous
substances.
(12) Where the decontamination
procedure indicates a need for showers
and change rooms, they shall be
provided and meet the requirements of
29 CFR 1910.141.
(1) Emergency response—(1) General.
(i) An emergency response plan shall be
developed and implemented to handle
anticipated on-site emergencies prior to
the commencement of hazardous waste
operations. Emergency response
activities to all other hazardous waste
operations shall follow an emergency
response plan meeting the requirements
of this section.
(ii) Elements of an emergency
response plan. The employer shall
develop an emergency response plan for
on-site and off-site emergencies which
shall address, as a minimum, the
following:
(A) Pre-emergency planning.
(B) Personnel roles, lines of authority,
training, and communication.
(C) Emergency recognition and
prevention.
(D) Safe distances and places of
refuge.
(E) Site security and control.
(F) Evacuation routes and
procedures.
(G) Decontamination.
(H) Emergency medical treatment
and first aid.
(I) Emergency alerting and response
procedures.
(]) Critique of response and follow-
up.
(K) PPE and emergency equipment.
(2) On-site emergency response—(i)
Training. Training for site emergency
response shall be conducted in
accordance with paragraph (e) of this
section.
(ii) Procedures for handling site
emergency incidents. (A) In addition to
the elements for the emergency response
plan required in paragraph (l)(l)(ii)
above, the following elements shall be
included for site emergency response
plans:
(1) Site topography, layout, and
prevailing weather conditions.
(2) Procedures for reporting incidents
to local, state, and federal governmental
agencies.
(B) The site emergency response plan
shall be a separate section of the Site
Safety and Health Plan.
(C) The site emergency response plan
shall be compatible and integrated with
the disaster, fire and/or emergency
response plans of local, state, and
federal agencies.
(D) The site emergency response plan
shall be rehearsed regularly as part of
the overall training program for site
operations.
(E) The site emergency response plan
shall be reviewed periodically and, as
necessary, be amended to keep it
current with new or changing site
conditions or information.
(F) An employee alarm system shall
be installed in accordance with 29 CFR
1910.165 to notify employees of an on-
site emergency situation, to stop work
activities if necessary, to lower
background noise in order to speed
communication, and to begin emergency
procedures.
(G) Based upon the information
available at time of the emergency, the
employer shall evaluate the incident and
the site response capabilities and
proceed with the appropriate steps to
implement the on-site emergency
response plan.
(3) Off-site emergency response—(i)
Training. Training for handling
emergency responses involving
hazardous substances shall be
conducted on a monthly basis and shall
be at least 24 hours annually. The
training shall include as a minimum
recognition of hazards, selection, care,
and use of personal protective
equipment and safe operating
procedures to be used at the incident
scene.
(ii) Procedures for handling off-site
emergency incidents. (A) The senior
officer responding to an incident
involving a hazardous substance or
waste shall establish an Incident
Command System (ICS). A1J emergency
responders and their communications
shall be coordinated and controlled
through the individual in charge of the
ICS.
(B) The individual in charge of the ICS
shall identify, to the extent possible, all
hazardous substances or conditions
present.
(C) Based on the hazardous
substances and/or conditions present
the individual in charge of the ICS shall
implement appropriate emergency
operations, and assure that the personal
protective equipment worn is
appropriate for the hazards to be
encountered. However, personal
protective equipment shall meet, at a
minimum, the criteria contained in 29
CFR 1910.156(e) when worn while
performing fire fighting operations
beyond the incipient stage.
(D) Self-contained breathing
apparatus shall be worn at all times
during emergency operations involving
exposure to hazardous substances or
health hazards. After October 18,1988
only positive pressure self-contained
respirators shall be used.
(E) The individual in charge of the ICS
shall limit the number of emergency
response personnel at the emergency
site to those who are actively
performing emergency operations.
However, operations in hazardous areas
shall be performed using the buddy
system in groups of two or more.
(F) Back-up personnel shall be
standing by with equipment ready to
-------
45670 Federal Register / Vol. 51. No. 244 / Friday, December 19. 1986 / Rules and Regulations
provide assistance or rescue. Qualified
basic life support personnel, as a
minimum, shall also be standing by with
medical equipment and transportation
capability.
(G) The individual in charge of the 1CS
shall designate a safety officer, who is
knowledgeable in fire fighting or rescue
operations and hazardous substance
handling procedures, with specific
responsibility to identify and evaluate
hazards and to provide direction with
respect to the safety of operations for
the emergency at hand.
(H) When activities are judged by the
safety officer to be unsafe and/or to
involve an imminent danger condition,
the safety officer shall have the
authority to alter, suspend, or terminate
those activities. The safety officer shall
immediately inform the individual in
charge of the ICS of any actions taken to
correct these hazards at an emergency
scene.
(I) After emergency operations have
terminated, the individual in charge of
the ICS shall implement appropriate
decontamination procedures.
(4) Hazardous materials teams
(HAZMAT), (i) Employees who are
members of the HAZMAT team,
employees designated by the employer
to plug, patch or otherwise temporarily
control or stop leaks from containers
which hold hazardous substances or
health hazards shall be given training in
accordance with paragraph (1)(3) of this
section that includes the care and use of
chemical protective clothing and
procedures to be followed when
working on leaking drums, containers.
tanks, or bulk transport vehicles.
(ii) Members of HAZMAT teams shall
receive an annual physical examination
by a licensed physician and be provided
medical surveillance as required in
paragraph (f) of this section.
(iii) Personal protective clothing and
equipment to be used by HAZMAT team
members shall meet the requirements of
paragraph (g) of this section.
(iv) Approved self-contained
compressed air breathing apparatus may
be used with approved cylinders from
other approved self-contained
compressed air breathing apparatus
provided that such cylinders are of the
same capacity and pressure rating. Ail
compressed air cylinders used with self-
contained breathing apparatus shall
meet U.S. Department of Transportation
and National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health criteria.
(5) Post-emergency response
operations. Upon completion of the
emergency response, if it is determined
that it is necessary to remove hazardous
substances, health hazards and
materials contaminated with them such
as contaminated soil or other elements
of the natural environment, then such
operations shall meet all the
requirements of paragraphs (b) through
(n) of this section.
(m) Illumination. Work areas shall be
lighted to not less than the minimum
illumination intensities listed in Table
H-102.1 while any work is in progress:
TABLE H-102.1.—MINIMUM ILLUMINATION
INTENSITIES IN FOOT-CANOLES
Fool-candle*
Are* or operations
5 . „ j Genera* site areas.
3 . . | Excavation and waste areaa, accessways,
active storage area*, loading platform*, re-
fueling, and field maintenance area*.
5 .. . Indoors, warehouses, corridors, hallway*, and
eiotways.
5 .. . Tunnels, shafts, and general underground
work area*. (Exception- mnmum at 10
loot-candles a required at tunnel and Shan
Reading during drilling, mucking, and scal-
ing. Bureau of Mmes approved cap ughts
shaH be acceptable for use m the tunnel
heading.
General shops |e g, mechanical and electri-
cal equipment rooms, active storerooms,
barracks or living quarters, locker or dress-
ing rooms. dKMng areas, and indoor to4eo
and workrooms
First aid station*, infirmaries, and office*.
(n) Sanitation at temporary
workplaces—(1) Potable water, (i) An
adequate supply of potable water shall
be provided on the site.
(ii) Portable containers used to
dispense drinking water shall be
capable of being tightly closed, and
equipped with a tap. Water shall not be
dipped from containers.
(iii) Any container used to distribute
drinking water shall be clearly marked
as to the nature of its contents and not
used for any other purpose.
(iv) Where single service cups (to be
used but once) are supplied, both a
sanitary container for the unused cups
and a receptacle for disposing of the
used cups shall be provided.
(2) Nonpotable water, (i) Outlets for
nonpotable water, such as water for
industrial or firefighting purposes shall
be identified to indicate clearly that the
water is unsafe and is not to be used for
drinking, washing, or cooking purposes.
(ii) There shall be no cross-
connection, open or potential, between a
system furnishing potable water and a
system furnishing nonpotable water.
(3) Toilets facilities, (i) Toilets shall
be provided for employees according to
Table H-102.2.
TABLE H-102.2.—TOILET FACILITIES
Number of employees I Minimum number of 'somes
1
20 or fewer .. . , One
More man 20. fewer than ! One toilet seat and 1 unnal per
200 i 40 employees.
TABLE H-102.2.—TOILET FACILITIES—
Continued
Number of employees
Mkwnuni number of rac&Me
More than 200
i One totlat seat and 1 ixina <
| 50 errvtoyen.
(ii) Under temporary field conditions.
provisions shall be made to assure not
less than one toilet facility is available.
(iii) Hazardous waste sites, not
provided with a sanitary sewer, shall be
provided with the following toilet
facilities unless prohibited by local
codes:
(A) Privies;
(B) Chemical toilets:
(C) Recirculating toilets; or
(D) Combustion toilets.
(iv) The requirements of this
paragraph for sanitation facilities shall
not apply to mobile crews having
transportation readily available to
nearby toilet facilities.
(4) Food handling. All employees' food
service facilities and operations shall
meet the applicable laws, ordinances,
and regulations of the jurisdictions in
which they are located.
(5) Temporary sleeping quarters.
When temporary sleeping quarters are
provided, they shall be heated,
ventilated, and lighted.
(6) Washing facilities. The employer
shall provide adequate washing
facilities for employees engaged in
operations where hazardous substances
may be harmful to employees. Such
facilities shall be in near proximity to
the worksite, within controlled access
work zones and shall be so equipped as
to enable employees to remove
hazardous substances.
(o) Certain Operations Conducted
under the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA).
Employers conducting operations
specified in paragraph (g)(2)(iii) of this
section shall:
(1) Implement a hazard
communication program meeting the
requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200;
(2) Implement a medical surveillance
program meeting the requirements of
paragraph (f) of this section;
(3) Develop and implement a safety
and health program for employees
involved in hazardous waste operations.
The program shall be designed to
identify, evaluate and control safety and
health hazards and provide for
emergency response to their facilities for
the purpose of employee protection;
(4) Develop and implement a
decontamination procedure in
accordance with paragraph (k) of this
section, and
-------
Federal Register / Vol. 51. No. 244 / Friday, December 19. 1986 / Rules and Regulations
45671
(5) Develop and implement a training
program for employees involved with
hazardous waste operations to enable
each employee to perform their assigned
duties and functions^rf a safe and
healthful" manner so atntot to endanger
themselves or other employees. The
initial training shall be for 24 hours and
refresher training shall be for eight
hours annually.
(p) Start-up dates—(1) Training and
medical provisions. Initial training and
medical surveillance as specified by
paragraph (e) and (f) of this section shall
be commenced on the effective date of
this standard, and be fully implemented
as soon as possible but no later than
March 16,1987. Employees may
continue in their work assignments until
March 16,1987 though training and
medical examinations have not been
completed so long as all feasible
training and examinations have been
completed.
(2) Safety and health program. The
employer shall develop and implement a
safety and health program as required
by paragraph (b)(l) of this section as
soon as is feasible and have it
completed and implemented no later
than March 16,1987.
(3) Engineering controls, work
practices, and personal protective
equipment, (i) The engineering controls,
work practices and personal protective
equipment required by paragraph (g){2)
of this section shall be implemented as
soon as feasible and implementation
shall be completed no later than March
16,1987.
(ii) The engineering controls, work
practices and personal protective
equipment required by paragraph (g)(l)
of this section are existing requirements
of other OSHA standards and continues
to be required from the effective date of
this standard.
(4) Site safety and health plan. The
site safety and health plan required by
paragraph (i)(2) of this section shall be
completed as soon aa feasible but no
later than February 16,1987.
(5) Certain operations conducted
under RCRA. The requirements
specified by paragraph (o) of this section
shall be instituted by March 16,1987.
(8) Other requirements. Requirements
of this standard which do not have a
separate start-up date and have not
been required by other OSHA standards
shall be carried out from the effective
date of this standard.
(7) New operations. Operations
covered by this section which are
started after March 16,1987, shall be in
compliance with this section from the
start of their operation.
Appendices to 5 1910.120—Hazardous Waste
Operation* and Emergency Response
Note-— The following appendices serve as
non-mandatory guidelines to assist
employees and employers in complying with
the appropriate requirements of this section.
Appendix A—Personal Protective Equipment
Test Methods
This appendix seta forth the non-
mandatory examples of tests which may be
used to evaluate compliance with paragraphs
1910.120(g){4) (ii) and (iii). Other tests and
other challenge agents may be used to
evaluate compliance.
A. Fully-Encapsulated Suit Pressure Test
1.0—Scope
1.1 This practice measures the ability of a
gas tight totally-encapsulating chemical
protective suit material, seams, and closures
to maintain a fixed positive pressure. The
results of this practice allow the gas tight
integrity of a total-encapsulating chemical
protective suit to be evaluated.
1.2 Resistance of the suit materials to
permeation, penetration, and degradation by
specific hazardous substances is not
determined by this test method.
2.0—Description of Terms
2.1 Totally-encapsulated chemical
protective suit (TECP suit)—A full body
garment which is constructed of protective
clothing materials; covers the wearer's torso,
head. arms, and legs; may cover the wearer's
hands-and feel with tightly attached gloves
and boots; completely encloses the wearer by
itself or In combination with the wearer's
respiratory equipment, gloves, and boots.
2.2 Protective clothing material—Any
material or combination of materials used in
an item of clothing for the purpose of
isolating parts of the body from direct contact
with a potentially hazardous liquid or
gaseous chemicals.
2.3 "Gas tight"—for the purpose of this
practice the limited flow of a gas under
pressure from the inside of a TECP suit to
atmosphere at a prescribed pressure and time
interval.
2.4 "Shall"—This term indicates a
mandatory requirement.
2.5 "Should"—This term indicates a
recommendation or that which is advised but
not required.
2.ft "May"—This term is used to state a
permissive use or an alternative method to a
specific requirement.
3.0—Summary of Practice
3.1 The TECP suit is visually inspected
and modified for the test. The test apparatus
is attached to the suit to permit inflation to
the pre-test suit expansion pressure for
removal of suit wrinkles and creases. The
pressure is lowered to the test pressure and
monitored for three minutes. If the pressure
drop is excessive, the TECP suit fails the tests
and is removed from service. After leak
location and repair the test is repeated.
4.0—Required Supplies
4.1 Source of compressed air,
4.2 Test apparatus for suit testing
including a pressure measurement device
with a sensitivity of at least V4 inch water
gauge.
4.3 Vent valve closure plugs or sealing
tape.
4.4 Soapy water solution and soft brush.
4.5 Stop watch or appropriate timing
device.
5.0—Safety Precautions
5.1 Care shall be taken to provide the
correct pressure safety devices required for
the source of compressed air used.
8.0—Test Procedure
6.1 Prior to each test, the tester shall
perform a visual inspection of the suit. Check
the suit for seam integrity by visually
examining the seams and gently pulling on
the seams. Ensure that all air supply lines.
fittings, visor, zippers, and valves are secure
and show no signs of deterioration.
6.1.1 Seal off the vent valves along with
any other normal inlet or exhaust points
(such as umbilical air line fittings or face
piece opening) with tape or other appropriate
means (caps, plugs, fixture, etc.). Care should
be exercised in the sealing process not to
damage any of the suit components.
6.1.2 Close all closure assemblies.
6.1.3 Prepare the suit for inflation by
providing an improvised connection point or
the suit for connecting an airline. Attach the
pressure test apparatus to the suit to permit
suit inflation from a compressed air source
equipped with a pressure indicating regulator.
The leak tightness of the pressure test
apparatus should be tested before and after
each test by closing off the end of the tubing
attached to the suit and assuring a pressure
of three inches water gauge for three minutes
can be maintained. If a component is
removed for the test, that component shall be
replaced and a second test conducted with
another component removed to permit a
complete tests of the ensemble.
6.1.4 The pre-test expansion pressure (A)
and the suit test pressure (B) shall be
supplied by the suit manufacturer but in no
case shall they be less than; A=3 inches
water gauge and B=2 inches water gauge.
The ending suit pressure (C) shall be no less
than 80% (%) of the test pressure (B); i.e.. the
pressure drop shall not exceed 20% (V4) of the
test pressure (B).
6.1.5 Inflate the suit until the pressure
inside is equal to pressure "A", the pre-test
expansion suit pressure. Allow at least one
minute to fill out the wrinkles in the suit.
Release sufficient air to reduce the suit
pressure to pressure "B". the suit test
pressure. Begin timing. At the end of three
minutes, record the suit pressure as pressure
"C," the ending suit pressure. The difference
between the suit test pressure and the ending
suit test pressure (B—C) shall be defined as
the suit pressure drop.
6.1.6 If the suit pressure drop is more than
20 percent (H) of the suit test pressure B
during the three minute test period, the suit
fails the test and shall be removed from
service.
7.0—Retest Procedure
7.1 If the suit fails the test check for leaks
by inflating the suit to pressure A and
brushing or wiping the entire suit (including
-------
43672 Federal Register / Vol. 51. No. 244 / Friday. December 19. 196ft / Rules and Reflations
seaBsvclosssjea, least gasiottsv glove-to-sleeve
joints, etc.) with a mild soap and water
inliiUna f>lm«.»nilhn snil tin ilii fiiiiiiiilinii of
soap bubbles, which is- an indication of a
leak, nrFiuMiliirinnlifleiUnhs
7.1
Test procedure 6.0.
8.0— Report
aa Each-TJECP stditoetod by this practice
shall hava the following tn&tmaboa
recorded.
8.1.1 Unique identification number
identifying brand name, date of purchase,
matMBdcf cantractifln, and unique fit
features e.g_ special breathing apparatus.
8.1.2 The actual vahiec fat teat pressures,
A. & ad C sn*U be recorded along with (be
specific ofasenrataon times, if tin ending
pressure (C) i» Jess than 80% of the test
pressure (B> the smt ahaU be identified as
failing the test When possible, the specific
leak location shall be identified in the test
record*. Re lest pressure data shall bt
recoided«s an additional leal.
8.1-3 The source of the test apparatus,
used shall be identified and the sensitivity of
the pressure gauge shall be recorded.
8.1.4 Records shall be kept for each
pressure test even if repairs are being made
at the test location.
Cautfeii
Visually inspect all parts of the suit to be
sure they are positioned correctly and
secured tightly before putting the suit back
into service. Special care should be taken to
examine each exhaust valve to make sure it
is not blocked
Care should also be exercised to assure
that the inside and outside of the suit is
completely dry before it is put into storage.
B. Fully-EncaptutattHi Suit Qualitative Leak
Test
1.0— Scope
1.1 This practice semi-qualitatively tests
gas tight totally-encapsulating chemical
protective suit integrity by detecting inward
leakage of ammonia vapor. Since no
modifications are made to the suit to carry
out this test, the results from this practice
provide a realistic test for the integrity of the
entire suit
1.2 Resistance of the suit materials to
permeation, penetration, and degradation is
not determined by this test method.
2.0 — Description ol Terms
2.1 Tolally-«ncaps«lated chemical
protective suit (TECP nut)— A full body
garment which is-ceBStniciad of protective
clothing materiaU;«o«ejcs. UK wearer's torso,
head. arms, aad lags; may caver the wearer's
hands and feat with tightly attached gloves
and hoots: completely encloses the wearer by
itself or in combination with the wearer's
respiratory «»niiipm«»n« gloves, and boots.
2.2 Protective clothing material — Any
material or combination of materials "g«**f ia
an item of clothing for the purpose of
isolating parts of the body from direct contact
with a potentially hazardous liquid or
gaseous chemicals.
ZJ "Gas tight"— for the purpose of this
practice the limited flew of s gas nader
pisssata from the inside of a TECPamt to
eteMsphere at a- prescribed preeaBfeantr time
interval.
2.4 "Shall"—This term indicates a
mandatory requirement.
is "Should"—This term indicates a
recommendation ox that which is advised but
not required.
2jB "May**—This term is used to state a
permissive use or an alternative method to a
specific requirement
2.7 Intrusion Coefficient—A number
expressing the level of protection provided by
a gas. tight totally-encapsulating chemical
protective suit. The intrusion coefficient is
calculated by dividing the test room
challenge agent concentration by the
concentration of challenge agent found inside
the suit. The accuracy of the intrusion
coefficient is dependent on the challenge
agent monitoring methods. The larger the
intrusion coefficient the greater the protection
provided by the TECP suit.
3.0—Summary of Recommended Practice
3.1 The volume of ammonia solution
required to generate the test atmosphere is
determined using the directions outlined in
6.1. The suit is donned by a oanon wearing
the appropriate respiratory equipment
(normally a self-contained breathing
apparatus) and worn inside the enclosed test
room. The ammonia solution is taken by the
suited individual into the test room and
poured into an open plastic pan. A two-
minute evaporation period is observed before
the teat room concentration is measured
using a high range ammonia length of stain
detector tube. When the ammonia reaches a
concentration of between 1000 and 1200 ppm.
the suited individual starts a standardized
exercise protocol to stress and flex the suit
After this protocol is completed the test room
concentration is measured again. The suited
individual exits the test room and his stand-
by person measures the ammonia
concentration inside the suit using a low
range ammonia length of stain detector tube
or other more sensitive ammonia detector. A
stand-by parson is required to observe the
test individual during the test procedure, aid
the person in donning and doffing the TECP
suit and monitor the suit interior. The
intrusion coefficient of the suit can be
calculated by dividing the average test area
concentration by the interior suit
concentration. A colorunetnc indicator strip
of bromophenol blue is placed on the inside
of the suit face piece lens so that the suited
individual is able to detect a color change
and know if the suit has a significant leak. If
a color change is observed the individual
should leave the test room immediately.
4.0—Required Supplies
4.1 A supply of concentrated ammonia (58
percent ammonium hydroxide by weight).
4.2 A supply of bromophenol/blue
indicating paper, sensitive to 5-10 ppm
ammonia or greater over a two-minute period
of exposure.
4.3 A supply of high range (0.5-LO volume
percent) and low range (5-700 ppm) detector
tubes for ammonia and the corresponding
sampling pump. More sensitive ammonia
detectors can be substituted for the low range
detector tubes te nrmtove me sensitivity of
this practice.
4.4 AplasMc«*nfPVC}atleas>12'>.14':r
and a half pint plastic container (PVC) with
tightly dosing tid.
4.5 Volumetric measuring device of at
least 50 nuililiters in volume with an
accuracy of aJ least ±1 millililers.
5.0—Safety Precautions
5.1 Concentrated ammonia is a corrosive
volatile liquid-requiring eye, skin, and
respiratory protection.
5-2 Since the threshold limit value for
ammonia is 25 ppm. only persons wearing the
appropriate respirator protection shall be in
the chamber. Normally only the person
wearing the total-encapsulating suit will be
inside the chamber. A stand-by person shall
have a self-contained breathing apparatus, or
equivalent breathing apparatus, available to
enter the test area should the suited
individual need assistance.
5.3 A method to monitor the suited
individual must be used during this test.
Visual contact is the simplest but other
methods using communication devices are
acceptable.
5.4 The test room shall be large enough to
allow the exercise protocol to be carried out
and ventilated to allow for easy exhaust of
the ammonia test atmosphere after the testfs)
are completed.
5.5 Individuals shall be medically
screened for the use of respiratory protection
and checked for allergies to ammonia before
participating in this test procedure.
6.0—Test Procedure
8.1.3 Measure the test area to the nearest
foot and calculate its volume in cubic feet
Multiply the teat-area volume by 0.2
miQiliters of ammonia per cubic foot of test
area volume to determine the approximate
volume of ammonia required to generate 1000
ppm in the test area.
8.1.2 Measure this volume from the supply
of concentrated ammonia and place it into a
closed plastic container.
6.1 J Place the jar, several high range
ammonia detector tubes and the pump in the
clean test pan and locate it near the test ares
entry door so that the suited individual has
easy access to these supplies.
8.2.1 In a non-contaminated atmosphere.
open a presealed ammonia indicator strip
and fasten one end of the strip to the inside
of suit face shield lens where it can be seen
by the wearer. Care shall be taken not to
contaminate the detector part of the indicator
paper by touching it A small piece of
masking tape or equivalent should be used Is
attach the indicator strip to the interior of the
suit face shield.
8.2.2 If problems are encountered with
this method of attachment the indicator strip
can be attached to the outside of the
respirator face piece being used during the
test assuming the face piece is worn wrthm
tha TECP suit.
8.3 Don the respiratory protective device
normally used with the suit and then don the
TECP suit to be tested Check to be lure all
openings which are intended to be sealed
(zippers, gloves, etc.) are completely sealed
DO NOT. however, plug off any venting
valves.
-------
Federal Register / Vol. 51. No.-244 / Friday, December 19. 1986 / Rules and Regulations 45673
6.4 Step into the endoeed test room such
as a closet, bathroom, or leal booth, equipped
with an exhaust fanJMo,air should be
exhausted from the chamber during the test
because this will dilute die ammonia
challenge concentrations.,
6.5 Open the container with 'he Pre~
measured volume of ammonia within the
enclosed test room, and pour the liquid into
the empty plastic teat pan. Wait two minutes
to allow for adequate volatilization of the
ammonia. :A small mixing fan can be used
near the evaporation pan to increase the
evaporation rate of ammonia.
6.6 After two minutes, a determination of
the ammonia concentration within the
chamber should be made using the high range
colorimetric detector tube. A concentration- of
1000 ppm ammonia or greater shall be
generated before the exercises are started.
8.7 To test the integrity of the suit the
following four minute exercise protocol
should be followed:
8.7. J Raising the arms above the head
with at least 15 raising motions completed in
one minute.
6.7.2 Walking in place for one minute with
at least 15 raising motions of each teg in a
one-minute period.
6.7.3- Touching the toes with a least 10
complete motions of the arms from above the
head to touching of the toes in a one-minute
period.
6.7.4 Deep knee bends with at least 10
complete standing and squatting motions in a
one-minute period.'
6.8- At any time during the test should the
colorimetric indicating paper change colors-
the test should be stopped and section «. 10
and 6.12 initiated.
6.9 After completion of the test exercise,
the test area concentration should be
measured again using the high range
colorimetric detector tube.
6.10 Exit the test area.
6.11 The opening created by the suit
zipper or other appropriate suit penetration
should be used to determine the ammonia
concentration in the suit with the low range
length of stain detector tube or other
ammonia monitor The internal TECP suit air
should be sampled far enough from the
enclosed test area to prevent a false
ammonia reading.
6.12 After completion of the measurement
of the suit interior ammonia concentration
the test is concluded and the suit Is doffed
and the respirator removed.
6.13 The ventilating fair for the test room
should be turned orran
-------
4SBW Fa-lBial Hq&ialui f Vat. 51?-NcK 244 / Friday, December 19, 1S8» / Rales and Regulations
0. £eref
protection i» ngi
skin p*»<€ttioi> i
l ftfTU
1.
contained breairungappar»tuB,{gCBAi or
pressure-demand supplied *fr nsprrator wffll
escape SCBA (NIOSH approved}.
2. Hoadetftfiemtcat-ntnlaBl efatfring
(overalls amMong^iiecvetif&cVBtT coveralls:
one or
dispo»afateeheuuXaT.igsistaill meia
3. Co VWBflfS*.
4. Gfbve*. outer.
5. dove*, inner,
*. Boofts; voter, c
and shank.
7. BSOHJ-MIJU. t
t: steel tve
etr chem
(dispemMef.
8. Hard he*.
9. Two-way radios (worn inside
type(s)«f «tik
Level C equipment used a« appropriate
1. Full-face or half-mask, air purifying.
canisterequrpped respirators (NIOSH
approved).
2. Hooded chemical-resistant clothing
(overalls; twv-piece cheuiicai-spiasii sm't:
drsposarfrfl cBdnxcal-rusistant overall*1}.
3. CoveraHs*.
4. Gloves, outer*, chemicai-resistaut.
5, Gloves', mim, cheinicai-resisiaiiL
6, Boots (outer), cheratcaKreswtant steel toe
and shank*.
7. Boot-coven, outer, chemiorf-reaittmt
(disposaWe)*.
8. Hard hat
9. Escape maek*
10. Two-way radio* (wonvuixlaravtnd*
protective elottMng).
ll.Fae**luaW
Optional, as appncsDie.
IV. Level D—A work uniform affording
minimal protection: used for auiaance
contamination only.
Level D equipment; used as appropriate
1. Coveralls.
2. Gloves*
3. Boots /'Bmifji, CuGflUCcfi-TVSifl t8Ut Steel tOB
and shank.
4. Buots, oncers CDermcst4Mitfsir£
(disposable)*. •* * _
5. Safety glasses or chemical splasfc
goggles'.
6. Hard hat
7. Escape mask*.
8. Face shield*.
•Optional, as apptteatte.
Part B. The types afhaaaad* for which
levels A. B, C, and D protection are
appropriate are described belaw.
L Level A—Level A protect!** should be
used when:
1. The F"*Tft|f!niiB yihgtapr,** has been
identified ami ra^mi-M tha high<»«t leva! oi
protection for skin, eyes, and the respiratory
•system based on either the measured (or
potential for) high cuiiceuteitluii of
arhnospnerfe vapors, gases. or parffeniateg; or
the site operations and work fonctfom
involve a high potential for splash.
immersion, or exposure to unexpected
vapors, gaaea, ar paxticulates-of m»tarial«
that are harmful to skin or capable of being
absorbed through the intact skin,
2. Substances with a high degree of hazard
to the akin are known or suspected to be
present, and skin contact is possible, or
3. Qperalzoii8 nutiat be conducted in
confined, poorty ventilated areas and the
absence of conditions requiring Level A have
not yet been determined.
II. Level B protection should be used when:
1. The type and atmospheric concentration
of substances have been identified and
require a high level of respiratory »ratec£km.
but less skin protection.
Note. — This involves atmosphere* with
1DLU nonrentraliops of specific substances
that do not represent a severe sltia hazard: at
that do not meet the criteria for use of air-
2. Th« •toweplken contain ken than IftS
3. The m-mncr «f mcoaphstdy iduHifiad
vapors or gases »indicated by a dsraet-
reading organic vapor dotecboB iftvtnmeaL
bat vapor* astd gases are not f*rspectefi
-------
Federal Register / Vol. 51. No. 244 / Friday, December 19, 1986 / Rules and Regulations 45675
International Society of Fire Service
Instructors. Ashland. MA U another resource.
3. Decontamination. Decontamination
procedures should be tailoretf-ta the specific
hazards of the site and will vary in
complexity, and number of steps, depending
on the level of hazard and the-employee's
exposure to the hazard. Decontamination
procedures and PPE decontamination
methods will vary depending upon the
specific substance, since one procedure or
method will not work for all substances.
Evaluation of decontamination methods and
procedures should be performed, as
necessary, to assure that employees are not
exposed to hazards by reusing PPE.
References in Appendix D may be used for
guidance in establishing an effective
decontamination program.
4. Emergency response plans. States, along
with designated districts within the states,
will be developing or have developed
emergency response plans. These district and
state plans are to be utilized in the
emergency response plans called for in this
standard. Each employer needs to assure that
its emergency response pian is compatible
with the local plan. In addition, the CAER
program of the Chemical Manufacturers'
Association (CMA) is another helpful
resource in formulating an effective
emergency response plan. Also the current
Emergency Response Guidebook from the
U.S. Department of Transportation. CMA's
CHEMTREC and the Fire Service Emergency
Management Handbook should be used as
resources as well.
Appendix D—Reference* to Appendix
The following references to the Appendix
may be consulted for further information on
the subject of this notice:
1. OSHA Instruction DFO CPL 2.70—
January 29, 1986, Special Emphasis Program:
Hazardous Waste Sites.
2. OSHA Instruction DFO CPL 2-2.37A—
January 29,1986, Technical Assistance and
Guidelines for Superfund and Other
Hazardous Waste Site Activities.
3. OSHA Instruction DTS CPL 2.74—
January 29,1986, Hazardous Waste Activity
Form, OSHA 175.
4. Hazardous Waste Inspections Reference
Manual, U.S. Department of Labor.
Occupational Safety and Health
Administration. 1988.
5. Memorandum of Understanding Among
the National Institute for Occupational Safety
and Health, the Occupational Safety and
Health Administration, the United States
Coast Guard, and the United States
Environmental Protection Agency, Guidance
for Worker Protection During Hazardous
Waste Site Investigations and Clean-up and
Hazardous Substance Emergencies.
December 18,1980.
6. National Priorities List, 1st Edition,
October 1984: U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency. Revised periodically.
7. The Decontamination of Response
Personnel. Field Standard Operating
Procedures (F.S.O.P.) 7; U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Office of Emergency and
Remedial Response, Hazardous Response
Support Division, December 1984.
8. Preparation of a Site Safety Plan. Field
Standard Operating Procedures (F.S.O.P.) 9:
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office
of Emergency and Remedial Response,
Hazardous Response Support Division. April
1985.
9. Standard Operating Safety Guidelines:
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office
of Emergency and Remedial Response.
Hazardous Response Support Division.
Environmental Response Team; November
1984.
10. Occupational Safety and Health
Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste Site
Activities, National Institute for
Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH),
Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA), U.S. Coast Guard
(USCG), and Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA); October 1985.
11. Protecting Health and Safety at
Hazardous Waste Sites: An Overview, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency. EPA/625/
9-85/006; September 1985.
12. Hazardous Waste Sites and Hazardous
Substance Emergencies, NIOSH Worker
Bulletin. U.S. Department of Health and
Human Services. Public Health Service,
Centers for Disease Control, National
Institute for Occupational Safety and Health:
December 1962.
13, Personal Protective Equipment for
Hazardous Materials Incidents: A Selection
Guide; U.S. Department of Health and Human
Services. Public Health Service, Centers for
Disease Control. National Institute for
Occupational Safety and Health: October
1984.
14. Fire Service Emergency Management
Handbook, Federal Emergency Management
Agency, Washington. DC, January 1985.
15. Emergency Response Guidebook. U.S.
Department of Transportation. Washington.
DC, 1983,
[FR Doc. 86-28471 Filed 12-18-86; 12:57 am]
MLUNO COOe 4S10-M-M
-------
Activity
Interim Measures
Investigations -
Release/Problem
Characterization
KEY CORRECTIVE ACTION
TECHNICAL GUIDANCE DOCUMENTS
RCRA
RCRA Sec. 3008(h)
Corrective Action
Interim Measures,
draft, 1/86
Corrective Action
Plan, (CAP), in-
terim final, 11/86
RCRA Facility
Investigation (RFI)
Guidance, draft
final, 10/86
Test Methods for
Evaluating Solid
Wastes/EPA/SW-846,
final
RCRA Ground-Water
Monitoring Tech-
nical Enforcement
Guidance Document,
final, 10/86
Alternative Con-
centration Limit
(ACL) Guidance
based on 264.94(b)
Criteria draft,
12/86
CERCLA
Guidance on Remedial
Investigation Under
CERCLA, final 6/85
User's Guide to the
Contract Laboratory
Program final, 10/84
Field Standard Oper-
ating Procedures
(SOP) Manual, Ks 4,
6, 7, 8, 9, final,
1985
Data Quality Objec-
tives (DQO).Develop-
ment Workbook for
Remedial Investiga-
tion/Feasibility
Study Activities,
draft, 7/86
Chemical, physical
and Biological
Properties of Com-
pounds Present at
Hazardous Waste Sites,
draft, 10/85
Endangerment Assess-
ment Handbook, draft,
8/85
-------
Activity
Analysis and
selection of
Corrective Measures
RCRA
Corrective Action
Plan (CAP interim
final, 11/86
Corrective Measures
Implementation
Corrective Action
Plan (CAP), interim
final, 11/86
Construction Quality
Assurance for
Hazardous Waste
Land Disposal
Facilities, final,
7/86
CERCLA
Guidance of Feasibil-
ity Studies Under
CERCLA, final 6/85
Superfund Public
Health Evaluation
Manual, final, 10/86
Guidance on Remedial
Actions for Ground
Water at Superfund
Sites, draft, 12/85
Superfund Remedial
Design and Remedial
Action (RD/RA)
Guidance, 2/85
-------
z
LJJ
LU
*4—«
o
CD
fc CO
O CD
o 5
x-^ 0)
-C CO
CO
CD
DC
O
DC
°i
111
< cT~»
CE 2i^
O o 2
CC<-o
-------
LU
LU -T
OLU
2
LU
xo
O LU
LUDC
HOC
O
O
O
DC
LU
O
DC
O
DC
CO
T3
CD
CU
DC
T3
J=iO
CO CO
88
Eo
II
-00
i£
I|
3 O
_co
Q-CD
ceo
o^
"o c
-
O.E
CD
1
CO
O W
•8.2
CO CO CO
Si
ll.ll
^2°^
J2 3T3_-
1151
-------
UJ
LU
LU
p
§8
8*.
Z LU
2oc
Zh-ID
<0
Q LU
^m111
LU ^
Q
0<
CERCLA
O
DC
CD
T5
C
cn
CD
73
13
CO
JDlT)
'coco
8^
U- 03
H- C
oy=
^*r
^5
coO
5CC
3LJJ
CDO
c:
J5
Q-CD
coo
<£ _T
CD c
O C
£•=
oS
O.E
c
1
1g
|c5
ni"o
otS
SO
CD =>
£
to.
o
CO
CD
CD
Q.
'3 2 to
-------
CD
03
• •
(/>
H
Z
LU
2
ID
O -
o£
0^
mg
°£
z ^
<0
QH
— tf\
~> w^
gyf
TECHNICAL i
IN)
2
0
<
N
DC
111
O
<
o:
<
^^
i
o
^s
^
ill
CD
RELEASE/PRO
<
o
CC
LU
0
<
CC
o
CC
co
c
o
to
D)
to
CD
>m
— CO
-03 CO
T3 03
CD c
E^=
CD ^T
^A* ^^
£T<
CO
OQC
• Guidance
Under CE
Q.
<
O,
03
*$
_g^
"o -
< 03
CD.E
>LL
"E
S-c
^ CD
81
o
"crt
wl
O
£}
03
— 1
4-^
O
03
^—*
C
o
CD CO
ScB
o7"
-t— * K
CD"o3
^ C
OE
co 2
"CD^
co if
=>CL
•
[E
DC^
RCRA Facility Investigation
Guidance, draft final, 10/86
CO
CD
k_
3 03
1? c
g^
OCD"
Q-co"
O) -
.E1^
2 CD"
CD ^J-"
/R-w
O^t:
•S-B
Is
5 <$
&*
T39r LO
lil
•
;o
^5
CO
rr\
Test Methods for Evaluatinc
Wastes/EPA/SW-846, final'
% °>
CO ^=
CD CD ™
Q >-a
X,c -
O'^' co"
/-« 03 CD
/^TC VW „_
Sol
rn E tj
CD 05<
>cc >,
8o3
/^~ .j c r\
-i-! ^C u^
°8^
tsl
• Data Qua
ment Wor
tion/Feasi
CD
D) o
C C
'£ ^
Q-n
RCRA Ground-Water Monil
Technical Enforcement Gui
Document, final, 10/86
"nrt LO
roco
•t-i :^
03 EO
O CD T—
•—CO
0)S*-"
O i- ^;
-§Q-2
S_coT3
^__ ~ r f\
T3 C X^
C =3^
00 °rn
-= Q-^
S E CD
{J 5- -1— •
•^— LJ rrt
^cS|
JZ*-^
Q_ O-1*
,« CO
• Chemical,
Properties
Hazardou
F CD
.E co
Alternative Concentration L
(ACL) Guidance based on
264.94(b) Criteria draft, 12/
0
o
JD
~o
c
03
IE
"c
CD
E
Assess
"c
CD
E
^-
CD
D)
^S
c?o
LLJCO
•
-------
GUIDANCE DOCUMENTS RELATED TO CORRECTIVE ACTION**
RCRA Guidance Documents
Corrective 'Action Plan; Interim final, OWPE/OSW, November 1986
Provides Agency guidance for developing section 3008(h) corrective action
orders and corrective action requirements in permit applications and
permits in sections 3004(u) and (v). The Corrective Action Plan (CAP)
provides a technical framework during corrective action orders and
corrective action permit requirements. The CAP provides a model for
developing site-specific compliance schedules for corrective action orders
by laying out scopes of work for the three phases of a complete corrective
action program: the RCRA Facility Investigation (RFI), Corrective
Measures Study (CMS), and Corrective Measures Implementation (CMI).
RCRA Section 3008(h) Corrective Action Interim Measures: draft, OWPE; January
1986
-- Reviews response actions available under section 3008(h) to quickly
address immediate corrective action problems while other detailed analyses
and investigations occur concurrently. Describes implementation strategy,
decision criteria, and process-specific measures that can be taken. The
strategy also provides interim measures language to include in corrective
action orders.
Interim Measures Guidance; draft; OWPE; May 1986
Provides guidance to Regional/State staff on (1) how to identify
situations requiring immediate response to mitigate a threat to human
health and environment consistent with the long-term solution at the
facility and (2) the actions the owner/operator must take.
Guidance on Facility Management Planning; draft; OSW; April 26, 1985
Provides guidance to the Regions and Statesin developing facility
management plans and strategies. Provides guidance on initial facility
screening, framework for a FMP, and a Facility Management Strategy.
RCRA Facility Investigation (RFI) Guidance; draft; OSW; October 1986
Provides detailed guidance to owner/operators for performing an RFI. This
document identifies the critical steps, describes methods and addresses
information requirements. It describes how to prepare an RFI plan;
strategy for characterizing releases; QA/QC procedures; data presentation;
health and safety; and media-specific investigation techniques.
**Note: This is not a complete listing of the Agency guidance which may be
relevant to the corrective action process. A number of documents are
presently under development and have not been included.
-------
-2-
RCRA Facility Assessrr.^nt (RFA) Guidance; OSW; October 1986
Provides guidance to Regional/State staff on how to conduct an RFA. It
focuses on: identifying releases requiring further action; screening
SWMUs for further investigation; collecting initial data on contamination
levels"; and media specific investigation techniques.
RCRA Ground-Water Monitoring Technical Enforcement Guidance Document (TEGD);
final; EPA/OWPE; September 1986
Provides guidance on data collection and well spacing and design for
detection and assessment monitoring at Interim Status facilities. This
guidance should be consulted in both the RCRA Facility Investigation and
Corrective Measure stages of the RFI/CMS.
Construction Quality Assurance for Hazardous Waste Land Disposal Facilities;
EPA/530-SW-85-031; July 1986
Public guidance on construction quality assurance for hazardous waste
landfills, surface impoundments, and wastepiles.
Alternative Concentration Limit (ACL) Guidance; draft; OSW; December 1986
Provides guidance to owner/operators on how to develop the variance
application for an Alternate Concentration Limit in ground water
cleanups. It addresses data collection and analysis, exposure assessment
and other issues that are necessary to support the variance application.
Preamble to Closure Conforming Changes Final Rule -- 4Q CFR 265.228; draft;
OSW; currently in OMB review
-- This rule amends the closure options for owner/operators of interim status
surface impoundments. Formerly, owner/operators could close a surface
impoundment as a storage unit and leave some waste in the unit if they
could demonstrate that the constituents were no longer hazardous under
Part 261. Under the conforming change, owner/operators of interim status
surface impoundments must either clean close or close as a land disposal
unit.
Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods; OSWER;
SW-846; July 1982
Provides procedures that should be used to determine whether a waste is a
hazardous waste as defined by 40 CFR Part 261.
Chemical, Physical and Biological Properties of Compounds Present at Hazardous
Waste Sites; EPA/OWPE; September 1985
Provides detailed technical information on the physical and toxicological
properties of a wide range of chemicals. Such information should be
included in the RCRA Facility Investigation and should be used in
developing Corrective Measures.
-------
-3-
Methods for Chemical An^Ivsis of Water
Provides test procedures for monitoring waste discharge water supplies,
and ambient waters.
Toxicology Handbook -- Principles Related to Hazardous Waste Site
Investigations; EPA/OWPE; August 1985
Discusses toxicological principles. Intended as an aid for
non-toxicologists.
Proposed Amendments for Landfill, Surface Impoundments and Waste Pile Closures
(Hybrid Closure); draft; OSW; currently in OMB review
*
Will provide new standards for land disposal unit closure and may provide
a model for source removal under corrective action. The proposed approach
outlines the criteria which would enable owner/operators, under some
narrowly defined conditions, to leave limited quantities of hazardous
waste in the unit provided that such waste does not pose a threat to human
health and the environment. This approach would also allow some
owner/operators to obtain variances from the existing land disposal
closure standards such as cover requirements.
Guidance on Public Involvement in the RCRA Permitting Program; draft; OSW;
March 1986
Provides guidance on public involvement during permit modification.
Corrective measure selection will probably require a major permit
modification and necessitate public participation
National RCRA Corrective Action Strategy; draft; OWPE and OSW; October 1986
Outlines Agency's overall approach for implementing the new corrective
action provisions 3004(u), 3004(v), and 3008(h). The document discusses
the basic authorities for requiring corrective actions under permits and
enforcement orders, processes that will be used to investigate facilities
and select corrective measures, strategies for compelling owner/operators
to take corrective action, and the role of the states.
Final Codification Rule; 50 Federal Register 28702, July 15, 1985
-- The rule amends existing hazardous waste regulations to reflect those
statutory provisions of HSWA that have immediate or short-term effects on
the regulated community. The rule also adds Part 280 to incorporate the
interim requirements for underground storage tanks under new section
9003(g) of HSWA.
Proposed Codification Rule; 51 Federal Register 10706, March 28, 1986
This rule is a companion rule to the Final Codification Rule. It includes
provisions to implement the statutory requirement for double-liners and
corrective action beyond the facility property boundary.
-------
RSI ••••3_: Agency Interpretation of Secrion 30Q4fu) : Cprjrect ive_ Acticm fo_r
Continuing Releases; drafc; OSWER; January 1985
Provides statutory interpretation of the 3004(u) authority. It describes
the types of information Regions/States should request from the
owner/ opera toe on SWML's and potential releases at facilities subject to
corrective action. The owner/operator response includes identification of
SWMUs and their characteristics at RCRA facilities.
Interpretation of Section 3008(h) of the Solid Waste Disposal Act; OVPE;
December 1985
-- This policy guidance discusses statutory authority, relationship to
permitting authority, and appropriate guidance documents. It generally
explains provisions of the statute.
Issuance of Administrative Orders Under Section 3013 of the Resource Conservati
on and Recovery Act; OSWER & OECM; September 1984
This memo provides guidance on the use of 3013 orders, the statutory
authority to require owner/operators to perform certain studies and
investigations. This memo addresses delegation of authority, criteria for
issuing an order, determination of the appropriate respondent, elements of
the order, review and discussion of the owner/operatoirs proposal,
oversight, and enforcement. Model orders are attached as appendices.
Final Revised Guidance Memorandum on the Use and Issuance of Administrative
Orders under Section 7003 of RCRA; final, OECM, September 1984
Memorandum provides guidance to assist Regional offices in developing and
issuing Administrative Orders under RCRA section 7003. Memorandum
describes the scope of section 7003, decision criteria for selecting an
enforcement option, elements of an Administrative Order, Conference
procedures, modification, revocation, or stay of the Order, negotiation of
Orders, and delegation of authority. In addition, the memorandum provides
a sample state notification letter.
-------
CERCLA Guidance Documents
Guidance on Remedial Investigations Under CERCLA; OERR & OWPE; May 1985
Provides detailed guidance on the information that shoald be collected in
performing a CERCLA Remedial Investigation. This document can be
consulted in performing the investigation portion of the RFI/CMS since
most of the RCRA Facility Investigation data needs are identical to those
in CERCLA.
Superfund Exposure Assessment Manual; draft; ; January 1986
Outlines a framework for a comprehensive, consistent, and appropriate
assessment of human exposure to contaminants from uncontrolled hazardous
waste sites. Provides an integrated methodology for assessing human
population exposure based on the three major component analyses required
for such assessment: (1) analysis of toxic contaminants released from a
site, (2) determination of the environmental fate of such contaminants,
and (3) evaluation of the nature and magnitude of human population
exposure to toxic contaminants.
Site Inspection Sampling Strategy for Supporting HRS Scoring; under
development; draft; OSWER; January 1986
This document guides the Site Inspection (SI) team in developing a
sampling plan that leads to an appropriate HRS score for the site. The
goal is to provide field staff with a framework of logic for developing a
sampling plan which will provide the data and analysis needed to support
the HRS.
Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Site Ranking System: A User's Manual; 50 Federal
Register 5910, February 12, 1985
This document describes the Hazardous Ranking System (HRS), the instrument
for evaluating a site's relative potential to threaten human health and
the environment. It also provides detailed instructions for using the HRS.
Field Standard Operat ing Procedures (FSOP)
Provides guidance in a cookbook format for various field activities. The
procedures are described in the following manuals: FSOP #4 -- Site Entry
(January 1985); FSOP #7 -- Decontamination of Response Personnel
(January 1985); FSOP #8 -- Air Surveillance (January 1985); FSOP #6 --
Work Zones (April 1985); and FSOP #9 -- Site Safety Plan (April 1985).
Quality Assurance/Field Operations Methods Manual; ; ;
Provides Remedial Project Managers (RPMs), quality assurance officers, and
States with a consolidated reference of all REM field procedures. This
manual also promotes consistent field procedures among all ten EPA Regions.
-------
-o-
Occupat ional Safety and Health Technical j\s_s istarce_and Enforcement Guideline;,
for Super fund; ; March 1934
Provides direction, for OSHA field staff who may conduct enforcement
activities or provide technical assistance at hazardous waste sites.
Guidance OR Feasibility Studies Under CERCLA; OERR & OWPE; April 1985
-- Provides a framework for developing, screening, and selecting a remedial
action under CERCLA. Most of the techniques described are appropriate for
the development, screening, and selection of RCRA Corrective Measures.
However, the management and policy objectives presented in the document
(i.e., fulfilling the requirements of the CERCLA National Contingency
Plan) are not appropriate to RCRA and should be omitted from the
Corrective Measure decisionmaking framework.
Modeling Remedial Actions at Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites; ;
Provides guidance on the selection and use of models for the purpose of
evaluating the effectiveness of remedial actions at uncontrolled hazardous
waste sites. Provides regulatory officials with guidelines for
incorporating models into the remedial action planning at Federal and
State Superfund sites.
Guidance Document for Cleanup of Surface Tank and Drum Sites; ; May 1985
This manual provides guidance on carrying out concurrent remedial planning
activities and accelerating project implementation for the cleanup of
surface tanks and drums containing hazardous waste.
Guidance Document for Cleanup of Surface Impoundment Sites; ; June 1986
Provides detailed guidance for conducting a limited remedial investigation
and a limited feasibility study for the purpose of selecting appropriate
remedial actions at MPL sites with one or more surface impoundments of
hazardous waste.
Slurry Trench Construction for Pollution Migration Control; EPA/540/2-84/001;
February 1984
Provides in-depth guidance on the use of slurry walls for the control of
subsurface pollutants.
Leachate Plume Management; EPA/540/2-85/004; November 1986
Provides an overview of the fundamental concepts, procedures and
technologies used in leachate plume management. Plume generation dynamics
and delineation are discussed, plume control technologies are evaluated,
and selection criteria for site applications are defined.
-------
MCXJ - *e Treat ~ en: Techno logics for _5u £>?£_- a._! Wastes,
September 1986
Provides background information on mobile units providing thermal,
chemical, physical, or biological on-site treatment (including
immobilization). Discusses planning considerations and data requirements
in system use.
Policy on Flood Plains and Wetlands Assessment; ; August 1985
Discusses situations that require preparation of a flood plains or
wetlands assessment, and the factors that should be considered in
preparing an assessment for CERCLA response actions.
Data Quality Objectives (DQO) Development Workbook for RI/FS Activities;
draft; OERR; July 1986
Describes the four data quality levels used in sampling and analysis
activities performed under CERCLA and the criteria used to determine which
level is appropriate. The four levels range from field procedures to very
rigorous laboratory protocols.
User'-- Guide to the Contract Laboratory Program; OERR; October 1984
Outlines requirements and analytical procedures for CLP protocols and
procedures for sample handling under CERCLA.
Endangerment Assessment Handbook; EPA/OWPE; August 1985
Provides guidance on developing a CERCLA (or RCRA 7003) Endangerment
Assessment. The information presented might be useful in assessing health
and environmental effects in the RFI/CMS.
Superfund Public Health Evaluation Manual; OERR; October 1986
Provides guidance on methods for public health evaluations that are
conducted as part of EPAs feasibility study process at CERCLA sites. The
manual specifically supports chapter 5 of the Guidance for Feasibility
Studies.
Superfund Remedial Design and Remedial Action Guidance; February 1985
Provides guidance on developing remedial design and remedial alternative
screening and case studies which are largely applicable to the RFI/CMS.
The guidance is intended to be consistent with EPA's Ground Water
Protection Strategy and with RCRA.
Remedial Action at Waste Disposal Sites (Revised); EPA/625/6-85/006; 1985
Provides basic reference material on the design and implementation of
remedial action. Although the document is geared towards the CERCLA RI/FS
process, most of the material presented is directly applicable to the RCRA
Corrective Action Plan.
-------
Gui._:l ince on Remedial Actions for _C_qncamin.iced Ground Wat-"" at S^g.£r f-ir^.l Sit^s,
draft; OERR; Occober 1986 - ~
Focuses on key decisions in the development, evaluation, and selection of
ground water remedial actions at Superfund sites. An emphasis is placed
on policy issues and the decision making process for ground water remedi.il
actions rather than technical issues.
Community Relations in'Superfund: A Handbook; draft; OERR; October 1986
This document provides guidance for community relations in the Superfund
Program. Its primary emphasis is to aid officials in planning and
implementing community relations activities. It sets forth policy
requirements for coordinating community relations activities at Supefund
sites and additional techniques and guidance that can be used to enhance
the basic requirements.
Federal-Lead Remedial Project Management Manual; draft; ;
Assists EPA Remedial Project Managers (RPMs) in managing Federal-lead
remedial response projects by describing procedures for and
responsibilities of the RPM during the planning, design, construction,
operation and close-out of remedial response projects.
State-Lead Remedial Project Management Manual; draft; ;
Assists EPA Remedial Project Managers (RPMs) in managing State-lead
remedial response projects. This manual describes the responsibilities of
the RPM during the planning, design, construction, operation, and
close-out of remedial response projects.
National Contingency Plan (N'CP) 40 CFR Part 300
Provides the regulatory framework for implementing CERCLA. It outlines
the responsibilities and coordination of implementing agencies. It
describes regional and local plans and the response and remedial action
process for oil and hazardous substances. The NCP was revised in 1985 to
streamline the process and make other changes based on experience gained
from implementation and to make CERCLA consistent with other pertinent
Federal and State standards.
Discharge of Vastewater from CERCLA Sites into POTVs; joint memo from OERR and
OWPE to Waste and Water Management Division Directors;
This memo addresses the concerns and issues unique to POTWs that must be
evaluated prior to discharging CERCLA wastewater to a POTW.
Participation of Potentially Responsible Parties in Development of RIs and
FSs; OWPE; March 1984
This document sets forth policies and procedures governing the
participation of PRP's in the development of RI/FS under CERCLA,
-------
-3-
incUiding. c ircu-'s t ar.;es in which RI/FS may be conducted by PRPs ;
procedures for notifying PRPs when the Agency has identified target sites
for the development of RI/FS; and principles governing PRP participation
in Agency-financed RI/FS.
Preparation of Decision Documents for Approving Fund-Pinanced and PRP Remedial
Actions Under CERGLA; OWPE; February 1985 "
Provides Regional offices with guidance for preparing decision documents
required for the approval of fund-financed and PRP remedial actions (e.g.,
a Record of Decision (ROD) which documents the Agency's decision-making
process and demonstrates that the requirements of CERCLA and the NCP have
been met).
Remedial Action Costing Procedures Manual; ; September 1985
Provides guidance for preparing detailed feasibility cost estimates of
alternative remedial actions, and assists project managers and decision
makers in developing and evaluating cost estimates for alternative
remedial responses to uncontrolled releases of hazardous substances.
Removal Cost Management Manual; ; January 1985
Provides procedures for on-site personnel in performing cost-management
activities at Superfund removal sites.
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE DIRECTORY
Regional Services Staff (RD-674)
Office of Research Program Management
Environmental Protection Agency
Washington, DC 20460
May 1986
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
Technical Assistance Directory
The Office of Research and Development conducts an associated laboratories and field locations (see
Agency-wide integrated program of research and organizational chart)
development relevant to pollution sources and control, The programs, areas of expertise, and primary contacts
transport and fate processes, health and ecological effects, in each of the major ORD field operations are conveyed in
measurement and monitoring, and risk assessment. The the following directory. These laboratory information
office rigorously disseminates its scientific and technical sheets are made available in an effort to improve
knowledge and upon request provides technical reviews, communication and technology transfer with our ORD
expert consultations, technical assistance and advice to client
environmental decision makers in the federal, state, and In addition, information may be obtained from the
local governments. following operations offices in Washington, DC. ORD
The ORD implements its activities through its publications may be requested from the Center for
Washington, DC headquarters' offices and seventeen Environmental Research Information in Cincinnati, OH.
Commercial FTS
Office of Health Research 202-382-5900 8-382-5900
Office of Environmental 202-382-5950 8-382-5950
Processes and Effects
Research
Office of Acid Deposition, 202-382-5767 8-382-5767
Environmental Monitoring and
Quality Assurance
Office of Health and 202-382-7317 8-382-7317
Environmental Assessment
Office of Research Program 202-382-7500 8-382-7500
Management
Office of Environmental 202-382-2600 8-382-2600
Engineering and Technology
Office of Exploratory 202-382-5750 8-382-5750
Research
Center for Environmental 513-569-7562 8-684-7562
Research Information
Clients are urged to contact the laboratories directly. If can be easily obtained by contacting the Regional Services
help or coordination is needed to properly access the Staff in Washington, DC on (CML) 202-382-7667 or (FTS)
laboratories' or headquarters' offices, directory assistance 8-382-7667.
-------
R
DEVELOPMEr
0
z
u
E
<
UJ
ta
UI
E
u.
O
UJ
U
ut
O
u
E
<
LU
(A
UJ
GRAM MANAGEMEN1
O
E
...
|
OPERATIONS
OFFICE
-
HEALTH ANC
NMENTAL
SSMENT
U. O UJ
OEM
Bl<
E i«
u.
O
I
H
< I
UJ (J
OFFICE OF I/
RESEAR
j
VIRONMENT/
AND EFFECT!
ARCH
S25
u. « K
u-g
yo
u. E
o»-
tf
FFICE OF ENVIRONMENT
ENGINEERING
AND TECHNOLOGY
O
. o
S E U
Epz
FFICE OF ACID OEPOS
VIRONMENTAL MONIl
AND QUALITY ASSURO
UI
t-
2
E u
uj ;
oj
< u
°J
4
I
PROGR<
2
E
0
E
a.
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
0.
3
o
(3
STAFF
u.
u.
<
K
c/l
U)
z
o
s
c
0.
o
u.
^
4
jj
ft
Z
3
•
<
C
LU
&.
O
u.
%
»-
«
i'
S
a.
X
lu
OS
12
AIR. NOISE
RADIATION f
CS AND
X
0
1-
TECHNICAL
UI
U
QUALITY ASSURAN
0.
3
O
X
3
^
Z
LU
a
A
u
A
A
<
VISION
RESEARCH D
Z
g
o
>
5
tA
UJ
3
ft
UI
EL
PROGRAMS DIVISION
u.
MANAGEMENT Sit
DUCTIVE
ECTS
SMENTS
OUP
fas0
uj W
E <
aaS
§2 =
WATER AND
SUBSTANCES
RESEARCH O
Z
0 O
n
uj Q
11
ENVIRONMENTAL
MONITORING
SYSTEMS DIVISIOr
,u«
ACID DEPOSITIOr
AND ATMOSPHER
RESEARCH DIVISIC
|
1
ENTAL
AND
r OFFICE
e Park NC
! 0
§z
SSI
HEALTH EFFEC
SEARCH LABOR
•aerch Triangle P
E E
1
>
C
, o
2 E o
z <
UJ UI
w
cc
1
AIR AND ENERGY
ENGINEERING
SEARCH LABORATORY
•aarch Tr.angt* Park NC
E E
1
« °
ENVIRONMENTAL
IONITORING SYSTEM
LABORATORY
aaearch Triangle Park. ^
* E
]
UJ
_j U
?o =
5<°
ENVIRONM
CRITERIA
SSESSMEN
<
|
L.BOHATOBY
. GA
z2 E
= z 5
C rj "
> X *
z <
U UJ
ENVIRONMENTAL
MONITORING AND
UPPORT LABOHATOR
z
O
|
C
U
a
a
u
*
u
Z
O
•
c
c
i
u
z
o
i
u
1
MENTAL
BORATORY
OK
z2 .
'253
•>E
Z <
UI UJ
U)
E
1
WATER ENGINEERING
SEARCH LABORATORY
Cincinnati OH
E
[
tA
ENVIRONMENTAL
MONITORING SYSTEM
LABORATORY
U
« Z
S <
SUPPORT SEHVI
OFFICE
ieerch Triangle Pa
e
X
|
MENTAL
BORATORY
MN
235
° z -
(T f! 3
> tt °
Z <
UI UJ
V)
UJ
E
« > tj
MOSPHERIC SCIENC
SEARCH LABORATOF
search Trianglfl Park, N
< K OC
M
U _
I °
K uj .
sy s
•-It i
§°i
1 °
«
_]
|
X >•
E E
1* t°
z-5 Z2-
pi 1 s s
§21 12!
O T 01 O T «
nr •• 41 (E .«.
> OC • > « 3
z < z z < «
UJ LU Ui UJ
(/) (A
UJ UJ
E E
z
CENTER FOR
ENVIRONMENTAL
SEARCH INFORMATK
Cincinnati. OH
E
-------
HAZARDOUS WASTE ENGINEERING RESEARCH LABORATORY
Thomas R. Mauser, Director
FTS: 684-7418
CML: 513-569-7418
26 W. St. Clair
Cincinnati, OH 45268
The Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory
is responsible for the following major program areas'
HAZARDOUS WASTES Develops techniques for defining
and characterizing solid and hazardous wastes, in order to
provide reliable bases for regulatory and permitting deci-
sions. Catalyzes advances in the state-of-the-art of solid
and hazardous waste treatment and disposal, to encourage
early commercialization of improved or lower cost control
methods
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES (SUPERFUND)- Develops
techniques for defining and characterizing uncontrolled
dump sites and releases of hazardous and other materials
(e.g., spills) in order to provide reliable bases for regulatory
decisions. Catalyzes advances in the state-of-the-art control
of releases from underground storage tanks and contain-
ment and clean-up methods for uncontrolled dump sites
and spills to encourage early commercialization of improved
or lower cost control methods.
OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR
HWERL-Cincinnati. OH
ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGIES
DIVISION
THERMAL DESTRUCTION
BRANCH
CHEMICAL AND
BIOLOGICAL
DETOXIFICATION BRANCH
LAND POLLUTION CONTROL
DIVISION
CONTAINMENT
BRANCH
RELEASES CONTROL
BRANCH
-------
HWERL-CINCINNATI AREAS OF EXPERTISE
TELEPHONE*
Office of the Director
Thomas R Mauser 7418
William A. Cawley 7896
ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGIES DIVISION
Clyde J Dial 7528
Thermal Destruction Branch
E Timothy Oppelt 7696
Donald A. Oberacker 7431
Robert E. Mournighan 7430
Myron Malanchuk 7881
Harry M. Freeman 7529
C C. Lee 7520
George Huffman 7881
Benjamin L. Blaney 7519
Robert A. Olexsey 7717
Louis H Garcia 7881
Laurel J Staley 7881
Ronald J Turner 7775
Douglas W Grosse 2621
H Paul Warner 7293
Chemical and Biological Detoxification Branch
Albert J Klee 7493
S Garry Howell 7756
Charles J Rogers 7757
Pasquale S Sferra 7774
Brian A Westfall 7755
Edward R Bates 7774
LAND POLLUTION CONTROL DIVISION
Ronald D Hill 7861
Containment Branch
Norbert B Schomaker 7871
Donald E Sanmng 7875
Carlton C Wiles 7795
Robert E Landreth 7836
AREA OF EXPERTISE
Control technology
Control technology
Control technology
Incineration, treatment of hazardous waste
Conventional and "at sea" incineration,
disposal of HW in boilers
Disposal of HW in kilns, Combustion
Research facility
Non-flame thermal destruction
Innovative technologies, HW minimization,
reuse
Plasma arc and HW treatment
data base, engineering analyses
Thermal destruction
mechanisms
Air emissions from treatment, storage and
disposal facilities, solvent wastes
Hazardous waste treatment technology
Microspray burners
Turbulent flame-reactor and control
temperature tower
Hazardous waste treatment,
performance evaluations, organic wastes
Pilot scale hazardous waste
treatment, metal wastes
Hazardous waste treatment residues,
corrosive wastes
Operations research and systems
analysis
Aqueous hazardous wastes, metals removal
In situ treatment of soils, chemical detoxificat
Photochemical
In situ biological detoxification
Vegetative
Pesticide disposal
Oil shale
Control technology, mining
Land disposal, RCRA facilities,
municipal solid waste
Uncontrolled waste sites, containment
technology, in situ treatment, thermal
fusion (vitrification), dioxin
Impoundments, encapsulation/overpackmg,
stabilization/fixation, stabilization
process, underground mines
Landfill liners, landfill design and
operation, pollutant control, flexible
membrane liner, compatibility testing
-------
Mike H Roulier
Walter E Grube
Robert Hartley
Naomi Barkley
Janet Houthoofd
Steve James
Jon Herrmann
Herbert Pahren
Edward Opatken
Ronald Lewis
Paul de Percm
Eugene Harris
Douglas Ammon
Mary Ann Curren
Releases Control Branch
Woodbridge Avenue
Edison, NJ 08837-3679
Ira Wilder
Frank Freestone
John S Farlow
Michael Gruenfeld
Richard Traver
John Brugger
Anthony Tafuri
James Yezzi
Mary Stinson
Michael Royer
TELEPHONE*
7795
7795
7838
7854
7863
7877
7839
7874
7855
7856
7797
7862
7876
7837
201 321-6635'
"8-340-6635
8-340-6632
8-340-6634
8-340-6625
8-340-6631
8-340-6634
8-340-6604
8-340-6703
8-340-6683
8-340-6633
AREA OF EXPERTISE
Clay liners, waste leaching,
pollutant migration
Soils chemistry, barriers (slurry walls),
bottom sealing, soil liners
Covers
Plume management, building and
equipment, decontamination
Waste storage freezing technology,
freezing
Leachate control and treatment, fugitive
dust control, toxic and flammable gases
Permeable treatment walls, electrokinetics
Grouting, grouts
Thermoplastics, town gas works sites
Biodegradation
Volatile emissions, all monitoring/
modeling
Mining sites
Remedial action modeling, remedial
investigation/feasibility study process,
remedial action costs
Flexible membrane liners
Spills, Environmental emergency
response unit
Mobile treatment, on-site technology
Spills, floating spills, precipitation
Treatment chemistry
Flushing, delivery and recovery methods,
underwater protective clothing, mobile
m-situ containment/treatment system
Sorption, EPA-developed on-site
treatment/control technologies
(mobile soil washer, mobile carbon
regenerator, etc )
Ion exchange, chemical treatment
Incineration technology
Commercially developed on-site
treatment technologies
Protective clothing and equipment,
avoidance procedures, personal
hazard detection
*FTS 684-xxxx, CML 513-569-xxxx
**Mam Commercial Number for Edison, NJ, No FTS number
-------
WATER ENGINEERING RESEARCH LABORATORY
F.T. Mayo, Director
FTS. 684-7951
CML: 513-569-7951
26 W. St. Clair
Cincinnati, OH 45268
The Water Engineering Research Laboratory
responsible for the following major program areas.
is
WATER QUALITY- Treatment levels for sludge prior to
ocean dumping; treatment levels for wastewater
discharged through ocean outfalls.
MUNICIPAL WASTEWATER: Innovative and alternative
technology; small wastewater flows and information
dissemination, sludge processing, conversion, and land
application; plant operation, design and upgrading;
evaluation of new wastewater treatment processes; toxic
pollutant control at POTWs.
INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER: Evaluation of wastewater
treatment methods for water quality standards;
development of toxicity reduction protocols and manuals
for industries not yet addressed.
DRINKING WATER- Control and removal of physical and
chemical contaminants, including organics, inorganics and
participates, prevention of water quality deterioration
during storage and distribution; control and prevention of
microbiological contaminants, improve water supply and
treatment management practices
PESTICIDES: Develop and evaluate protective clothing and
equipment for use in preventing pesticide exposure.
TOXICS. Alternatives to mitigate chemical release and
exposure; develop predictive capabilities to assess PMNs
for new chemicals; assess physical, chemical and
biological techniques and devices for genetically
engineered organisms, asbestos environmental control
measures
DRINKING WATER
RESEARCH DIVISION
MICROBIOLOGICAL
TREATMENT BRANCH
INORGANICS AND
PARTICULATES
CONTROL BRANCH
ORGANICS
CONTROL BRANCH
SYSTEMS AND COST
EVALUATION STAFF
OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR
WERL Cincinnati. OH
INDUSTRIAL WASTES
AND TOXICS
TECHNOLOGY DIVISION
CHEMICALS AND
CHEMICAL
PRODUCTS BRANCH
MANUFACTURING AND
SERVICE INDUSTRIES
BRANCH
WASTEWATER
RESEARCH DIVISION
SYSTEMS AND
ENGINEERING
EVALUATION BRANCH
TECHNOLOGY
ASSESSMENT BRANCH
-------
WERL-CINCINNATI AREAS OF EXPERTISE
Office of the Director
FT Mayo
L W Lefke
DRINKING WATER RESEARCH DIVISION
Robert M Clark.
Edwin E Geldreich
Microbiological Treatment Branch
Gary Logsdon
John Hoff
Don Reasoner
Inorganics and Participates Control Branch
Tom Sorg
Marvin Gardels
Organics Control Branch
Alan Stevens
Richard Miltner
Systems and Cost Evaluation Staff
Ben Lykins
INDUSTRIAL WASTE TREATMENT AND
TOXICS TECHNOLOGY DIVISION
Alden G. Christiansen
Chemicals and Chemical Products Branch
Clyde Dempsey
Ken Dostal
Dave Watkins
Manufacturing and Service Industries Branch
Roger C. Wilmoth
John Burckle
William Cain
S. Jackson Hubbard
WASTEWATER RESEARCH DIVISION
John Convery
Lewis Rossman
Systems and Engineering Branch
Carl A. Brunner
James Kreissl
Joe Farrell
Jim Ryan
Richard Brenner
Albert Venosa
Frank Evans
Technology Assessment Branch
Fred Bishop
Walter Schuk
Atal Eralp
TELEPHONE*
7951
7953
7201
7232
7345
7331
7234
7370
7217
7342
7403
7460
7406
7504
7503
7547
7509
7506
7559
7507
7601
7603
7655
7641
7645
7653
7657
7668
7610
7629
2828*
2828*
AREA OF EXPERTISE
Control technology
Control technology
Treatment and system costs
Microbiological treatment
Filtration and corrosion
Disinfection
Home treatment devices
Inorganics removal and corrosion
Corrosion
Organic chemistry and treatment
Organics control engineering
Cost evaluation, organics field
evaluation
Industrial processes and treatment
Industrial release and prevention
Industrial treatment
Chemical reactions, wastes
Asbestos, mining, industrial treatment
Smelting, Biotech engineering processes
Asbestos
Mining
Wastewater treatment
Optimization theory, water resources
planning
Wastewater treatment
Small flows, I and A
Municipal sludge treatment and disposal
Land disposal (metal, crop, soil interaction)
Biological treatment processes
Disinfection, microbiology
Compliance achievement
Toxics control, Wastewater analysis
Instrumentation
Test and Evaluation Facility
*FTS. 684-xxxx, CML: 513-569-xxxx
**FTS 684-xxxx, CML 513-684-xxxx
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING SYSTEMS LABORATORY
John C. Puzak, Acting Director
FTS: 629-2106
CML: 919-541-2106
The Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory is
responsible for the following program areas.
METHODS DEVELOPMENT. Develop and improve
monitoring systems for measuring air pollutants in
ambient air and stationary sources
EQUIVALENCY PROGRAM: Implement the ambient air
monitoring equivalency regulations
QUALITY ASSURANCE: Develop guidance documents for
assuring the quality of air pollution measurements;
standardize methods and work with NBS in developing
primary standards.
(MD-75)
Research Triangle Park, NC
27711
PERSONAL EXPOSURE MONITORING. Develop methods
for assessment of personal exposure to air pollutants in
ambient air and indoor air; conduct special studies to
identify air pollution problems and to evaluate exposure
models.
ACID RAIN: Develop methods and quality assurance
materials for measuring dry and wet deposition; operate
•pilot monitoring networks and serve as the data repository
for national acid ram monitoring program.
TOXICS: Develop methods for measuring toxic air
pollutants in ambient air and around toxic waste sites;
conduct special air monitoring studies to assess the nature
and amount of pollution.
OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR
EMSL-Rasaarch Triangle Park. NC
I
QUALITY ASSURANCE
DIVISION
METHODS
STANDARDIZATION
BRANCH
PERFORMANCE
EVALUATION BRANCH
SOURCE BRANCH
MONITORING AND
ASSESSMENT DIVISION
DESIGN AND REPORTS
BRANCH
ENVIRONMENTAL
MONITORING BRANCH
INFORMATION
MANAGEMENT BRANCH
I
METHODS DEVELOPMENT
AND ANALYSIS DIVISION
ANALYTICAL SUPPORT
BRANCH
METHODS
DEVELOPMENT BRANCH
-------
EMSL-RTP AREAS OF EXPERTISE
Office of the Director
John C. Puzak
Steven M. Bromberg
QUALITY ASSURANCE DIVISION
John B Clements
Darryl J von Lehmden
Methods Standardization Branch
Larry J. Purdue
Frank McElroy
Michael Beard
Performance Evaluation Branch
William J. Mitchell
Raymond C Rhodes
Source Branch
Rodney Midgett
Tom Logan
MONITORING AND ASSESSMENT DIVISION
Gerald G. Akland
David Mage
Design and Reports Branch
Charles E. Rodes
Jack Suggs
Dave Holland
Terrence Fitz-Simons
Gary Evans
Environmental Monitoring Branch
Thomas A Hartlage
Barry Martin
Information Management Branch
Thomas C. Lawless
METHODS DEVELOPMENT AND
ANALYSIS DIVISION
Robert E. Lee
Don Scott
Analytical Support Branch
Joseph Walling
Warren Loseke
Joe Bumgarner
Methods Development Branch
Robert G. Lewis
Robert Harless
Nancy Wilson
William McClenny
James Mulik
Richard Paur
TELEPHONE* AREA OF EXPERTISE
2106 Air pollution monitoring
2919 Acid deposition, indoor air quality
2188 Quality assurance
2415 QA handbook, traceability protocols
2665 Methods evaluation, standardization
2622 Equivalent methods
2623 Asbestos
2769 Performance audits
2574 QA statistics, quality control
2196 Source methods
2580 Source monitoring and QA
2346 Exposure assessment statistics
3184 Exposure assessment
3079 Particle monitoring
2791 Statistics and design
3126 Statistics and design
2792 Statistics and design
3124 Monitoring design
3008 Air monitoring
4386 Air monitoring
2291 Computer systems
2454 Methods development
7948 Chemometrics
7954 Chemical analysis
2173 Inorganics analysis
2430 Organic analysis
3065 Methods development
2248 Dioxin
4723 Analytical methods development
3158 Monitoring methods development
3067 Ion chromatography
3131 Ozone, acid rain methods
*FTS 629-xxxx, CML 919-541-xxxx
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND SUPPORT LABORATORY
Robert L. Booth, Director
FTS: 684-7301
CML: 513-569-7301
26 W. St. Clair
Cincinnati, OH 45268
The EMSL—Cincinnati is responsible for the following
major program areas.
WATER QUALITY- Standardized biomonitormg methods
and effluent toxicity tests, quality assurance (QA) samples
for ambient/non-point source monitoring programs.
INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER: Validated analytical test
methods for National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System (NPDES) monitoring; performance evaluation (PE)
studies for discharge monitoring reports.
DRINKING WATER: Official chemical and microbiological
methods for meeting regulatory monitoring requirements
of Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA); certification of
laboratories and distribution of QA materials.
TOXICS. Evaluation of analytical methods for key toxic
organic materials and preparation of specialized QA
materials.
SOLID WASTE. Evaluation and standardization of solid
waste (SW)-846 methods and generic methods for the
measurement of volatile and semi-volatile organic
compounds, preparation and distribution of QA materials
for Comprehensive Environmental Response
Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) and groundwater
monitoring.
SUPERFUND: Development of analytical methods for the
measurement of toxic materials in Superfund-type
samples and QA materials for evaluation of contract
laboratory program (CLP) laboratories
OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR
EMSL-CINCINNATI
PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL
METHODS BRANCH
INORGANIC ANALYSES SECTION
ADVANCED INSTRUMENTATION
SECTION
ORGANIC ANALYSES SECTION
SAMPLING AND FIELD
MEASUREMENTS SECTION
BIOLOGICAL METHODS
BRANCH
VIROLOGY SECTION
MICROBIOLOGY SECTION
AQUATIC BIOLOGY
SECTION
QUALITY ASSURANCE
BRANCH
EVALUATION SECTION
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
SECTION
10
-------
EMSL—CINCINNATI AREAS OF EXPERTISE
TELEPHONE*
Office of the Director
Robert Booth 7301
Thomas Clark 7301
Terry Covert 7301
Physical and Chemical Methods Branch
James Lichtenberg 7306
Inorganic Analyses Section
Gerald McKee 7372
Theodore Martin 7312
Otis Evans 7307
John Pfaff 7307
Advanced Instrumentation Section
William Budde 7309
Ann Alford-Stevens 7330
James Eichelberger 7278
Organic Analyses Section
James Longbottom 7308
Fred Kawahara 7313
Sampling and Field Measurements Section
Joseph Roesler 7286
Biological Methods Branch
Cornelius Weber 7337
AREA OF EXPERTISE
Methods and quality assurance (QA)
Methods and QA
Alternate test procedures
Chemical methods
Inorganic chemistry
Metals
Polargraphy tests
Laboratory certification
Advanced instrumentation
Dioxm
High resolution gas chromatograph/mass
spectrometer
Organic chemistry
Oil spills/petroleum chemistry
Sampling/flow measurement
Biological methods
Microbiology Section
Robert Bordner
Virology Section
Robert Safferman
Aquatic Biology Section
William Horning
Quality Assurance Branch
John Winter
Paul Bntton
Evaluation Section
Harold Clements
Project Management Section
Edward Berg
7319 Microbiology
7334 Virology
FTS: 778-8350 Aquatic biology/toxicity tests
CML: 513-527-8350
7325 QA matters
7325 Performance evaluation (PE) studies
7325 Quality control (QC)/PE samples
7325 Methods standardization
*FTS: 684-xxxx, CML: 513-569-xxxx
11
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING SYSTEMS LABORATORY
E.W. Bretthauer, Director
FTS: 545-2525
CML: 702-798-2525
P.O. Box 15027
Las Vegas, NV 89114
The Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory, Las
Vegas, is responsible for the following major program
areas'
OXIDANTS. GASES AND PARTICLES. Technical support
and development for oxidant and GAP field studies,
especially airborne lidar for oxidant transport and
development studies; regional visibility impairment studies
and visibility monitoring methods development.
ACID DEPOSITION: Establishment of analytical
methodologies, protocols and services for analyses of
surface water and soil samples for assessing effects of
acidic deposition; establishment of a comprehensive
QA/QC program for the National Surface Water Survey
and ensure data of known quality from the National Soil
Survey.
WATER QUALITY. DRINKING WATER. Development and
technical support applications of aerial and satellite remote
sensing for water quality monitoring, site specific field
evaluation of stream monitoring techniques.
HAZARDOUS WASTE, HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES:
Development and evaluation of geophysical and overhead
remote sensing technology for subsurface and surface
waste site characterization and for technical support for
Superfund site assessments.
RADIATION QA. OFF-SITE RADIATION SAFETY Providing
radionuclide standards and reference materials and
assisting radiation labs in development and maintenance
of a QA/QC program; conducting a comprehensive
environmental monitoring and safety program in support of
DOE nuclear weapons testing activities.
CHEMICAL TESTING AND ASSESSMENT, PESTICIDES:
Development of QA guidelines and evaluation/
development of methods for the analysis of xenobiotics in
waste media; development of guidelines for the field
testing (validation) of soil fate and transport models,
development of monitoring and statistical methods to
estimate human multi-media exposure.
OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR
EMSL-Las Vegas
EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT
RESEARCH DIVISION
ADVANCED MONITORING
SYSTEMS DIVISION
AQUATIC AND
SUBSURFACE
MONITORING BRANCH
REMOTE AND AIR
MONITORING BRANCH
ENVIRONMENTAL PHOTO-
GRAPHIC INTERPRETATION
CENTER
NUCLEAR RADIATION
ASSESSMENT DIVISION
DOSE ASSESSMENT
BRANCH
FIELD MONITORING
BRANCH
RADIOANALYSIS
BRANCH
QUALITY ASSURANCE
DIVISION
HAZARDOUS WASTE
METHODS EVALUATION
BRANCH
TOXICS AND HAZARDOUS
WASTE OPERATIONS
BRANCH
PESTICIDES AND
RADIATION QUALITY
ASSURANCE BRANCH
12
-------
EMSL-LAS VEGAS AREAS OF EXPERTISE
Office of the Director
Robert N Snellmg
Office of Program Management and Support
Walter E Petrie
James G Payne, Jr
QUALITY ASSURANCE DIVISION
Ronald K Mitchum
Ross K Robeson
David G. Easterly
Toxics and Hazardous Waste Operations Branch
J. Gareth Pearson
Hazardous Waste Methods Evaluation Branch
Stephen Billets
Pesticides and Radiation Quality Assurance Branch
Radiation Quality Assurance Section
Arthur N Jarvis
Pesticides Quality Assurance Section
G. Wayne Sovocool
EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT RESEARCH DIVISION
Eugene P. Meier
James W Mullms
ADVANCED MONITORING SYSTEMS DIVISION
Donald T. Wruble
Robert E Crowe
Remote and Air Monitoring Branch
Robert W. Landers, Jr.
Aquatic and Subsurface Monitoring Branch
Leslie G. McMillion
Environmental Photographic Interpretation Center
(Warrenton, VA)
Vernard H. Webb
NUCLEAR RADIATION ASSESSMENT DIVISION
Office of the Director
Charles F Costa
Allan E. Smith
John L. Connolly
Field Monitoring Branch
John S. Coogan
Radioanalysis Branch
Daryl L Thome
Radiochemistry Section
Robert W. Holloway
Dose Assessment Branch
Stuart C. Black
Dosimetry Section
Robert G. Patzer
Data Analysis Section
Frank Grossman
TELEPHONE* AREA OF EXPERTISE
2522 Environmental monitoring
2564 Program management
2564 Program management, radiation safety,
engineering
2103 Physical organic chemistry, spectroscopy
2103 Program analyst, chemistry
2108 Chemistry, radiation QA
2383 Environmental biology QA
2232 Physical analytical chemistry, spectroscopy
2134 Radiation QA
2212 Organic chemistry, spectroscopy
2201 Analytical environmental chemistry
2207 Analytical radiochemistry
2237 Environmental science
2237 Water quality
2260 Remote sensing
2368 Ground water monitoring
557-3110** Remote sensing
2305 Radiation safety
2304 Radiation safety
2351 Radiation safety
2358 Radiation safety
2158 Gamma spectrometry, mathematical
statistics
2325 Radiochemistry
2556 Radiation biology and QA
2324 Human dosimetry
2331 Data validation
*FTS: 545-xxxx; CML: 702-798-xxxx
**FTS 557-xxxx; CML: 703-557-xxxx
13
-------
ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCES RESEARCH LABORATORY
A.H. Ellison, Director
FTS: 629-2191
CML: 919-541-2191
The Atmospheric Sciences Research Laboratory is
responsible for the following major program areas'
GAS AND PARTICLES. Urban, regional, complex terrain,
and-source apportionment air quality model development,
evaluation and validation, materials damage and visibility
studies, air quality model documentation (UNAMAP)
OXIDANTS Urban and regional atmospheric ozone model
development, evaluation, and validation, laboratory photo-
chemical studies.
ACID DEPOSITION Assess related atmospheric processes
to model and to evaluate acid rain, acid deposit ion, and acid
transport and transformation over urban and regional
scales; materials damage function studies
(MD-59)
Research Triangle Park, NC
27711
MOBILE SOURCES Characterize the regulated and un-
regulated emissions from motor vehicles, assess the impact
of mobile emissions on air quality
HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS Assess the sources,
sinks, transport, formation, removal, reaction products, and
ultimate fate of HAPs and HAPs precursors in the atmos-
phere
OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR
ASRL-Research Triangle Park. NC
EMISSIONS
MEASUREMENT AND
CHARACTERIZATION
DIVISION
ATMOSPHERIC
CHEMISTRY
AND PHYSICS DIVISION
METEOROLOGY AND
ASSESSMENT DIVISION
REGIONAL FIELD
STUDIES OFFICE
14
-------
ASRL—RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK AREAS OF EXPERTISE
Office of the Director
Alfred H. Ellison
Jack H Shreffler
EMISSIONS MEASUREMENT AND
CHARACTERIZATION DIVISION
William E. Wilson
Kenneth T. Knapp
Frank M Black
Fred H Haynie
ATMOSPHERIC CHEMISTRY AND
PHYSICS DIVISION
Basil Oimitriades
Joseph J. Bufalmi
Robert K Stevens
Jack Durham
METEOROLOGY AND ASSESSMENT DIVISION
Francis A. Schiermeier
John F Clarke
Peter L. Fmkelstein
D. Bruce Turner
James L. Dicke
William H. Snyder
Joan H. Novak
REGIONAL FIELD STUDIES OFFICE
William E. Wilson
TELEPHONE*
2191
2191
2551
3085
3037
2535
2706
2442
3156
2183
4541
3660
4551
4564
5381
2811
4545
2551
AREA OF EXPERTISE
Atmospheric processes
Atmospheric processes
Visibility, aerosol chemistry
Stationary sources
Mobile sources
Material damage
Photochemistry, ozone
Gas kinetics
Source apportionment
Acid deposition
Meteorological modeling
Model development
Complex terrain modeling
UNAMAP
Regulatory use of models
Wind tunnel
Data base management
Visibility, aerosol chemistry
»FTS: 629-xxxx, CML 91 9-541-xxxx
15
-------
AIR AND ENERGY ENGINEERING RESEARCH LABORATORY
F.T. Princiotta, Director
FTS: 629-2821
CML: 919-541-2821
(MD-60)
Research Triangle Park, NC
27711
AEERL is responsible for studying energy and industrial
pollution sources in the following major program areas'
OXIDANTS. Combustion modification and control of
nitrogen oxides -from utility boilers, industrial process
equipment and boilers, reciprocating and turbine engines,
commercial/residential combustion equipment, etc.;
assessment of volatile organic compound sources (VOCs),
and development of VOC control technologies
HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS Assessment and control
of hazardous air pollutant (HAP) sources and of indoor air
pollutants, development of improved wood stove designs,
and source assessments and control technology
developments for the EPA Integrated Air Cancer Project.
GASES AND INHALABLE PARTICULATES. Development
of third-generation, low-cost, retrofittable technologies for
the control of sulfur oxides and particulates in flue gases,
organic acid enhancement of wet flue gas desulfunzation,
dry scrubbing and coal cleaning for sulfur oxide control,
and other new low-cost SO x control technologies (e.g., E-
SOX ); electrostatic precipitation, fabric filtration and novel
devices for the control of particulates.
HAZARDOUS WASTE. Provide fundamental combustion
support to the Hazardous Waste Engineering Research
Laboratory, including droplet atomization of liquid wastes.
failure modes in a small pilot-scale rotary kiln, and small
pilot-scale studies of fluidized-bed incineration, all using
surrogate hazardous wastes
MULTIMEDIA Development of Limestone Injection
Multistage Burner (LIMB) process, a retrofittable
combustion modification technology for simultaneous
removal of sulfur oxides and nitrogen oxides, expected to
be important in the mitigation of acid rain precursors;
assessment of advanced processes for energy production,
such as synthetic fuels, and support of regional
assessments of the impacts on the environment of
initiating such processes.
ENERGY - ACID RAIN Participation in the National Acid
Precipitation Assessment Program; assessment of control
technologies suitable for mitigating acid ram precursors,
development of predictive models and emissions
inventories necessary to assess the extent of the national
problem.
OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR
AEERL-Research Triangle Park.NC
EANING
SION
SIGNS
GY BRANCH
:ULATE
GY BRANCH
COMBUSTION
AND ENERGY
DIVISION
COMBUSTION
RESEARCH BRANCH
ADVANCED
PROCESSES BRANCH
ENGINEERING
DIVIS
LIMB DEVE
BRAf
LIMB APPL
BRA
HAZARDOUS AIR
TECHNOLOGY BRANCH
16
-------
AEERL-RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK AREAS OF EXPERTISE
Office of the Director
Frank Princiotta
Alfred B Craig
GAS CLEANING DIVISION
Bill Plyler
Mike Maxwell
Gene Tucker
Norm Plaks
COMBUSTION AND ENERGY DIVISION
Bob Hangebrauck
Kelly Janes
Bob Hall
ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS DIVISION
Jim Abbott
Blair Martin
Dick Stern
Dennis Drehmel
Technical Support Office
Jim Dorsey
TELEPHONE* AREA OF EXPERTISE
2821 Air and energy environmental assessment
and control technology development
2821 Air and energy environmental assessment
and control technology development
2918 Gas cleaning control technologies;
hazardous air pollutant assessment and
control technologies
3091 Acid ram modeling, coal cleaning and
inventories: SO* control
2746 HAPS assessment and control; VOCs control
technologies and painting and finishing
operations
3084 Particulate and aerosol assessment
and controls
4134 Combustion modification control
technology and synthetic fuels research
2852 Coal gasification, direct/indirect
liquefaction; synfuel plant
2477 Combustion emission modeling
and control
3443 Control technology for simultaneous
removal of NO x , and SO „ , fundamental
sorbent reactivity/kinetics
7504 Control technology for simultaneous
removal of NOX and SOX , low NOX
burners
2973 Limestone Injection Multistage Burner
(LIMB) demonstration
7505 LIMB; low NO * burners; sulfur capture
2509 Sampling, monitoring, and analysis
*FTS: 629-xxxx, CML: 919-541-xxxx
17
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
T.A. Murphy, Director
FTS: 420-4601
CML: 503-757-4601
200 S.W.35th Street
Corvallis, OR 97333
MULTIMEDIA/ENERGY- Conduct research on impacts of
acid precipitation, manage EPA's research on the effects of
acid precipitation, including crops, drinking water, surface
water and forests, define environmental impacts of energy
development and atmospheric pollution in arctic and
subarctic ecosystems and identify appropriate mitigation
measures.
OXIDANTS. Conduct comprehensive research program on
impact of air pollutants on natural and managed terrestrial
ecosystems, especially agricultural crops and forests.
TOXICS' Develop methods to validate existing toxicology
tests to assure their ability to predict effect on field
populations, determine effects of toxic chemicals on
aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems and functions; develop
methods to predict ability of sediment-based contaminants
to adversely impact aquatic systems, develop methods and
data to assess effects of biotechnology products on
terrestrial ecosystems.
PESTICIDES: Develop or improve bioassay methodologies
for determining the effects of microbiological pest control
agents on or in non-target receptors or hosts; conduct field
validation studies to determine if laboratory-derived
methods and results reflect environmental responses
under natural pesticide use conditions.
WATER QUALITY Develop improved methods for
assessing the biological effects of contaminated sediment
on freshwater ecosystems and determine need for
sediment criteria, develop procedures to assess biological
integrity of freshwater ecosystems and define attainable
uses given background contamination levels in the
aquatic/terrestrial environs.
HAZARDOUS WASTE. Develop and evaluate a multimedia
bioassay screening protocol to indicate the biological
hazard associated with contaminated soils, water and
sediments; determine the potential for dioxin accumulation
m plants, fish and animals consumed by man to define
potential biomagmfication in food chain systems.
SUPERFUND: Provide field guides and reference manuals
to describe major environmental processes and effects
which will impact decisions regarding containment and
cleanup of hazardous waste and provide technical
assistance based on manual information.
SPECIAL FACILITIES: State-of-the-art computerized
mapping, bird and mammal bioassay facilities, waterfowl
ponds, aquatic bioassay facilities, experimental streams
and ponds, plant growth chambers, greenhouses, outdoor
terrestrial exposure chambers, terrestrial microcosm.
OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR
ERL-Corvallis. OR
TOXICS/PESTICIDES
BRANCH
AIR
BRANCH
HAZARDOUS
WASTE/WATER
BRANCH
18
-------
ERL-CORVALLIS AREAS OF EXPERTISE
TELEPHONE*
AREA OF EXPERTISE
Air Branch
M. Bobbins Church
William E. Hogsett
Robert T Lackey
Eric P. Preston
David T Tingey
Parker J Wigmgton
Hazardous Waste and Water Branch
Clarence A. Callahan
Joseph C. Greene
D Phillip Larsen
William E. Miller
Alan V Nebeker
James M Omernik
Gerald S. Schuytema
Mostafa A. Shirazi
Toxics and Pesticides Branch
John L. Armstrong
Richard S Bennett
J Craig McFarlane
Paul T. Rygiewicz
Ramon J. Seidler
Bill A. Williams
4791 Limnology
4632 Air pollution effects on vegetation
4806 Acid ram effects, aquatic/terrestrial ecology
4636 Forest ecology
4621 Air pollution effects on vegetation
4640 Hydrology
4666** Soil invertebrate ecology
4776 Aquatic toxicology
4666** Lake/stream ecology
4776 Chemistry/aquatic toxicology
4875 Aquatic toxicology
4666** Geography/cartography
4764 Invertebrate taxonomy/toxicology
4666** Systems ecology
4638 Molecular genetics
4582 Wildlife ecology/toxicology
4670 Plant physiology
4833 Plant ecology
4661 Microbial ecology/biotechnology
4679 Wildlife physiology/toxicology
*FTS: 420-xxxx, CML: 503-757-xxxx
**CML 503-753-6221
19
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
R.C. Russo, Director
FTS: 250-3134
CML: 404-546-3134
College Station Road
Athens, GA 30613
The Athens Environmental Research Laboratory
conducts and manages fundamental and applied research
to predict and assess the human and environmental
exposures and risk associated with conventional and toxic
pollutants in water and soil. Major program areas include:
WATER QUALITY Develop and refine mathematical
models for exposure assessment, pollutant fate, and
wasteload allocation; define mechanisms controlling
transport and transformation of organics and metals in
surface water; develop water quality assessment models
and basin planning management techniques including
design and evaluation of Best Management Practices;
develop knowledge-based expert systems for prediction of
pollutant properties and behavior
INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER: Identify and measure
chemical and biological properties of toxic pollutants in
industrial and municipal effluent; apply computer
identification techniques to gas chromatography-mass
spectrometry, develop knowledge-based expert systems
for pollutant identification.
TOXIC CHEMICAL TESTING AND ASSESSMENT: Develop
mathematical expressions to describe chemical and
biological processes, such as sunlight or microbial
transformation of contaminants in water; develop risk
assessment and ecological exposure analysis models.
develop wasteload allocation models and exposure
assessment models for pollutant runoff and leaching,
perform microcosm research and data analysis for
chemical fate and effects studies
PESTICIDES: Develop predictive models of pesticide
migration through saturated and unsaturated soil zones to
perform exposure and risk assessments for terrestrial and
aquatic organisms, develop surface and ground water
threat models from pollutant runoff and leaching, develop
mathematical expressions to describe processes that
transform toxic chemicals in water and sediment
HAZARDOUS WASTE: Develop ecological risk
assessment methodology for hazardous waste
management; develop multimedia environmental and
human exposure assessment techniques for toxic organics
and metals; describe organic and inorganic pollutant
interactions in water, soil, and sediments.
SPECIAL FACILITIES/RESEARCH TOOLS: Center for
Water Quality Modeling (distribution and maintenance of
computer programs and training and assistance for users)
and aquatic channel microcosms (indoor facilities for
examining chemical pollutant fate and testing exposure
analysis models)
OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR
ERL-Athens. GA
I
CHEMISTRY BRANCH
BIOLOGY BRANCH
I
MEASUREMENTS BRANCH
ASSESSMENT
BRANCH
20
-------
ERL—ATHENS AREAS OF EXPERTISE
Office of the Director
Rosemarie C Russo
George L Baughman
Chemistry Branch
Arthur W. Garrison
Leo V Azarraga
George W. Bailey
Samuel W Kanckhoff
J MacArthur Long
Robert V Moore
N Lee Wolfe
Richard G Zepp
Biology Branch
Harvey W Holm
Donald L. Brockway
Lawrence A Burns
Ray R. Lassiter
David L. Lewis
Doris F Paris
John E. Rogers
Measurements Branch
William T. Donaldson
James J. Ellington
Heinz P Kollig
John M. McGuire
Frank E. Stancil
William C. Steen
Alfred D. Thruston, Jr.
Assessment Branch
Robert R Swank, Jr.
Robert B. Ambrose, Jr.
Thomas 0. Barnwell, Jr.
David S. Brown
Robert F Carsel
Fred K. Fong
Lee A. Mulkey
William R. Payne
Regional/State Contact
Robert C. Ryans
TELEPHONE*
3134
3430
3145
3453
3307
3149
3582
3770
3429
3428
3103
3422
3511
3501
3358
3469
3592
3183
3197
3447
3185
3447
3188
3552
3476
3476
3175
3310
3565
3138
3138
3197
3306
AREA OF EXPERTISE
Ammonia/nitrite toxicity to
aquatic organisms
Transformation of pollutants in water
Organic chemical analysis
Molecular spectroscopy, metals speciation
Pollutant colloid activity, soil chemistry
Environmental process modeling
Asbestos analysis, electron microscopy
Inorganic analysis, neutron activation
Hydrolytic/redox reactions in water
Aquatic photochemistry
Environmental microbiology
Aquatic biology, fish toxicology
Exposure-effects modeling, ecology
Exposure-effects modeling, ecology
Microbial ecology, biotransformation processes
Microbial kinetics, structure-activity
Microbial kinetics, biochemistry, ecology
Organic ID, transformation rate measurement
Comprehensive organic analysis
Chemical kinetic constant measurement
Mass spectrometry, organic identification
Chemical kinetic constant measurement
Microbial kinetic constant measurement
Liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry
Industrial waste treatment, multimedia
modeling
Water quality and risk assessment modeling
Water quality modeling
Metals speciation, soil transformation
processes
Pesticide and groundwater leaching
modeling
Mass transport modeling
Hazardous waste management, pesticides,
exposure
Pesticides analysis
*FTS 250-xxxx, CML. 404-546-xxxx
21
-------
ROBERT S. KERR ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
Clinton W. Hall, Director
FTS: 743-2426
CML: 405-332-8800
P.O. Box 1198
Ada, OK 74820
The Robert S Kerr Environmental Research Laboratory
is responsible for the following major program areas
DRINKING WATER Determination of the fate, transport
and transformation rates and mechanisms of pollutants in
the subsurface environment for the protection of ground
water from pollution by municipal, industrial and
agricultural activities
HAZARDOUS WASTES Determination of the processes
used in characterizing the subsurface and prediction of the
effects of pollutants thereon m order to define the
capabilities and limitations of natural processes to degrade
and attenuate wastes in land treatment systems
OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR
RSKERL-Ada. OK
PROCESSES AND SYSTEMS
RESEARCH DIVISION
SUBSURFACE PROCESSES
BRANCH
SUBSURFACE SYSTEMS
BRANCH
EXTRAMURAL ACTIVITIES
AND ASSISTANCE DIVISION
EXTRAMURAL ACTIVITIES AND
ASSISTANCE'BRANCH
APPLICATIONS AND
ASSISTANCE BRANCH
22
-------
RSKERL AREAS OF EXPERTISE
PROCESSES AND SYSTEMS DIVISION
Office of the Director
Jack W Keeley
Subsurface Processes Branch
William J Dunlap
Dermott Bouchard
Don Clark
Bert Bledsoe
Michael Henson
Don Kampbell
Marvin Piwoni
John Wilson
Roger Cosby
Garmon Smith
Lynn Wood
Dave Walters
Robert Smith
Subsurface Systems Branch
Carl Enfield
Frank Beck
Thomas Short
Fred Pfeffer
John Matthews
EXTRAMURAL ACTIVITIES AND
ASSISTANCE DIVISION
Office of the Director
H. George Keeler
Extramural Activities and Assistance Branch
James F. McNabb
R. Douglas Kreis
Bobby D Newport
Applications and Assistance Branch
M. Richard Scalf
Leon H Myers
Jerry Thornhill
Joe Keely
Lowell E Leach
TELEPHONE'
210
314
321
311
324
420
332
262
259
320
316
304
261
248
334
246
234
305
233
212
216
303
201
308
202
310
313
333
AREA OF EXPERTISE
Aquifer restoration
Contaminant sources
HPLC analysis
Inorganics chemistry
Trace metals analysis
Anaerobic microbiology
GC/MS organics
Abiotic effects
Microcosms
Trace organics
GC/MS organics
Soils characterization
Plants
Biological analyses
System models
Soil science
Process wastes
Waste characterization
Hazardous wastes biological processes
Land treatment
Microbiology
Ecology
Ground water contamination from mining
Waste management alternatives
Industrial wastes
Ground water investigations
Prediction of contaminants
Soil systems
*FTS 743-2(extension numbers), CML 405-332-8800 (ask for extension)
23
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
Norbert A. Jaworski, Director
FTS: 780-5550
CML: 218-720-5550
6201 Congdon Boulevard
Duluth, MN 55804
MISSION Support the development of the scientific basis
for policy, regulatory, and operational functions of the
Environmental Protection Agency's water quality, toxic
substances, hazardous wastes, pesticides, and energy
programs ERL-Duluth conducts the following major pro-
grams of research, development, and technical assistance
Develop a sound chemical, physical, and biological
understanding of toxicity principles, concepts, and logic
necessary to determine concentrations of pesticides, toxic
substances and hazardous wastes non-harmful to
freshwater aquatic life, establish a data base for this
knowledge, share this expertise and data resource with
EPA program offices and other agencies and with other
scientists.
Develop, refine, and improve cost-effective aquatic
laboratory tests for determining the adverse effects of
single or multi-contaminant pollutants associated with
toxic substances, pesticides, hazardous wastes, and
energy development and use.
Develop common denominators, quantitative structure-
activity relationships, toxicity wasteload allocation
methods, and models that can be used to predict or assess
the impact of chemical and physical pollutants on aquatic
and aquatic-related organisms
Evaluate the ability of laboratory test methods and models
to predict the fate and effects of contaminants under field
conditions through use of ecological studies
Develop criteria for individual physical and chemical
contaminants and complex mixtures for the protection of
aquatic organisms and consumers of aquatic organisms,
conduct related site-specific studies to support and assess
agency use of the criteria.
Maintain exploratory surveillance for new and
unrecognized types and quantities of xenobiotics in
components of aquatic and aquatic-related ecosystems,
develop analytical methods required for this exploratory
surveillance.
ERL-O AT GROSSE ILE
LARGE LAKES
RESEARCH STATION
PESTICIDES
RESEARCH
BRANCH
OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR
ERL-Duluth, MN
TOXIC
SUBSTANCES
RESEARCH
BRANCH
E
HAZARDOUS
WASTES
RESEARCH
BRANCH
RL-D AT MONTICELLO
NTICELLO ECOLOGICAL
RESEARCH STATION
WATER
QUALITY
RESEARCH
BRANCH
ENERGY/
ENVIRONMENT
RESEARCH
BRANCH
24
-------
ERL—DULUTH AREAS OF EXPERTISE
Office of the Director
Norbert A Jaworski
Gilman D Veith
Water Quality Research Branch
Nelson A. Thomas
Donald I Mount
Robert A Drummond
John G Eaton
Russell J. Erickson
Armond E. Lemke
Charles E. Stephan
Anthony R Carlson
Ronald R. Carton
Jack H Gakstatter
Pesticide Research Branch
Richard E. Siefert
Richard L. Anderson
Alfred W Jarvinen
Hazardous Wastes Research Branch
Philip M. Cook
James M McKim
J. Howard McCormick
Allan R. Batterman
Energy/Environment Research Branch
Kenneth E. Biesmger
Edward N Leonard
Toxic Substances Research Branch
Steven J. Brodenus
Douglas W. Kuehl
J David Yount
Gary L. Phipps
Large Lakes Research Station**
William L. Richardson
David M. Dolan
Michael D. Mullin
Monticello Ecological Research Station
John W Arthur
Steven F. Hedtke
*FTS 420-xxxx, CML 503-757-xxxx
**FTS 226-xxxx, CML. 313-675-5000
TELEPHONE
780-5550
780 5572
780-5702
780-5528
780-5532
780-5557
780-5534
780-5563
780-5510
780-5565
420-4743*
420-4705*
780-5552
780-5565
780-5561
780-5523
780-5567
780-5514
780-5513
780-5524
780-5556
780-5574
780-5559
780-5557
780-5571
226-7811
226-7811
226-781?
787-3332
787-3332
25
AREA OF EXPERTISE
Phosphorus, eutrophication
Toxicity data bases, structure-activity,
predictive toxicology
Phosphorus, toxicity testing-field response,
complex effluents
Toxicity reduction, cenodaphnia testing
Biomonitormg
Bioaccumulation methods, acid rain-
biological
Complexmg agents, metals, fish uptake
and depuration
Bioassay systems
Water quality criteria documents, metals
Site-specific water quality criteria
Metals, kinetics modeling
Eutrophication
Pesticide bioassays, fish and
fish food taxonomy
Invertebrates, toxicity testing,
chemical/microbial pesticides
Pesticide bioassays
Electron scope, particles bioassays,
bioavailabihty, suspended solids, asbestos
fiber data, sediments base
Dose-response, comparative toxicology-
modes of action
Temperature, pH, stress and fish
reproduction
High hazard testing, electron scope
Polyelectrolites, daphnia culturmg
Metals in tissue
Acute testing, joint toxicity relationships
Environmental chemistry, organics in tissue
and water, planar chlorinated organics,
LC/MS systems
Ecosystems/watersheds, microcosms
Acute bioassays
Waste load allocation, environmental
modeling, eutrophication
Toxic substances, statistics and modeling
Metals, transport and fate of toxics
Outdoor channels
Field applicability, microcosms
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
William A. Brungs, Director
FTS: 838-5087
CML: 401-789-1071
South Ferry Road
Narragansett, Rl 02882
MISSION: Agency's center for marine, coastal, and
estuarme water quality research, support primarily the
EPA Office of Water, responding mainly to legislative
requirements of the Clean Water Act. the Marine
Protection, Research and Sanctuaries Act, and the Toxic
Substances Control Act; provide the scientific base for
marine hazard assessment and regulatory activities of that
Office, provide technical assistance and investigations of
an emergency nature, eg., spills of toxic materials, m
evaluating environmental threats
PROGRAMMATIC AREAS. Estuarme and marine disposal
and discharge of complex wastes, dredged materials, and
other wastes; water use designation and quality criteria for
estuarme and marine water and sediment; environmental
assessment of ocean discharges.
EXPERTISE lexicological testing using marine
organisms, ecosystems analysis; physiological responses
of organisms to contaminants, organic and inorganic
analytical chemistry, biomonitormg, national and site-
specific water quality criteria, physical transport and water
quality modeling, contaminant bioavailability and
bioaccumulation
SPECIAL FACILITIES. Wet Lab facilities available for
biological testing using flowing seawater; capable of
tempering of influent water, isolation of hazardous testing,
and treatment of effluent water, maintains Field Station at
the Hatfield Marine Science Center, Newport, Oregon.
OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR
ERL-Narragansatt, Rl
AND
Newport, OR
MARINE EFFECTS DIVISION
(NARRAGANSETT. Rl)
BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS
BRANCH
PHYSIOLOGICAL EFFECTS
BRANCH
FIELD EFFECTS
BRANCH
MARINE PROCESSES DIVISION
(NARRAGANSETT. Rl)
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY
BRANCH
EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT
BRANCH
ECOSYSTEMS ANALYSIS
BRANCH
PACIFIC DIVISION
(NEWPORT, OREGON)
PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL
PROCESSES BRANCH
BIOACCUMULATION
BRANCH
BENTHIC EFFECTS
BRANCH
26
-------
ERL-NARRAGANSETT AREAS OF EXPERTISE
TELEPHONE* AREA OF EXPERTISE
D.J. Baumgartner
A.D Beck
V.J. Bierman
W.A Brungs
R.L. Garnas
J.H Gentile
D.J. Hansen
R.W. Latimer
H. Lee
J.F. Paul
K.T. Perez
O.K. Phelps
S.C. Schimmel
R.C. Swartz
*FTS:838-5087 (for all contacts), CMU401 -789-1071 (for all contacts)
Transport processes, exposure assessment
Nutritional requirements of marine
organisms
Ocean disposal, dumpsite designation,
wasteload allocation, nutrient cycling
Aquatic life criteria, thermal effects, mixing
zone designation
Environmental and analytical chemistry,
hazardous wastes
Hazard assessment, dredged materials,
toxicity testing
Aquatic life criteria, toxicity testing,
sludge effects
Environmental engineering
Bioaccumulation processes, bioavailability
Sediment transport, remote sensing, ocean
disposal
Marine microcosms, surface microlayers
Biomonitoring
Complex effluents, toxicity testing
Benthic toxicity testing, community analysis
27
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
Henry F. Enos, Director
FTS: 686-9011
CML: 904-932-5311
Sabine Island
Gulf Breeze, FL 32561
The Environmental Research Laboratory, Gulf Breeze, is
responsible for developing scientific information used to
formulate guidelines, standards, and strategies for
management of hazardous materials in coastal, estuanne,
and marine environments. The Laboratory's research and
development efforts deal primarily with pesticides and
toxic compounds regulated by EPA's Office of Pesticides
and Toxic Substances. In addition, the impacts of the ocean
disposal of drilling fluids and waste treatment effluents are
investigated for the Office of Water. Research is organized
into four branches.
TOXICOLOGY BRANCH: Development and testing of
methods to determine lethal and sublethal effects of
potentially harmful chemicals on estuanne and marine
plants and animals; development of culture techniques for
test organisms; and development of biological indicators
for use in field investigations.
ECOLOGICAL EFFECTS BRANCH: Determination of
chemical effects on ecological structure and function;
conduct of field studies in order to estimate environmental
responses in potentially impacted areas; and validating
model systems for predicting resiliency of populations,
communities, and ecosystems exposed to contaminants.
MICROBIAL ECOLOGY AND BIOTECHNOLOGY
BRANCH: Describing microbiological interactions with
pollutants, including biodegradation mechanisms and
predictive techniques for biodegradation rates, sorption,
transport, and products and potential risks associated with
release of genetically engineered microorganisms
(biotechnology) to the environment.
PATHOBIOLOGY BRANCH: Developing methods for
evaluating risks of biological pesticidal agents to nontarget,
aquatic species, and systems, including natural and
genetically altered rrucrobial pest control agents and
biochemical control agents; developing aquatic species as
indicators and models for evaluating risks of genotoxic
agents to both aquatic animal and human health, and
elucidating mechanisms in aquatic species whereby
toxicants impair function, development, and cause disease
in aquatic species, in order to better predict effects in
populations at risk.
OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR
ERL-Gulf Breeze. FL
ECOLOGICAL EFFECTS
BRANCH
MICROBIAL ECOLOGY
AND
BIOTECHNOLOGY
BRANCH
TOXICOLOGY
BRANCH
PATHOBIOLOGY
BRANCH
28
-------
ERL—GULF BREEZE AREAS OF EXPERTISE
TELEPHONE'
Office of the Director
Henry F Enos
Andrew J. McErlean
Thomas W. Duke
Frank G Wilkes
Toxicology Branch
Jack I Lowe
Gerald E Walsh
Douglas P. Middaugh
James C. Moore
Ecological Effects Branch
Foster L. Mayer
James R. Clark
Marlin E. Tagatz
William P. Davis
David E Weber
Microbial Ecology and Biotechnology Branch
Al W Bourqum
Parmely H. Pntchard
Leonard H. Mueller
Paul Lefcourt
Tamar Barkay
Stephen M. Cuskey
Fred J. Genthner
Pathobiology Branch
John A Couch
Charles L. McKenney
Wilhelm P. Schoor
Lee Courtney
Stan Enckson
*FTS: 686-9011 (for all contacts), CML: 904-932-5311 (for all contacts)
AREA OF EXPERTISE
Pesticide chemistry and toxicology
Pollution ecology
Pollution ecology
Aquatic ecology
Marine toxicology
Marine ecology/toxicology
Fish culture/toxicology
Analytical chemistry
Toxicology/aquatic ecology
Aquatic ecology, toxicology
Zoology, botany
Ichthyology, marine ecology
Plant pathology, ecology
Microbial biochemistry
Microbial ecology/biodegradation
Analytical chemistry
Environmental science
Microbial ecology
Microbial genetics
Microbiology/plasmid biology
Pathology, toxic mechanisms
Physiology
Biochemistry
Electron microscopy
Cell culture
29
-------
HEALTH EFFECTS RESEARCH LABORATORY
F. Gordon Hueter, Director
FTS: 629-2281
CML: 919-541-2281
(MD-51)
Research Triangle Park, NC
27711
The Health Effects Research Laboratory is responsible
for the following
OXIDANTS Develop a data base for use m regulatory
decision making on the health effects of 03 and N02
exposure by conducting human clinical, epidemiologic and
animal studies Models are also being developed to
quantitatively extrapolate animal data to humans
HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS (HAP): Develop and
validate techniques to evaluate the toxic effects of HAP's,
produce dose-response data on the toxic effects of HAP's,
and develop models which improve our ability to use
toxicological data in risk assessments
MOBILE SOURCES Provide quality health effects data on
the effects of exposure to CO and develop methods for
obtaining dose response data for use in risk assessments
for regulatory purposes
GASES AND PARTICLES. Develop a data base for use in
regulatory decision making on the health effects of S02,
particles and Pb by conducting human clinical,
epidemiologic and animal studies. Models are also being
developed to extrapolate animal data to humans and to
provide information on the relationship between particle
size and lung deposition in man.
WATER QUALITY Provide field tested methods in a
manual that discusses protocols and interprets strengths
and weaknesses on health effects biomonitormg
techniques, develop health related indicator for shellfish
growing waters in cooperation with NOAA and FDA ano
extend studies on the enterococcus indicator system for
recreational water
MUNICIPAL WASTEWATEFt Provide data and appraisal
documents on health aspects of land application of
municipal sludge as well as on the occurrence, survival and
transport of enteric pathogens m sludge
DRINKING WATER: Provide health monitoring
engineering data for drinking water standards.
and
HAZARDOUS WASTE: Develop and evaluate short-term in
vivo and m vitro bioassays for screening wastes for
designation as hazardous.
PESTICIDES. Develop methodologies and generate data
for the assessment of risks from pesticides; define
environmental and health endpomts for future test
methods
TOXIC CHEMICAL TESTING AND ASSESSMENT: Develop
and validate test methods for identifying hazards under the
Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA).
OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR
HERL-Research Triangle Park, NC
J_
INHALATION TOXICOLOGY DIVISION
CLINICAL RESEARCH BRANCH
TOXICOLOGY BRANCH
GENETIC TOXICOLOGY DIVISION
MUTAGENESIS AND
CELLULAR TOXICOLOGY
BRANCH
CARCINOGENESIS AND
METABOLISM BRANCH
GENETIC BIOASSAY BRANCH
DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY DIVISION
REPRODUCTIVE TOXICOLOGY BRANCH
PERINATAL TOXICOLOGY BRANCH
NEUROTOXICOLOGY DIVISION
BEHAVIORAL TOXICOLOGY
BRANCH
NEUROPHYSIOLOGY BRANCH
SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
BRANCH
JL
BIOMETRY DIVISION
BIOSTATISTICS BRANCH
DATA MANAGEMENT
BRANCH
EXPERIMENTAL BIOLOGY DIVISION
CELLULAR BIOPHYSICS BRANCH
BIOLOGICAL ENGINEERING BRANCH
•TOXICOLOGY AND MICROBIOLOGY
DIVISION
MICROBIOLOGY BRANCH
TARGET ORGAN
TOXICOLOGY BRANCH
BIOASSAY BRANCH
CHEMICAL AND STATISTICAL
SUPPORT SERVICES BRANCH
•26 W. St. Clair, Cincinnati, OH 45268, FTS: 684-7401, CML. 513-569-7401
30
-------
HERL—RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK
Office of the Director
F Gordon Hueter
Judith Graham
DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY DIVISION
Neil Chernoff
Robert Kavlock
John Laskey
BIOMETRY DIVISION
William Nelson
John Creason
VACANT
Carl Hayes
EXPERIMENTAL BIOLOGY DIVISION
Richard Phillips
Ronald Spiegel
Joe A. Elder
GENETIC TOXICOLOGY DIVISION
Michael Waters
Stephen Nesnow
Joellen Jungers
Martha Moore
INHALATION TOXICOLOGY DIVISION
Edward Massaro
Judith Graham
John O'Neil
NEUROTOXICOLOGY DIVISION
Lawrence Reiter
Robert MacPhail
Robert Dyer
TELEPHONE*
2281
2283
4050
2327
2782
2339
2598
2567
7739
2771
7544
2541
2537
3847
3849
3933
2655
2531
2601
2671
2617
2617
TOXICOLOGY AND MICROBIOLOGY DIVISION-CINCINNATI
Elmer W. Akin 684-7218
Michael A. Pereira 684-7411
Frederick Kopfler 684-7451
AREA OF EXPERTISE
Environmental toxicology
Inhalation toxicology
Developmental biology
Teratology
Reproductive toxicology
Statistics and data management
Biostatistics
Data management
Epidemiology
Non-ionizing radiation, electronic systems
Engineering and electromagnetic research
Non-ionizing, radiofrequency, and
microwave radiation
Genetic toxicology
Chemical carcmogenesis
Bacterial mutagenecity, carcinogenesis
bioassays
Mammalian cell cytogenetics and
mutagenicity
Biochemical and inhalation toxicology
Inhalation toxicology (animal)
Inhalation toxicology (human)
Neurotoxicology
Behavioral toxicology and pharmacology
Neurophysiology/electrophysiology
Virology
Biochemical toxicological methods
Organic and analytical chemistry
*FTS. 629-xxxx, CML 91 9-541-xxxx (for RTP); FTS: 684-xxxx, CML 513-569-xxxx (for Cincinnati)
31
-------
OFFICE OF HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT
Peter W. Preuss, Director
FTS: 382-7317
CML: 202-382-7317
(RD-689)
Washington, DC 20460
The functions of the Office of Health and Environmental
Assessment (OHEA) include performing scientific risk
assessments to directly support the Agency's regulatory
program offices, and providing oversight and guidelines to
assure consistency and scientific quality in risk assess-
ments performed throughout the Agency OHEA prepares a
variety of documents in response to requests from EPA
program offices in support of regulatory and enforcement
decisions These documents include air and water criteria
documents, health, risk, and exposure assessments; and
guidance and methodology documents used in assessing
the risk of exposure to hazardous pollutants OHEA also
develops risk assessment guidelines, performs risk assess-
ments, and provides technical assistance at the request of
the program offices Furthermore, OHEA develops new risk
assessment methodologies and suggests new research
efforts that will better support future risk assessment
procedures. OHEA consists of five units'
CARCINOGEN ASSESSMENT GROUP' Provides advice on
the human health risks associated with exposure to
suspected cancer-causing agents
EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT GROUP Provides advice on the
exposure characteristics and factors of agents that are
suspected of causing detrimental health effects
REPRODUCTIVE EFFECTS ASSESSMENT GROUP Provides
advice on the hazards associated with chemicals that are
suspected of causing detrimental reproductive effects,
including mutagenic and teratogenic effects, and sterility
ENVIRONMENTAL CRITERIA AND ASSESSMENT OFFICE/
CINCINNATI Is responsible for the preparation of criteria
and health and hazard assessment documents on water
pollution and solid and hazardous wastes (See page 36)
ENVIRONMENTAL CRITERIA AND ASSESSMENT OFFICE/
RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK: Is repsonsible for the prepa-
ration of criteria and assessment documents primarily in
the field of air pollution (See page 34)
Information on the availability of OHEA documents can be
obtained from the Technical Information Staff (RD-689),
382-7345.
OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR
Washington, DC
ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR
PROGRAM LIAISON
PROGRAM OPERATIONS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
EXPOSURE
ASSESSMENT GROUP
RISK ASSESSMENT FORUM
REPRODUCTIVE EFFECTS
ASSESSMENT GROUP
CARCINOGEN
ASSESSMENT GROUP
ENVIRONMENTAL CRITERIA AND
ASSESSMENT OFFICE
Research Triangle Park, NC
ENVIRONMENTAL CRITERIA AND
ASSESSMENT OFFICE
Cincinnati, OH
32
-------
OHEA—WASHINGTON AREAS OF EXPERTISE
TELEPHONE* AREA OF EXPERTISE
Office of the Director
Peter W Preuss
Dorothy Patton
CARCINOGEN ASSESSMENT GROUP
Charles H Ris
EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT GROUP
Charles H Nauman
REPRODUCTIVE EFFECTS ASSESSMENT GROUP
Lawrence Valcovic
7317 Health and environmental assessment
6743** Risk assessment forum
5898 Human health risks
8909 Exposure characteristics and factors
7303 Reproductive effects
*FTS 382-xxxx, CML 202-382-xxxx (Washington)
**FTS 475-xxxx, CML 202-475-xxxx (Washington)
33
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL CRITERIA AND ASSESSMENT OFFICE
Lester D. Grant, Director
FTS: 629-4173
CML: 919-541-4173
MISSION: The Environmental Criteria and Assessment
Office is responsible for developing the following types of
documents: (1) revised or new criteria documents which
serve as a basis for setting national ambient air quality
standards for pollutants such as sulfur oxides, nitrogen
(MD-52)
Research Triangle Park, NC
27711
oxides, ozone, and lead; (2) health assessment documents
which deal with the health effects associated with a
pollutant suspected of needing control; and (3) special
reports as required to meet a specific need or as dictated by
legislation.
OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR
ECAO-Research Triangle Park, NC
SCIENTIFIC STAFF
TECHNICAL SERVICES SECTION
34
-------
ECAO—RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK AREAS OF EXPERTISE
Office of the Director
Lester D Grant
Michael A. Berry
Si Duk Lee
Donna W. Wicker
Emily R. Lee
Barbara Kearney
SCIENTIFIC STAFF
Michael A. Berry
Jasper H B. Garner
Beverly E. Tilton
Thomas B. McMullen
Robert M. Bruce
Mark M. Greenberg
Donna J. Sivulka
Dennis J. Kotchmar
J. Michael Davis
David E. Weil
James A. Raub
Beverly M Comfort
Norman E. Childs
Robert W. Elias
William G. Ewald
Harriet M. Ammann
Darcy L. Campbell
Ruby F. Griffin
TECHNICAL SERVICES SECTION
Frances P. Bradow
Allen G. Hoyt
Douglas B. Fennell
Diane H. Ray
Richard N. Wilson
TELEPHONE* AREA OF EXPERTISE
4173 Health effects
4172 Environmental effects and legislation
4159 Health effects
4171 Administration and contracts
4169 Program and office operations
4168 Program and office operations
4172 Environmental effects and legislation
4153 Terrestrial effects
4161 Ozone and hydrocarbons
4150 Air quality data
4154 Hazardous pollutants
4156 Hazardous pollutants
4155 Heavy metals
4158 Epidemiology and pulmonary effects
4162 Neurobehavior
4163 Lead
41 57 Carbon monoxide
4165 Pesticides
2229 Radiation
4167 Metals and particles
4164 Hazardous pollutants
4930 Hazardous pollutants
4477 Forest systems
4114 Program and office operations
3797 Documentation procedures and material
effects
4645 Graphics
3789 Environmental information
3637 Projects and records
3797 Copy production
*FTS: 629-xxxx, CML: 919-541-xxxx
35
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL CRITERIA AND ASSESSMENT OFFICE
J.F. Stara, Director
FTS: 684-7531
CML: 513-569-7531
26 W. St. Clair
Cincinnati. OH 45268
The Environmental Criteria and Assessment Office is
responsible for the following major program areas.
AIR QUALITY: Comprehensive health assessment
documentation and summaries for contaminants in air
including maintenance of court files and disposition of
public comments; participation and running of workshops
on specific contaminants.
DRINKING WATER: Comprehensive health assessment
documentation and summaries for drinking water
contaminants including maintenance of court files and
disposition of public comments and development of risk
assessment methodologies applicable to drinking water.
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES (NON-ENERGY): Chemical
specific risk assessment addressing identification of
reportable quantities for spill situations based on chronic
toxicity; identification of health related goals and remedial
action activities; risk characterization for uncontrolled
hazardous waste sites performed.
HAZARDOUS WASTE. Development of health risk
assessment documentation to support hazardous waste
listing activities; quantitative specific chemical and
complex mixture risk assessments to support program
office activities related to RCRA reauthonzation.
INTERMEDIA (NON-ENERGY): Development of health risk
assessment guidelines and evaluation and development of
methods for risk assessment of systemic toxicants and of
chemical mixtures.
MUNICIPAL WASTEWATER: Design and development of
methods for risk assessment of chemicals and pathogens
m municipal sewage sludge to support technical
regulations for sludge disposal methods.
WATER QUALITY: Comprehensive health assessment
documentation; response to variance 301 (g) requests;
state and public technical assistance through EPA
Regional offices.
OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR
ECAO-Cincinnati. OH
CHEMICAL MIXTURES
ASSESSMENT GROUP
METHODOLOGY
DEVELOPMENT GROUP
SYSTEMIC TOXICANTS
ASSESSMENT GROUP
36
-------
ECAO—CINCINNATI AREAS OF EXPERTISE
Office of the Director
Jerry F. Stara
Steve Lutkenhoff
Oebdas Mukerjee
Judi Olsen
CHEMICAL MIXTURES ASSESSMENT GROUP
Chris DeRosa
Helen Ball
Karen Blackburn
Harlal Choudhury
Frank Mink
Lynn Papa
John Risher
METHODOLOGY DEVELOPMENT GROUP
Linda Erdreich
Richard Hertzberg
Jacqueline Patterson
SYSTEMIC TOXICANTS ASSESSMENT GROUP
Michael Dourson
Randy Bruins
Larry Fradkin
Annette Gatchett
Vlasta Molak
Bruce Peirano
Dave Reisman
Cindy Sonich-Mullin
TELEPHONE*
7531
7531
7531
7575
7531
7572
7531
7531
7572
7572
7572
7572
7572
7572
7572
7572
7584
7572
7531
7531
7531
7531
AREA OF EXPERTISE
Risk assessment
Risk assessment
Cancer assessments
Information transfer
Superfund, solid waste programs
Contracts
Site assessment, health effects assessment
Site assessment, land disposal bans
Solid waste listing activities
Site assessment, land disposal bans
Confidential business information
Health risk assessment methodology,
epidemiology
STARA database, biomathematical models
Information transfer, environmental policy
Acceptable daily intakes
Sludge methodology
Pathogens of sludge
Environmental chemistry
Biotechnology
Hexachlorobenzene
Air programs
Drinking water program
*FTS: 684-xxxx, CML. 513-569-xxxx
37
-------
OSWER Directive 9380-3
TABLE 3-1 CATEGORIES AND POTENTIAL
TREATMENT/DISPOSAL TECHNOLOGIES
ON-SITE
PREP
ACTIVITIES
TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL
TANK AND DRUM
WASTE CATEGORIES
SLUDGE/SOLIDS
• Organic Low Halogen
• Organic High Halogen
• Inorganic
• Flash point (<70° F)
• Flash point (>70-1 40° F)
• Flash point (> 140° F)
• PCB Contaminated Solid
(<50ppm)
• PCB Contaminatd Solid
( > 50 - 500 ppm)
• PCB Contaminated Solid
( > 500 ppm)
• Pesticide
• Petroleum Residues
SPECIAL WASTES
• Radioactive
• Strong Oxidizer
• Strong Reducer
• Lab Packs
• Explosives
Bulking/ I
Consolidation
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
r
1
*
2
1
2
2
Absorbtion/
Solidification
1
2
1
2*
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
*
2
2
2
2
Physical/Chemical
Pretreatment
1
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
2
1
1
*
1
1
2
2
Solidification/
Chemical Fixation
1
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
1
*
2
2
2
2
Detonation
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
*
2
2
1*
1
Physical/Chemical
Treatment
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
*
1
1
1
1
Biological
Treatment
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
1
*
2
2
2
2
Land Application
2
2
2
2
2
2
1*
2
2
2
1
*
2
2
2
2
Seouro Landfill
1
1
1
2
r
1
1
r
r
1
1
*
1
1
1
2
Incineration/Thermal
Reduction
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
*
2
2
1
1
Recycle/Reuse
w/ Treatment
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
*
2
2
2
2
Recycle/Reuse
w/o Treatment
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
*
2
2
2
2
.1
1
_c"
!
d>
0)
Q
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
*
2
2
2
2
Phased waste shall be separated and handled as individual waste items
Mixed waste shall be classified under the more restrictive disposal category
1 • Reasonable Option
2 • Not Reasonable (Impractical, Technically Infeasable)
* • Further detailed analyses is warranted
-------
OSWER Directive 9380-3
TABLE 3-1 CATEGORIES AND POTENTIAL
TREATMENT/DISPOSAL TECHNOLOGIES
ON-SITE
PREP
ACTIVITIES
TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL
TANK AND DRUM
WASTE CATEGORIES
AQUEOUS WASTES
• Acid pH < 2.0
• BasepH> 12.0
• Base with Sulfur
• Base with Cyanide
ORGANIC LIQUIDS
• High Halogen content (>2%)
• Organic liquids including
Low Halogen content (0 - 2%)
• Oils non-PCB contaminated
• PCB Contaminated liquid
(50 - 500 ppm)
• PCB Contaminated Liquid
( > 500 ppm)
CONTAMINATED WATER
• 2
-------
EPA
^° :ea S'.a'es
Environment
Agercv
' o T e c t on
c;^nati OH
-------
Acknowledgments
The descriptions of technologies, their status and applicabilities are the result of
the efforts of many contributors, notably the participants of the RCRA/CERCLA
Alternative Treatment Technology Seminars. The contributions of the following
persons are especially appreciated:
M. Amdurer
N. Chung
L. Doucet
J. Exner
H. Freeman
F. Hall
S. G. Howell
R. Landreth
C. Lanker
R. Lewis
J. LeLacheur
M. Lieberman
E Martin
R Mournighan
J Nash
D Oberacker
R Olexsey
H Owens
C Rogers
S Taub
R Traver
R Turner
W Westbrook
-------
Table of Contents
Page
Acknowledgments i
Introduction 1
Technology:
Advanced Biological Methods 2
Aerobic Biological Treatment 3
Air Stripping 4
Alkali Metal Dechlormation 4
Alkali Metal/Polyethylene Glycol (PEG) 5
Alkaline Chlormation 5
Anaerobic Biologial Treatment 6
Asphalt-Based Stabilization/Solidification (Thermoplastic
Microencapsulation) 7
Blast Furnaces (Iron and Steel) 7
Carbon Adsorption 8
Catalytic Dehydrochlormation 11
Centnfugation 11
Chemical Precipitation 12
Circulating Bed Combustor 14
Distillation 15
Electric Reactors 16
Electrolytic Oxidation 16
Evaporation 16
Extraction/Soil Flushing or Washing 18
Filtration 19
Fluidized Bed Incinerators 20
Fly Ash or Lime-Based Pozzolan Stabilization/Solidification 21
Fuel Blending 21
Granular Media Filtration 21
Hydrolysis 22
Industrial Boilers 22
Industrial Kilns (Cement, Lime, Aggregate, Clay) 22
Infrared Incineration Systems 23
In-Situ Adsorption (Permeable Treatment Beds) 23
In-Situ Chemical Immobilization 23
In-Situ Thermal Destruction 24
Ion Exchange 24
Liquid Injection Incineration 25
Macroencapsulation/Overpacking 25
-------
Table of Contents (Continued)
Page
Molten Glass 25
Molten Salt 26
Multiple Hearth Incinerator 26
Neutralization 26
Oxidation by Hydrogen Peroxide (H20z) 27
Oxidation by Hypochlontes 27
Ozonation 27
Plasma Systems 28
Polymerization 28
Portland Cement Pozzolan Stabilization/Solidification 29
Pyrolysis Processes , 29
Rotary Kiln Incineration 30
Soil Flushing/Soil Washing 30
Sorption 30
Steam Stripping 31
Sulfur Regeneration Units 31
Supercritical Extraction 32
Supercritical Water Oxidation 32
Ultraviolet Photolysis 33
Vitrification 33
Wet Air Oxidation 34
Bibliography 35
-------
Introduction
Technologies other than landfill and containment need to be applied in the
management of hazardous wastes. Acceptance of treatment technologies other
than those currently being used is slow in coming. The Hazardous Solid Waste
Act Amendments (HSWA) of 1984 modifying RCRA and the EPA policies of
CERCLA cleanups using RCRA requirements at least as guidelines will require
new approaches to the problem.
The treatment technology material included in this summary relates to
technology which is available and applicable to hazardous waste disposal now.
That is, further research is not required for application in the field. What remains
is to apply the technology and derive the necessary design parameters and the
costs for large-scale application. These derivations require, as a minimum,
pilot-scale and more appropriately full-scale application at waste disposal sites
and generator locations.
The selections of processes for presentation in this compendium is based on
opinions resulting from technical evaluation. The purpose of making these briefs
available is to remind the reader that processes and techniques are available and
to encourage a search for additional information. Information m the briefs is not
sufficient to permit direct evaluation of a process or technology. For evaluations
involving specific sites or waste streams, the reader should consult sources that
provide operational, effectiveness, and cost data.
-------
Technology: Advanced Biological
Methods
Brief Description: Two Processes—(1) Aerobic Status/Availability: Biological systems are avail-
fluidized bed (suspended sand and oxygen), to provide able.
large surface areas to improve rmcrobial degradation
of soluble sofids. (2) Membrane aerobic reactor Manufacturer: Dorr-Oliver
systems prevent toss of cell mass and thereby provide
high concentrations of cells to destroy pollutants. Us"*: General Motors
Applicability/Limitation: Process requires prede- EPA ^mact. Charles Rogers, (513) 569-7757
veloped microbes to be added to treatment systems.
Natural microbes have been demonstrated to destroy
pollutants in paint sludges.
-------
Technology:
Aerobic Biological
Treatment
Brief Description: Microorganisms metabolize bio-
degradable organics in aqueous waste. This treat-
ment includes conventional activated sludge pro-
cesses as well as modifications such as sequencing
batch reactors, and aerobic attached growth biological
processes such as rotating biological contactors and
trickling filters. Aerobic processes are capable of
significantly reducing a wide range of organic toxic
and hazardous compounds; however, only dilute
aqueous wastes «1 %) are normally treatable. Recent
developments with genetically engineered bacteria
have been reported to be effective for biological
treatment of specific hazardous waste which is
relatively uniform in composition.
Applicability /Limitation: Used to treat aqueous
wastes contaminated with low levels (BOD <10,000
mg/l) of non-halogenated organic and/or certain
halogenated organics. The treatment requires con-
sistent, stable operating conditions.
Design Criteria: There are numerous variations of
the activated sludge process, however, fundamentally
the principles of the unit operations are the same. The
first step in the process involves aeration in an open
tank, m which the organic biodegradable matter in
the waste is degraded by microorganisms in the
presence of oxygen. The hydraulic detention time of
this unit operation is usually from 6 to 24 hours,
although depending on the process mode, shorter or
longer detection times may be incorporated. This is
followed by a sludge-liquid separation step m a
clanfier Organic loading rates can vary from 10 to
1 80 Ibs of BOD applied per 1000 ft3 depending on the
MLSS concentration, the F/M ratio, and oxygen
supply Variations of the conventional activated
sludge system that incorporate pure oxygen or
powdered activated carbon have reported excellent
pollutant removals for typically difficult to treat waste
Status/Availability: Commercially available.
Manufacturer: Polybac Corporation, Mike Cawthray
Detox, Inc . Evan K. Nyer (fixed film). (513) 433-7394
Ground Decontamination Systems, Joe Mahan, (201)
265-6727
Users: OH Materials, Joe Kirk, (219) 423-3526
EPA Contact: Ron Turner, (513) 569-7775
Schematic o* rotating biological contactor.
CH.andCOj
Influent Wastwater
With Organic Material
i
Effluent WastewatBr
With Oxidized Organics
Rotating Biological Contactor
(Courtest of 6nvire»)
-------
Technology: Air Stripping
Brief Description: Air stripping is a mass transfer
process in which volatile contaminants in water or
soil are transferred to air. Design considerations—
factors important in removal or organics from waste-
water in air stripping are temperature, pressure, air-
to-water ratio, and surface area available for mass
transfer. A packed tower air stripper is shown on the
next page. Practical tower diameters range from 1 to
12 ft with packing heights as high as 50 ft, air-to-
water volumetric ratios may range from 10 to 1 up to
300to 1. The resulting residuals are the contaminated
off-gas and the "stripped" effluent.
Applicability/Limitation: Used to treat aqueous
organic wastes with relatively high volatility, low
water solubility (e.g., chlorinated hydrocarbons such
as tetrachloroethylene, and aromatics such as tolu-
ene). Limitations include concentrations of VOCs less
than 100 ppm, temperature dependence and the
presence of suspended solids.
Status/'Ava/fability: Commercially available.
Manufacturer: See buyer's guides from trade
journals.
Users: Superfund Sites: Triangle Chemical, McKm
site and Verona Wellfield
EPA Contact: Ron Turner, (513) 569-7775
Schematic of air ttnppmg.
Organic
Vapors
Feed
Hold Down
Plate
Perforated Tray
Liquid
Redistribution
Liquid
Level
Effluent
Technology: Alkali Metal Oechlorination
Brief Description: Several chemical dechlonnation
processes are based on a method developed by the
Goodyear Tire and Rubber Company in 1980. The
original method uses sodium plus naphthalene m
tetrahydrofuran (that is, sodium naphthalide) to strip
chlorine atoms from PCSs resulting in polymerizing
the biphenyl into inert condensible sludge. The
reactor is blanketed with nitrogen and an excess of
reagent to chlorine content is required. The Goodyear
Company has not commercially developed the tech-
nology. However, several companies have modified
the method by substituting their own proprietary
reagent for the naphthalene. The equipment is mobile
and can be transported on semitrailers.
Applicability/Limitation: Used to treat PCBs, chlo-
rinated hydrocarbons, acids, thiols, chlorides and
dioxms. Moisture content adversely affects rates of
reactions.
Status/Availability: Commercially available
Manufacturer: American Mobile Purification, Peter
Lawson-Johnson, (212) 267-7073
SunOhio, Doug Toman, (216) 452-0837
PPM, Inc., (404) 934-0902
Acurex, Jim Thompson, (415) 964-3200
Chemical Waste Management, Peter Daily, (312)
841-8360
Exceltech. Inc., John Sedwick, (415) 659-0404
EPA Contact: Charles Rogers, (513) 569-7757
-------
Technology:
Alkali Metal/Polyethylene
Glycol (PEG)
Brief Description: In 1978 the EPA sponsored
research which led to the development of the first of a
series of A/PEG reagents which were shown to
effectively dechlorinate PCBs in oils. Essentially,
these reagents were alkali metal polyethylene gly-
colates which react rapidly to dehalogenate halo-
organic compounds of all types under ambient and
high temperature conditions. In the A/PEG reagents,
the alkali metal ion is held m solution by the large
polyethylene glycolate anion. PCBs and other halo-
genated molecules are uniquely soluble in A/PEG
reagents. These qualities combine to give a single-
phase system in which the high concentration of
anions readily displaces the halogen atoms on
halogenated molecules. The reaction of halogenated
aromatics with PEGs results in a substitution of the
PEG for the chlorine atom to form a PEG ether The
PEG ether, in turn, may then decompose to a phenol
The biotoxictty of reaction by-products is under
investigation.
Applicability/Limitation: Heat and excess reagent
are required for the process to function effectively m
soils containing more than seven percent moisture.
Status/A vailability:
field test.
Laboratory scale. Ready for
EPA Contact: Charles Rogers, (513) 569-7757
Technology: Alkaline Chlorination
Brief Description: In this process, chlorine gas
(with caustic), chlorine dioxide, or hypochlonte
(sodium or calcium) are routinely used to destroy
cyanide which is converted to nitrogen gas and
carbon dioxide gas
Applicability/Limitation. Used to treat free cya-
nides and complex cyanides although combinations
with Fe or Ni will take a longer time Limitations
include the exothermic heat of the reaeration, pH,
non-selective competitions with other species and
additional chlorine demands. Fairly close pH control
(7 5 to 9.0) required to avoid toxic volatiles release
Reduction efficiency about 99 6 percent
Status/Availability: Generally available
Manufacturer' See buyer s guides m trade journals
Users' Electroplating industry
EPA Contact. S Garry Howell. (513) 569-7756
P
-------
Technology:
Anaerobic Biological
Treatments
Brief Description: The anaerobic biological treat-
ment process encompasses the reduction of organic
matter in an oxygen-free environment to methane
and carbon dioxide. The most common anaerobic
attached growth treatment process is the anaerobic
filter. This process consists of a column filled with
solid media. A number of proprietary anaerobic
biotechnology processes are actively being marketed,
each with distinct features, but all utilizing the
fundamental anaerobic conversion to methane.
Applicability/Limitation: Used to treat aqueous
wastes with low to moderate levels of organics.
Anaerobic digestion can handle certain halogenated
organics better than aerobic treatment. Stable,
consistent operating conditions must be maintained.
Anaerobic degradation can take place in native soils
but when used as a controlled treatment process, an
air tight reactor is required Hazardous organic
substances that have been found to be amenable to
anaerobic treatment include acetaldehyde, acetic
anhydride, acetone, acrylic acid, aniline, benzoic acid.
butanol, cresol, ethyl acrylate, MEK. phenol and vinyl
acetate.
Status/Availability: No mobile units are available
Current, state-of-the-art processes available
Manufacturer: FMC, GDS and several other pro-
viders of selected microbes, nutrients, or systems
designs.
EPA Contact: Ronald Lewis, (513) 569-7856
Schematic of anaerobic filter system
To Gas Storage
Influent
Wastewater
0
Surge
3
Tank
-fT
v<
AnaaroDic Fiit
er
Treataa
Effluent To DiScMarge or
Process
-------
Technology: Asphalt-Based Stabilization/
Solidification (Thermoplastic
Microencapsulation)
Brief Description: Involves the mixing of heated,
dried wastes within either an asphalt bitumen,
paraffin or polyethylene matrix resulting in a solid
waste mass for landfill disposal. The advantages are
waste volume reduction, low impermeability, elim-
ination of free liquid, improved handling and good
strength.
Applicability/Limitation: This method is applicable
to hazardous wastes that are complex and difficult to
treat. Wastes that should not be treated using this
technology are: wastes with high water content;
strongly oxidizing contaminants; anhydrous inorganic
salts; tetraborates; iron and aluminum salts; and
organics with low molecular weights and high vapor
pressures (volatile). The disadvantages include ex-
pensive equipment, high processing cost and air
pollution potential.
Status/Availability: Commercially available.
Manufacturer: Werner A. Pfleidier, Waldick, New
Jersey
Aerojet Energy Conversion Company, Sacramento,
California
Newport News Industrial Corporation, Newport News,
Virginia
Users:
EPA Contact: Robert Landreth, (513) 569-7836
Technology:
Blast Furnaces (Iron and
Steel)
Brief Description: Blast furnace temperatures may
reach up to 3400°F, and are generally above.3000°F
High heat content hazardous wastes can be used to
supplement coke and other fuel requirements for
blast furnace. A blast furnace produces molten iron
from iron ore and other iron bearing feed materials
Iron ore, carbon (coke) and limestone feed to the top of
the furnace and iron product and slag are removed in
different layers from the bottom. HWF can be injected
just above slag layer.
Applicability/Limitation: Composition (trace ele-
ments) of HWF must be controlled to avoid product
quality problems. Waste oils were fired into blast
furnace in HWERL test programs.
Status/Availability: Less than 80 blast furnaces
currently operating in U.S.
Manufacturer: Several—Must be field constructed
Users: Cadence Chemicals, Mike Benoit. (219)
879-0371
EPA Contact: Robert Mournighan, (513) 569-7408
-------
Technology: Carbon Adsorption
Briaf Description: Removes dissolved organics
from aqueous wastes, and organics from air streams
due to the surface attachment between organic
solutes and the large internal pore surface area of
activated carbon grams. The residuals are spent
carbon and regenerant (steam or solvent).
Applicability/Limitttion: Used to treat single-
phase aqueous organic wastes with high molecular
weight and boiling point and low solubility and
polarity, chlorinated hydrocarbons such as tetrachlo-
roethylene, and aromatics such as phenol. Limitations
are organic contaminant concentrations <10.000
ppm, suspended solids <50 ppm, dissolved inorganics
and oil and grease <10 ppm.
Status/'Availability: EPA Environmental Emergen-
cy Response Unit—two transportable systems (50-
gpm and 600-gpm units).
Manufacturer: Calgon Carbon Corporation, Dave
Jordan, (201)526-4646
Carbon Air Services. Inc., (612) 935-1844
Zimpro, Inc., (715) 359-7211
Chemical Waste Management, John Fink, (714) 940-
7971
Ustrs: IT Corporation, California
EPA Contact: Ron Turner, (513) 569-7775
Richard Traver, (201) 321 -6677
Schematic of carbon adsorption.
Carbon
Adsorption
Column
»1
Liquid
Spent Carbon " '
(One Unit Changed
Per Time)
Carbon
Adsorption
Column
«2
To
Regeneration
Toxic Compounds Removed from Water Using the Carbon Adsorption System in the Hazardous Material Spills Treatment Trailer
Compound
DN8P
PCS
Toxapnane
Chiordane
Heptachlor
Aldrin
Oialdnn
Kepone
Pemachlorophenol
Location of Incident
Clarksburgn. New Jersey
Seattle. Washington
The Plains. Virginia
Strongstown. Pennsylvania
Strongstown, Pennsylvania
Strongstown. Pennsylvania
Strongstown. Pennsylvania
Hopewell, Virginia
Haverford, Pennsylvania
Quantity
Treated
(gallons)
2.000.000
600.000
250.000
100,000
3.000
100.000
3.000
100.000
3.000
100.000
3.000
225,000
215.000
Contact
Time
(minutes)
26
30-40
26
17
240
17
240
17
240
17
240
455
26
Influent
Concen-
tration
(ppbl
3
400
36
13
1 430
6 1
80
85
605
1 1
605
4000
10.000
Effluent
Concen-
tration
(ppbl
<002
<075
1
35
43
06
1
19
15
<01
<01
<1
<1
Percent
Remove!
9998
9998"
97 22
973
9999
9902
9987
9776
9975
9999'
9999'
9998
9998
-------
Toxic Compound! Removed from Water Uung the Carbon Adsorption Sv*tem in the Hazardous Material Spills Treatment Trailer
{Continued)
Compound
Methylene Chloride
Carbon Tetrachlonde
Benzene
Toluene
Xylene
Tnchloroethane
Tnchloroethylene
Location of Incident
Oswego, New York
Oswego, New York
Oswego, New York
Oswego. New York
Oswego, New York
Oswego, New York
Oswego, New York
Quantity Contact
Treated Time
(gallons) (minutes)
250,000
250,000
250,000
250,000
250,000
250,000
250,000
85
85
85
8 5
85
85
85
Influent Effluent
Concen- Concen-
tration tration
(ppb) (ppb)
190 51
11 < 1
1 1
120 3
140 < 1
12 < 1
21 3
Percent
Removal
73 15
9091'
90
99 75
9992'
99 17'
9857
Source Becker. D L . S C Wilson, 1978
Amenability of Typical Organic Compounds to Activated Carbon Adsorption
Compound
Alcohols
Methanol
Ethanol
Propanol
Sutanol
n-Amyl alcohol
n-Hexanol
Isopropanol
AIM alcohol
Isobutanol
t-Sutanol
2-Ethyl butanol
2-Ethyl hexanol
Aldehydes
Formaldehyde
Acetaldehyde
Propionaldehyde
Butyraldehyde
Acrolem
Crotonaldehyde
Benzaldehyde
Paraldehyde
Amines
Di-N-Propylamme
Butylamme
Oi-N-Butylamine
Allylamme
Ethylenediamme
Oiethylenetriamme
Monethanolamine
Diethanolamme
Triethanolamme
Monoisopropanolamine
Onsopropanolamme
°yndines & Morphohnes
Pyridme
2-Methyl-5-ethyl pyndine
N-Methyl morpholme
N-Ethyl morpholme
Molecular
Weight
320
46 1
60 1
74 1
882
1022
60 1
58 1
74 1
74 1
102 2
1302
300
44 1
58 1
72 1
56 1
70 1
106 1
132 2
101 2
73 1
129 3
57 1
60 1
103 2
61 1
105 1
149 1
75 1
1332
79 1
121 2
101 2
115 2
Aqueous
Solubility
(%l
-
-
- -
7 7
1 7
058
-
85
-
043
007
-
-
22
7 1
206
15 5
033
105
-
-
-
-
-
-
954
-
-
87
-
si sol
_
-
Concentration
cng/l
Initial
(Col
1 000
1 000
1 000
1 000
1,000
1 000
1 000
1 010
1 000
1 000
1 000
700
1 000
1 000
1 000
1 000
1 000
1 000
1 000
1 000
1 000
1 000
1 000
1 000
1 000
1 000
1 012
996
1 000
1 000
1 000
1 000
1 000
1 000
1 000
Final
id)
964
901
811
466
282
45
874
789
581
705
145
10
908
881
723
472
694
544
60
261
198
480
130
686
893
706
939
722
670
800
543
527
107
575
467
Adsorbabihry
% compound,
ao carbon
0007
0020
0038
0 107
0 155
0 191
0025
0024
0084
0059
0 170
0 138
0018
0022
0057
0 106
0061
0092
0 188
0 148
0 1 74
0 103
0 1 74
0063
0021
0062
0015
0057
0067
0040
0091
0095
0 179
0085
0 107
Percent
Reduction
3 6
100
18 9
534
71 8
95 5
12 6
21 9
41 9
29 5
85 5
98 5
9 2
1 1 9
27 7
52 8
30 6
45 6
940
73 9
80 2
520
870
31 4
10 7
294
7 2
27 5
330
200
45 7
473
893
42 5
53 3
I
-------
Amenability of Typical Organic Compound! to Activated Carbon Adtorption (Continued)
Compound
Aromatics
Benzene
Toluene
Ethyl benzene
Phenol
Hydroqumone
Aniline
Styrene
Nitrobenzene
Esters
Methyl acetate
Ethyl acetate
Propylacetate
Butyl acetate
Primary amyl acetate
Isopropyl acetate
Isobutyl acetate
Vinyl acetate
Ethylena glycol monoethyl ether
acetate
Ethyl acrylate
Butyl acrylate
Ethers
Isopropyl ether
Butyl ether
Oichloroisopropylene ether
Glycols & Glvcol Ethers
Ethylene glycol
Oiethylene glycol
Tnethylene glycol
Tetraethylene glycol
Propylene glycol
Oipropylene glycol
Hexylene glycol
Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether
Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether
Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether
Ethylene glycol monohexyl ether
Oiethylene glycol monoethyl ether
Oieihylene glycol monobutyl ether
Ethoxytnglycol
Halogenated
Etnvlene dichionde
Propylene dichloride
Ketones
Acetone
Methylethyl ketone
Methyl propyl ketune
Methyl butyl ketone
Methyl isobutyl ketona
Methyl isoamyl ketona
Onsobutyl ketone
Cyclohexanone
Acetophenone
Isopnorone
Organic Acids
Formic acid
Acetic acid
Propionic acid
Butyric acid
Valeric acid
Caproic acid
Acrylic acid
Benzoic acid
Oxides
Propylene oxide
Styrene oxide
Molecular
Weight
78 1
921
1062
94
1101
93 1
1042
123 1
74 1
38 1
102 1
1162
1302
102 1
1162
36 1
1322
100 1
1282
1022
1302
171 1
62 1
106 1
1502
194 2
76 1
1342
118 2
76 1
90 1
1 18 2
146 2
1342
162 2
178 2
990
1130
58 1
72 1
86 1
1002
1002
1 14 2
1422
982
120 1
138 2
460
60 1
74 1
88 1
102 1
1162
72 1
12 1
58 1
1202
Aqueous
Solubility
007
0047
002
67
60
34
003
0 19
31 9
87
2
068
02
29
063
28
229
20
02
1 2
003
0 17
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
099
-
-
081
030
-
268
43
V Si SOl
1 9
0 54
005
25
055
1 2
-
-
-
24
1 1
-
029
405
03
Concentrat
mg. 1
Initial
(Co)
416
317
115
1 000
1 000
1 000
• 180
1 023
1 030
1 000
1 000
1 000
985
1 000
000
000
000
,015
000
1 023
197
1 008
1 000
000
1 000
000
1 000
1 000
1 000
1 024
022
000
975
010
1 000
l 000
1 000
000
1 000
l 000
i 000
988
000
386
300
1 000
1 000
1 000
000
1 000
1 000
1 000
l 000
1 000
l 000
1 000
1 000
1 000
on
F'nal
21
66
18
194
167
251
18
44
760
495
248
154
1 19
319
180
357
342
226
43
203
nil
nil
932
738
477
419
884
835
386
S86
705
441
126
570
173
303
'39
7'
732
532
305
191
152
146
n,l
332
23
34
765
760
674
405
203
30
355
89
739
47
AdsorOaoii
\ comoound
\ carbon 3
0080
0050
0019
0 161
0 167
0 150
0028
0 196
0054
0 100
0 149
0 169
0 175
0 137
0 164
0 129
0 132
0 157
0 193
0 162
0039
0 200
00136
0053
0 105
0116
0024
0033
0 122
0023
0063
0112
0 170
0087
0 166
0 ' 39
0 '53
0 183
3 043
3 094
0 '39
0 159
0 '59
0 169
0060
0 134
0 134
0 193
0047
0048
0065
0119
0 159
0 194
0 129
0 183
0052
0 190
;v
eauc! or
350
792
34 3
30 5
33 3
74 9
38 3
95 5
26 2
50 5
75 2
34 6
38 :
68 i
32 0
54 3
55 3
7-7
35 9
300
100 0
1 00 ""
5 3
Z5 :
52 3
53 '
' ' 5
' 6 5
61 4
'3 5
3' :
55 3
37 '
43 5
82 7
69 '
3 '
92 1
I ' *
46 1
595
3C '
94 3
35 :
•x :
56 8
9?;
36 5
23 5
24 :
32 6
53 5
79 '
370
54 i
3' '
26
35 3
10
-------
Technology: Catalytic
Dehydrochlorination
Brief Description: Catalytic dehydrochlormation is
based on the reaction of polychlormated hydrocarbons
with high-pressure hydrogen gas in the presence of a
catalyst The feed must be in either liquid or gaseous
form with the inorganic and inert constituents
removed. The choice of catalyst depends on the
process requirements The operating temperatures
are 671 °to 707°F under 30 to 50 atms pressure. The
quantity of catalyst (usually 61 percent Ni on Kiesel-
guher or 10 percent palladium m C for PCB com-
pounds) is about 0 2 percent of pollutant weight
Applicability/Limitation: In general, supported
catalysts are quickly deactivated by impurities such
as tars, sulfur compounds, etc. These processes are
excessively costly and often require the use of
hazardous chemicals.
Status/Availability: Laboratory scale.
Manufacturer:
Users:
EPA Contact: Charles Rogers, (513) 569-7757
Technology: Centrifugation
Brief Description: Centrifugation is a physical
separation process in which the components of a fluid
mixture are separated mechanically, based on their
density, by rapidly rotating the mass of fluid within a
rigid vessel Centripetal forces in Centrifugation are
similar to gravitational forces in sedimentation except
that centripetal forces are thousands of times stronger
than gravitational forces, depending on diameter and
rotational speed of the centrifuge
Applicability/Limitation: Dewatenng, separating
oil and water, clarification of viscous gums and
resms, and recovery of metals Centrifuges are gener-
ally better suited than vacuum filters for dewatenng
sticky or gelatinous sludges Disc-type centrifuges
can be used to separate a three-component mixture
(i e , oil, water, solids) Centrifuges cannot generally
be used for clarification since they may fail to remove
solids which are not large or dense particles Recovery
and removal efficiencies may be improved if filter
paper or cloth are incorporated m the centrifuges
Status/Availability: Commercially available
Western States Machine
Manufacturer:
Bird, Fletcher
Sharpies
Dorr-Oliver
Users: Widespread
EPA Contact: S Garry Howell, (513) 569-7756
Basket centrifuge.
Feed
| j y Basket Wall
jolids —
f
j ^
•IP
1 b
ilL
^^^ii
•~""x'
Revolving / \ : , /'~~<
Basket Frame i ' '
1 1
, i
Ls
i Sfl^
\ "xT-J^
J^H
N
£
f
i.
I r^f
^ Filter Pacer
(Used witn
Perforated Wa
- Solids
, I ' T*» *"
^ t
g i — - Effluent
— . _. — -
Drive Assembly
Solid bowl centrifuge
Rotor Drive Assembly
Solids
Discharge
Clarified
Effluent
1 1
-------
Technology: Chemical Precipitation
Brief Description: Chemical precipitation facilities
remove dissolved metals from aqueous wastes by
chemically converting the metals into insoluble form
Metals may be precipitated from solution as hydrox-
ides, sulfides, carbonates or other salts. Hydroxide
precipitation with lime is most common; however,
sodium sulfide is sometimes used to achieve lower
effluent metal concentrations This involves pH
adjustment followed by sodium sulfide and f locculant
aid additions. Solids separation is effected by standard
flocculation coagulation techniques. The resulting
residuals are metal sludge and the treated effluent
with an elevated pH and. m the case of sulfide
precipitation, excess sulfide.
Applicability/Limitation: This technology is used
to treat aqueous wastes containing metals including
zinc, arsenic, copper, manganese, mercury, cadmium,
tnvalent chromium, lead and nickel Selective precip-
itation of barium as barium sulfate and silver as silver
chloride are other applications Limitations include
optimum pH for the mix of metals present and
chelating or complexmg agents Organics are not
removed. The resulting sludge may be hazardous by
definition but often may be delisted by specific
petition. Sulfide precipitation has been successfully
used at a plating facility (as shown m the following
table).
Status/Availability: Commercially available
Manufacturer: Mobile Systems—Rexnord CRIG.
Richard Ostawski, (414) 643-2762
Ecolochem, Inc., Richard Smallwood, (800)446-8004
Dravo Corporation, Ogden Clemons. (412) 777-5235
Ustrs: Widespread
EPA Contact S Garry Howell. (513) 569-7756
Solubilities of m»UI hydroxide! at » function of pH
100
8910
Solution pH
-------
Treatment of Industrial Plating Wattawatart by Sulfide Precipitation and Sattling
Initial conditions of wastewater
pH = 7 1 ±01
Zn = 32.7 mg/l = 1 264 mM
Ni = 4 7 mg/l = 0080 mM
Total Metals = 1 344 mM
Run
No.
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
Residual Metal,
mg/l
PH
100
100
10.0
10.0
10.0
100
100
100
72
74
t. mm
10.0
10.0
15.0
15.0
5.0
50
100
100
100
100
S" Dosage
1 15*
0
1 15x
0
1 15x
0
1 Ox
08x
08*
1 15x
Zn
50
34
44
>50
076
36
47
>50
>50
>50
Ni
004
005
0 11
008
0 15
009
0 10
020
1 05
>50
Removal Efficiency, %
Zn
0395
9589
9468
<93,95
9908
9565
9432
<9395
<9395
O3.95
Ni
9915
9894
9766
9830
9681
9809
9787
95 74
7766
0
Overall
<9434
96 15
9494
<9429
9903
9587
9461
<9441
9306
8844
Raf: Peters, 1984
Chemical
Precipitants
Chemical precipitation and aaaociatad procaaa ttapa.
Chemrcat
Flocculants/
Settling Aids
Flocculation Flocculating
Well Paddles
Baffle
Precipitator
Tank
Effluent
Flocculator-
Clanfier
Sludge
13
-------
Technology: Circulating Bed Combustor
Brief Description: The GA circulating bed com-
bustor is designed to be an improvement over
conventional fluidized beds. The system operates at
higher velocities and with finer sorbents than fluidized
bed systems. This permits a unit that is more compact
and easier to feed. The unit also produces lower
emissions and uses less sorbent materials than the
fluidized bed systems. No off-gas scrubber is neces-
sary in the circulating bed combustor and heat can be
recovered as an added benefit.
The key to the high efficiency of the circulating bed
combustor is the high turbulence that is achieved
within the combustor This feature allows efficient
destruction of all types of halogenated hydrocarbons,
including BCBs and other aromatics, at relatively low
temperatures (less than 850°C). All acid gases are
captured within the combustion chamber by injected
limestone. Compounds containing high levels of
phosphorus, sulfur, cyanide, etc., can be processed
with emissions of NO,, CO and acid gases. In addition
to the turbulence a large combustion zone with
uniform (and lower) temperature throughout also
contributes to high efficiency The circulating bed
combustor also features longer residence times of the
combustibles and sorbents m the combustion zone.
Applicability/Limitation: The system is capable of
treating solids, sludges, slurries and liquids contain-
ing such compounds as chlorobenzenes, acetonitnle,
carbon tetrachlonde, trichloroethane, sodium fluo-
ride, tributyl phosphate, aniline, malathion, sodium
silicates and lead oxide
The system is capable of handling feeds of liquids,
sludges or solids. The process requires no atomizer or
multiple feed ports for successful treatment. The high
degree of turbulence and mixing ensures treatment
of a wide variety of wastes The wastes however must
be homogenous m composition when fed to the
combustor
An additional benefit of the circulating bed incin-
erator is the possibility of heat recovery Energy can
be recovered either as steam or hot water. The system
takes advantage of good heat transfer in the com-
bustor rather than utilizing a separate waste heat
boiler for heat recovery This is possible because the
combustion chamber is of "water wall" construction,
therefore, cooling tubes need not be located m the
direct path of hot gases
Status/Availability: Ready for field-scale testing
Manufacturer: G, A Technologies
Users:
EPA Contact: Donald Oberacker, (513) 569-7341
-------
Technology: Distillation
Brief Description: Separates miscible organic liquids
for solvent reclamation and waste volume reduction
The resulting residuals are still bottoms and "slop" or
intermediate distillate cuts. Two major types of
distillation processes are batch distillation and con-
tinuous fractional distillation
Applicability /Limitation: Used to treat liquid organic
wastes, primarily spent solvents, either halogenated
such as, spent 1,1,1-tnchloroethane degreasmg
solvent or non-halogenated compound such as
methyl ethyl ketone solvent mixture from paint line
clean-out. Liquids to be separated must have different
volatilities The limitations are heat-sensitive sus-
pended solids and azeotropes. Batch distillation in a
heated still pot with condensation of the overhead
vapors is easily controlled and flexible, but cannot
achieve the high product purity of continuous frac-
tional distillation Small packaged batch stills treating
one drum per day or less are becoming popular for
on-site recovery of solvents. Continuous fractional
distillation is accomplished in tray columns or packed
towers ranging up to 40 feet in diameter and 200 feet
high Each is equipped with a reboiler, a condenser,
and an accumulator The capacity of a unit is a
function of the waste being processed, purity re-
quirements, reflux ratio and heat input
Batch dittillation.
Status/A variability:
Manufacturer: Exceltech, Inc., John Sedwick, (41 5)
659-0404
Kipm Industries, Peter Kipm, (412) 495-6200
Mobile Solvent Reclaimers, Inc , Larry Lambing, (81 6)
271-4392
Users:
EPA Contact: Ron Turner, (513) 569-7775
Contmuoui fractional distillation
Feed •
Accumulator
Y
1 "•» Distillate
Perforated Tray Tvoe
Distillation Plate
Bottom
Product
Steam
Condensate
Still Bottoms
(Residual
15
-------
Technology: Electric Reactors
Brief Description: Use an electrically heated fluid
wall reactor to pyrolyze waste contaminants from
particles such as soils. Emissions and residuals
include mostly Na, H20 and CI2 and/or HCI trapped in
the scrubber ash components in the residue. The
advantages are that it is transportable, has a high
treatment efficiency, and emissions are low.
Applicability/Limitation: Used to treat organics,
inorganics m solid, liquid or gas (solid or liquid may
require pretreatment) and for PCS or dioxm contam-
inated soils It is limited to treating solids less than
-35 U S mesh and liquids atomized to <1 500 micron
droplets.
Status/Availability: Commercial units are under
construction, none m use
Manufacturer Thagard Research Corporation,
Costa Mesa, California
J M Huber Construction, Jim Boyd (806) 274-5040
Users: Two units m Borger, Texas
EPA Contact: Harry Freeman, (513) 569-7529
Technology: Electrolytic Oxidation
Brief Description: In this process cathodes and
anodes are immmersed in a tank containing a waste
to be oxidized, and a direct electrical current is
imposed on the system The process is particularly
applicable to cyanide bearing waste The products of
decomposition for cyanide waste are ammonia, urea.
and carbon dioxide During the decomposition, metals
present are plated out on a cathode
Applicability/Limitation: Used to treat high con-
centrations (up to 10 percent) of cyanide and to
separate metals and allow their potential recovery
Limitations include physical form (such as sludge or
solids), non-selective competition with other species
and long process time at up to 200°F
Status/Availability: Commercially available
Manufacturer: Stauffer Chemical Company
Users:
EPA Contact: S Garry Howell, (513) 569-7756
Technology: Evaporation
Brief Description Evaporation is the physical
separation of a liquid from a dissolved or suspended
solid by the application of energy to volatilize the
liquid. In hazardous waste treatment, evaporation
may be used to concentrate a hazardous material
thus reducing the volume of waste requiring subse-
quent treatment or disposal
Applicability/Limitation: Evaporation can be ap-
plied to any mixture of liquids and non-volatile solids
provided the liquid is volatile enough to evaporate
under reasonable heating or vacuum conditions
(Both the liquid and the solid should be stable under
those conditions ) If the liquid is water, evaporation
can be carried out m a large pond with solar providing
the energy Evaporation of aqueous wastes can also
be done in closed process vessels with energy
provided by steam and the resulting water vapor
condensed for possible reuse Energy requirements
are usually minimized by such techniques as vacor
recompression or multiple-effect evaporators
Evaporation is applied to solvent wastes comram
nated with nonvolatile impurities such as oil grease
pamt solids or polymeric resins Mechanically ag;
rated or wiped thm film evaporators are used Solvent
is evaporated and recovered for reuse. The residue s
the bottom stream typically containing 30 to 50
percent solids
Status/Availability: Commercially available
Manufacturer' Resources Convervation Company
(Mobile Brine Concentration Systems), Beilevue
Washington
Users:
EPA Contact: Ron Turner, (513) 569-7775
16
-------
Schematic of single and multiple effect evaporators
Exhaust
Vacuum
Pump
Condensate
Distilled Vapor
"Cooling
Water
Heat
Exchanger
• Steam
Steam Condensare
Vapor
Chamber
Dilute Uduid
Feed
Pump
Concentrated Liquid
Transfer
Pump
Typical Single Effect Evaporator—Falling Film Type
Exhaust
i ^^
1 — x
Vacuum 1 J
Pump ^-r^
1
Condenser
\
Condensate
Heat
Exchanger
nj
1 Coolin_g
| Water
(Typ
/3rd N
Effect
Vapor j i*
Chamoer I f
(Typ) | ls, 1
Stage
\J
Condensate
Dilute Liauid
O1
Feed
^•F \
X^
j
/f
' — C
Pump >~
) Distilled
Vapor
"^
-J
7^
~s
/2nd ,
Ef'ect
t^
^
2na
Stage
W
-y
|
.ff-
1 — C
D.st
lied
Vapor
1
—
'
_J
7^
s
I
/1St\
Effect
k*-
rn
j i—Steam
j 'r- ^
J j 1 Steam
.x^ * Condensate
S
3rd [
Srage
\y
Concentrate
/ P "•'
'~~\ I Liquid iTyo i
N '
Transfe'
Pump
(Typ
Typical Multi-Effect (Triple Effect! Evaporator—Calling Film Type
1 7
-------
Technology:
Extraction/Soil Flushing or
Washing
Brief Description: Removes toxic/ hazardous or-
ganics and inorganics from soil or sludge by extracting
contaminants by partitioning. The site is flooded with
the appropriate flushing solution and the elutriate is
collected. The resulting waste-containing elutriate is
treated
•Applicability/Limitation: Used to remove both
organics and inorganics if they are sufficiently soluble
m a solvent Surfactants can be used for hydrophobic
organics.
Status/Availability: Commercially available
EPA Mobile In-Situ/Contamment Treatment Unit
Manufacturer: Critical Fluid Systems, Peter Ounlap,
(617)492-1631
IT Corporation, Dave Sikes, (41 5) 228-5100
Users: Volk Air National Guard Base Wisconsin
(found not viable)
Lee s Farm Wisconsin, (31 2) 535-231 8
Celtor Chemical Works
Hoopa Indian Reservation, Nick Morgan i916) 24-3
5831
EPA Contact Ron Turner, (513) 569-7775
Richard P Traver, ( 12)321-6677
18
-------
Technology: Filtration
Brief Description: Granular media filtration usually
uses gravity to remove solids from a fluid by passage
of the fluid through a bed of granular material.
Several mechanisms are involved in the removal of
suspended solids by granular media filtration. They
include straining, physical adsorption and coagula-
tion-flocculation. In vacuum and high-pressure filtra-
tion pressure (either negative or positive) is used to
move water through the filter media and leaving the
solids behind. These filters may be precoated with a
filter aid such as a ground cellulose, diatomaceous
earth, etc.
Applicability/Limitation: Filtration is used for the
dewatering of sludges and slurries as a pretreatment
for other processes. Filtration does not reduce the
toxicity of the waste. Although sometimes powdered
activated carbon may be used as a combination
adsorbent and filter aid, it merely reduces the volume
of waste to be treated. Filtration should not be used
with sticky or gelatinous sludges, this is due to
likelihood of filter media plugging. Granular media
should be preceded by gravity separation if suspended
solids are greater than 100 mg/l Design criteria—In
granular bed filtration rates range from 2 gpm/sf for
shallow beds of fine sand to over 1 5 gpm/sf for deep
bed filters using coarse sand or multiple media beds.
Vessels are from 2V: to 20 feet in diameter, with
media depth of 1 Vi to over 15 feet.
Status/Availability: Commercially available
Granular Media Filters
Corporation, Dave Jordan, (201)
Manufacturer:
Calgon Carbon
526-4646
Carbon Air Services, Inc., (61 2) 935-1844
Chemical Waste Management, John Fink, (714) 940-
7971
Packaged granular madia gravity filter
Wasfi Trough
Adjustable Weir
Influent
Piping
Backwash-"""^
Inlet
Note
Arrows Indicate Route
of Backwash
Backwash
Effluent
Underdram System
Dorr-Oliver
Krauss-Maffei, (316) 945-5251
Komlme Sanderson, (201) 234-1000
Bird Machine Co . (61 7) 668-0400
DR Sperry, Inc., (312) 892-4361
Users: Widely used.
EPA Contact: S Garry Howell, (513) 569-7756
Vacuum filter.
Filter pran unit
Gasket
Filtrate
Outlet
19
-------
Technology: Fluidized Bed Incinerators
Brief Description: Utilize a very turbulent bed of
inert granular material (usually sand) to improve the
transfer of heat to the waste streams to be inciner-
ated. Residues and emissions include acid gases
trapped in the -bed. low particulates, low nitrogen
oxides and ash components (for low-ash wastes)
Advantages of this technology include low tempera-
ture with no ash agglomeration, low gas emissions,
low particulate emissions and a long residence time
Operating temperatures range from 1300 to 2100°F,
gas residence times are usually several seconds, and
excess air rates are normally 40 percent Heat release
rates range from 100,000 to 200,000 Btu/hr/ft3
Applicability/Limitation: Not presently used for
hazardous waste commercially Refractory wastes
may not be destroyed.
Status/Availability: Commercially available
Manufacturer: Battelle. Jack Conner, Columbus.
Ohio
GA Technologies. William Rickman, (61 9) 455-3860
Dorr-Oliver
Waste-Tech Services, Inc , (208) 522-0850
(303) 987-1790 (mobile)
Users:
EPA Contact: Harry M Freeman, (51 3) 569-7529
Energy Resource* Company's pilot-plant FBC facility.
Freeboard Upper Temperature
Os Analysis /
V
V
\
. » /
Freeboard Cooling Tubes
Fly ASn
ln-8ed Cooling TuOes
Freeboard Lower Temperature >
Feed Hopper
Rotary Val
Preheat Burner
Fluidizmg-Air Blower
20
-------
Technology:
Fly Ash or Lime-Based
Pozzolan Stabilization/
Solidification
Brief Description: This technology involves the
addition of large amounts of a siliceous material
combined with a setting agent such as lime, cement
or gypsum resulting in dewatering, stabilized, solidi-
fied product. Also can use thermoplastic (asphalt,
polyethylene)
Applicability/Limitation: Used for sludges and
contaminated soils including metals, waste oils and
solvents Materials such as borates, sulfates and
carbohydrates interfere with the process Long-term
stability and resistance to leaching unknown in some
cases
Status/Availability: Commercially available
Manufacturer: Different silicate processes avail-
able
Users:
EPA Contact: Carlton Wiles. (51 3) 569-7795
Technology: Fuel Blending
Brief Description: Method to reuse waste organics
as fuel substitutes The objective is the controlled
blending of segregated wastes of known character-
istics into a fuel product whose chemical and physical
characteristics meet the fuel specifications of the fuel
user
Applicability /Limitation: Used to combine waste
oils, solvents and organic sludges to produce a
material with a fuel value usually greater than 10,000
Btu/lb. Limitations include chlorine and water con-
tent, the waste viscosity and the need for low solids
In addition, the presence of certain hazardous con-
stituents (such as PCBs) and the corrosivity of the
waste can be limiting criteria for certain wastes
Status/Availability In use for lime and cement
manufacturing, process heating and blast furnace
operation where permitted
Manufacturer-
Users Solid Tek Systems, Inc , (404) 361 -61
EPA Contact: Ron Turner. (513) 569-7775
Technology: Granular Media Filtration
Brief Description: Granular media filtration uses
gravity to remove sol ids from a fluid by passage of the
fluid through a bed of granular material Several
mechanisms are involved in the removal of suspended
solids by granular media filtration They include
straining, physical adsorption and coagulation-floc-
culation A granular media filter therefore can remove
particles much smaller than the void size of the filter
media Filters may be open top with gravity feed, or
enclosed m a pressurized vessel The range of
configurations available include many proprietary
designs related primarily to improvements in the
backwashing operation
Applicability/Limitation: Granular media filtration
is typically used after gravity separation processes for
additional removal of suspended solids and oils prior
to the other treatment processes and as a polishing
step for treated wastes to reduce suspended solids
and associated contaminants to low levels Pretreat-
ment by filtration is appropriate for membrane
separation processes ion exchange, and carbon
adsorption in order to prevent plugging or overloading
of these processes Filtration of settled waste is of ten
required to remove undissolved heavy metals whicn
are present as suspended solids to ensure meeting
effluent quality requirements Granular media filtra-
tion should be preceded by pretreatment processes if
the suspended solid concentration exceeds about
100 mg/l Otherwise, premature plugging will occur
Status/Availability Commercially available
Manufacturer: Calgon Carbon Corporation. Dave
Jordan, (201)526-4646
Carbon Air Services, Inc., (612) 935-1844
Chemical Waste Management, John Fink, (714)940-
7971
Users:
EPA Contact: S Garry Howell, (513) 569-7756
21
-------
Technology: Hydrolysis
Brief Description: Enhances cleavage rates of
organic molecules (breakdown to simpler, less-toxic
compounds) by acceleration of acid or base-catalyzed
hydrolysis rates through adjustment of soil/ground-
water/sludge pH
Applicability/Limitation: Applicable m-situ treat-
ment, e.g., pesticide spills. Acid hydrolysis not
recommended for m-situ treatment because of poten-
tial mobilization of heavy metals Base-catalyzed
hydrolysis attractive because of pH adjustment by
lime, alkaline fly ash, or sodium carbonate
Status/Availability: Used at several sites
Manufacturer: Not applicable
Users:
EPA Contact: Donald Sannmg, (513) 569-7875
Technology: Industrial Boilers
Brief Description: Hazardous waste is used as
supplementary fuel to coal, oil or natural gas m fire
tube and water tube industrial boilers. Hazardous
waste fuel (HWF) (generally limited to liquid wastes)
can be blended with primary fuel and fired into a
boiler with primary fuel or it can be fired alone
through other burners The heat release rate of
boilers that have been tested with HWF ranges from
100 to 800 x 103 Btu/ftVhr
Applicability/Limitation: Chlorine and sulfur must
be limited to HWF to minimize corrosion of boiler
materials of construction and to avoid increases m
HCI and sulfur oxide air emissions Solids hazardous
wastes such as contaminated soils are not applicable
for use as HWF m boilers Particularly useful for the
disposal of hazardous wastes generated on site
Status/Availability: Only a small fraction of :^e
nations 23,000 fossil fueled boilers are in use burning
HWF
Manufacturer: Various manufacturers May be
package units or field constructed
Users: Hazardous waste generators may use o^
sue boilers to destroy combustible wastes
EPA Contact: Robert E Mournighan. (513) 569
7408
Technology:
Industrial Kilns (Cement,
Lime, Aggregate, Clay)
Brief Description: Rotary kilns constructed of steel
casings lined with refractory brick Blended feed
material is fed into the upper (higher) end of the kiln
and fuel (coal, gas, oil, or hazardous waste) is fired at
the lower end. Kiln temperatures are about 3000°F
for lime kilns, and less than 2000°F for aggregate and
clay drying kilns. Hazardous waste fuel usually fired
into kiln with separate burner than primary fuel
Waste blending may be necessary to obtain desired
fuel characteristics.
Applicability/Limitation: Generally limited to liq-
uid waste Chlorine and sulfur content of waste fuel
must be controlled to prevent kiln operating and
product quality problems Contaminated soils are not
good candidates for treatment in industrial kilns
Status/Availability 280 cement and lime kilns 3ut
use of hazardous waste fuel not widespread A; east
1 1 cementkilns now burn HWF as supplemental '^e-
Manufacturer Various manufacturers Kilns ars
field constructed
Users Off-site HWF generators
EPA Contact Robert Mournighan. (51 3) 569-7408
22
-------
Technology:
Infrared Incineration
Systems
Brief Description: The primary chamber consists of
a rectangular cross section "box" of carbon steel
lined with layers of lightweight ceramic fiber blanket.
Infrared energy is provided by silicon carbide resis-
tance heating elements. The material to be processed
is conveyed through the furnace on a woven wire belt
through the furnace. When the material reaches the
discharge end of the furnace, it drops off of the belt
into a hopper The residuals are the gaseous products
of waste combustion, low particulates and solid
residuals. The advantages include a quiescent com-
bustion zone for low paniculate emissions, reduced
gaseous emissions since no fossil fuel is used, up to
50 percent turndown, the system allows a high
degree of control and long residence times are
achievable
Applicability/Limitation: Used to treat solids,
sludges and contaminated soils The process is used
primarily for solids or sludges, but liquid or gaseous
injection systems are available
Status/Availability: Operational units at several
locations, mobile units under construction, pilot-test
unit available
Manufacturer: Shirco Infrared Systems, Jim Welsh,
(214)630-7511
EPA Contact: Harry M Freeman, (51 3) 569-7529
Technology:
In-Situ Adsorption
(PermeableTreatment Beds)
Brief Description: A trench, excavated down to a
confining layer, is filled with adsorbent or chemical
treatment material, such as activated carbon, diato-
maceous earth, fly ash, zeolites, lime or sodium
carbonate (to raise pH) Contammatedgroundwater is
treated as it percolates through the beds.
Applicability/Limitation: Beds must be sufficiently
permeable to allow passage of ground water Bed
pores may clog up, beds require renovation or
replacement
Status/Availability: Not used in full scale yet
Manufacturer:
Users:
EPA Contact: Donald Banning, (513) 569-7875
Technology:
In-Situ Chemical
Immobilization
Brief Description: Heavy metals are stabilized in
the ground as insoluble precipitates (sulfides, phos-
phates, hydroxides, carbonates) or oxidized forms
(e g., ferric hydroxide with Mn coprecipitate) Alter-
natively some reduced forms are more stable (Cr[lll],
Se[IV]). Certain organic monomers can be stabilized
as polymers
Applicability/Limitation: Applies mostly to heavy
metals The m-situ conditions must be maintained to
jvoid reversion of the stabilized form to a more mobile
form (e g., sulfides can be oxidized to sulfates,
remobilizing the heavy metals)
Status/Availability
ment Treatment Unit
EPA Mobile In-SitU' Contam-
Manufacturer: Not applicable
Users:
EPA Contact: Donald Sannmg, (513) 569-7875
Richard Traver, (201) 321-6677
23
-------
Technology: In-Situ Thermal Destruction
Brief Description: Radio-frequency (RF) electrodes
placed along the ground surface heat the shallow
subsurface and generate superheated steam from
ground water Organics are destroyed or mobilized by
vaporization, thermal decomposition, or distillation.
Applicability/Limitation: High operating costs
(electric power) Probably most applicable to volatile.
low boiling point, or easily decomposed organic
compounds.
Status/Availability: Not used on full scale yet
Manufacturer: Illinois Institute of Technology has
done research
Users:
EPA Contact: Donald Sannmg, (513)569-7875
Technology: Ion Exchange
Brief Description: Removes toxic metal ions from
solution to recover concentrated metal solutions for
recycling by exchanging one ion, electrostatically
attached to a solid resin material for a dissolved toxic
ion The resulting residuals include spent resins and
spent regenerants such as acid, caustic or brine
Applicability/Limitation: This technology is used
to treat metal wastes including cations (Ni2*, Cd2*,
Hg2*) and anions (Cr042~. SeO« . HAs042") Limita-
tions are selectively/ competition, pH, and suspended
solids. The oxidizing agent concentration should be
greater than 50 meq/ I for practical operation. Highly
concentrated waste streams |>2500 mg/l contam-
inants) or high solid concentrations O50 mg/l)
should be avoided
Status/Availability Commercially available
Manufacturer See buyer s guides from trade
journals
Users: Used on full commercial scale for water
treatment- conditioners
EPA Contact: S Garry Howell, (513) 569-7756
Schematic of ion «xch»nge
To Storage Tank or
Other Treatment System
To Storage Tank or
Other Treatment Svsier
t
Backflush Sac
, Water
Influent —-
Wastewater:
Acid
Regeneram
Canon Exchange
System
Anion
To Storage Tank or
Other Treatment System
To Storage Tann o'
Other Treatment Svste<*
24
-------
Technology: Liquid Injection Incineration
Brief Description: Waste material is introduced to
the combustion chamber in various droplet sizes to
mix with air and fuel, as needed Following combus-
tion, the resulting gases are cooled and treated to
remove participates and to neutralize acid gases.
Pretreatment such as blending, may be required for
wastes to provide efficient mixing with the oxygen
source. Operating temperatures range from 1200° to
1300°F andthe gas residence time ranges from 0 1 to
2.0 seconds. Typical heat output ranges from 1 to 100
MMBtu/hr.
Applicability/Limitation: Can be applied to all
pumpable organic wastes including wastes with high
moisture content. Care must be taken m matching
waste to specific nozzle designs. Wastes with high
moisture content, high inorganic content or which
contain heavy metals are restricted.
Status/Availability: Ensco has a mobile unit avail-
able, used with rotary kilns EPA Mobile Unit/
Incineration System is available.
Manufacturer:
trade journals.
Several, see buyer's guide from
Users: EPA Region VII, James Denny Farm,
Missouri (dioxin destruction).
EPA Contact: Donald Oberacker, (513) 569-7431
Frank J Freestone, (201) 321-6632
Technology: Macroencapsulation/
Overpacking
Brief Description: Encapsulates large particles in
an environmentally secure barrier using lime or
cement pozzolan, thermoplastic or organic polymer. A
matrix is formed from reactive components, but the
waste not uniformly dispersed. The product contain-
ing the waste is in nodule form Product placement
technique is very important.
Applicability/Limitation: Some processes are ap-
plicableto both orgamcs and inorganics Advantages—
The waste nodules are isolated, improved handling,
low permeability, minimum treatment, good beaming
strength Disadvantages—Presence of free liquid and
the resultant product can be teachable
Status/A vailability:
Manufacturer:
Users:
EPA Contact: Robert Landreth, (513) 569-7839
Technology: Molten Glass
Brief Description: Uses a pool of molten glass as
the heat transfer mechanism to destroy orgamcs and
to capture ash and inorganics. The emissions include
acid gas and particulates and all residue is contained
in the glass. The advantages include significant
volume reduction, most wastes are treatable, the
residual is stabilized glass. Process is based on
existing glassmaking technology
Applicability/Limitation: Used to treat any solid or
liquid such as plastics, asphalt, PCS or pesticides.
Sodium sulfates greater than 1 percent of the final
glass may pose a problem It is inappropriate for soils
or high ash waste and it requires additional treatment
for off-gas.
Status/Availability: Commercially available 'or
uses other than hazardous waste incinerators
Manufacturer: Penberthy Electromelt International
Inc. (206)762-4244
Sattelle—Northwest, (509) 375-2927
Users:
EPA Contact: Harry M Freeman. (51 3) 569-7529
25
-------
Technology: Molten Salt
Brief Description: Waste material is injected be-
neath a bed of molten sodium carbonate for incinera-
tion. Inorganics trapped in the salt include phos-
phorus, sulfur, arsenic and halogens. The salt acts as
a gas scrubber so there are low concentrations or no
acid gas emissions, the scrubber controls particulates
and the salt/ash mixture makes up the solid residue.
Reaction temperatures in the bed range from 1 500 to
2000°F and residence times are typically 0.75
seconds.
Applicability/Limitation: Used to treat low ash,
low water content solid or liquid wastes Limitations
are that low ash, and low water content are required
and molten salt can be corrosive. The neutralization
of acid gases results in the formation of other salts
that can change the fluidity of the bed and hence,
require frequent replacement of bed material
Status/Availability: Pilot-scale units available
Manufacturer: Rockwell International, (213) 700-
8200
Users:
EPA Contact: Harry M Freeman, (513) 569-7529
Technology: Multiple Hearth Incinerator
Brief Description: Sludge or granulated solid com-
bustible waste feeds through the furnace roof where
a rotating air-cooled central shaft with air-cooled
rabble arms and teeth plows the waste across the top
hearth to dropholes where it falls to the next
successive hearth until the ash is discharged at the
bottom.
Applicability/Limitation: Disposes of sludges, tars.
solids, gases and liquid combustible wastes (through
nozzles). Not recommended for hazardous wastes
Status/Availability: Commercially available
Manufacturer: See buyer's guide for trade journals
Users: Most widely used sewage sludge mcmera
tion method
EPA Contact: Donald Oberacker. (51 3) 569-7431
Technology: Neutralization
Brief Description: Renders acid or caustic wastes
non-corrosive by pH adjustment The resulting resid-
uals include insoluble salts, metal hydroxide sludge.
and neutral effluent containing dissolved salts. The
final desired pH is usually between 6 0 and 9 0
Applicability/Limitation: Used to treat corrosive
wastes, both acids and bases. Limitations may include
concentration, the physical form such as sludges or
solids and the need for corrosion-resistant equip-
ment.
Status/Availability: Commercially available
Manufacturer: Newpark Waste Treatment Svs
terns. Inc , James Hobby, (419) 586-6683
Solid Tek Systems, Inc , (404) 361 -61 81
Ecolochem, Inc , RichardSmallwood,(800)446-8004
CECOS, Ernest C Neal. (716) 873-4200
Users: Widespread
EPA Contact: S Garry Howell. (51 3) 569-7756
26
-------
Technology:
Oxidation by Hydrogen
Peroxide (H202)
Brief Description: Addition of H20z to oxidize
organic compounds. Hj02 can be used as a source of
oxygen for biodegradation.
Applicability/Limitation: Non-specific reaction.
May be exothermic/explosive or require addition of
heat and/or catalysts. Probably not apolicable for m-
situ treatment; may be used for surface treatment of
contaminated ground water/sludges.
Status/Availability: Common industrial unit pro-
cess.
Manufacturer: Various, FMC sells hydrogen per-
oxide and nutrient for biodegradation specifically for
petroleum treatment
Users:
EPA Contact: Ronald Lewis, (513) 569-7856
Technology: Oxidation by Hypochlorites
Brief Description: Addition of sodium or calcium
hypochlonte (bleaching agents) to oxidize organic
wastes.
Applicability/Limitation: May produce toxic chlo-
rinated organic by-products. Must be done under
controlled (not m-situ)conditions, i e , batch reactors.
Non-specific reaction
Status/Availability: Used in industrial processes
Manufacturer: See buyer's guide in trade |ournals
Users:
SPA Contact: Donald Sanmng, (513) 569-7875
Technology: Ozonation
Brief Description: Ozonation is a chemical oxida-
tion process appropriate for aqueous streams which
contain less than 1 0 percent oxidizable compounds.
Applicability/Limitation: Ozone can be used to
pretreat wastes to breakdown refractory orgamcs or
as a polishing step after biological or other treatment
processes to oxidize untreated orgamcs Ozone is
currently used for treatment of hazardous wastes to
destroy cyanide and phenolic compounds The rapid
oxidation of cyanides with ozone offers advantages
over the slower alkaline chlormation method Limita-
tions include the physical form (i e , sludges and
soilds) and nonselective competition with other
species.
Status/Availability: Commercially available
Manufacturer: See buyer's guides or trade journal
Users: Widespread
EPA Contact: S Garry Howell, (513) 569-7756
Donald Sanmng, (513) 569-7875
27
-------
Technology: Plasma Systems
Brief Description: This technology uses a plasma
arc device to create extremely high temperatures
(temperatures approach 10,000°C) for waste destruc-
tion in highly toxic liquids. Gaseous emissions (mostly
H2, CO), acid gases in the scrubber and ash com-
ponents in scrubber water are the residuals. The
system's advantages are that it can destroy refractory
compounds, the equipment can be made portable and
typically the process has a very short on/ off cycle.
Applicability/Limitation: Used to treat liquid
wastes containing organics, pesticides, PCBs. dioxms
or halogenated organics The process is limited to
liquids and continuous operation has not been
demonstrated
Status/Availability: Pilot-plant stage with demon-
stration in progress, mobile pilot plant available
Manufacturer: Pyrolysis Systems, Inc Ed Fox
(416)735-2401
Applied Energetics, Inc., John Dicks, (615) 455-0631
Westinghouse
Users:
EPA Contact: Harry M Freeman, (513) 569-7529
Procet* schematic of the p«i plasma pyrolytii unit.
Off Gases to Flare
Emergency Carbon
Gas Chromatograon-
Mass Selectivity Unit
Laboratory
Analysis Equipment
Gas Chromatograori
Sait Water to Oram
Technology: Polymerization
Brief Description: Polymerization uses catalysts to Status/ Availability. Has been used at spills
convert a monomer or a low-order polymer of a
particular compound to a larger chemical multiple of Manufacturer Not applicable
itself which has different properties for m-place
stabilization Users:
Applicability /Limitation: This technology treats
organics including aromatics, aliphatics and oxygen-
ated monomers such as styrene. vinyl chloride
isopreneacrylonitnle, etc Limned application to spills
of these compounds
EPA Contact Carlton Wiles. (513) 569-7795
28
-------
Technology: Portland Cement Pozzolan
Stabilization/Solidification
Brief Description: Mixes the waste with portland
cement to incorporate the waste into the cement
matrix. This improves handling and is inexpensive
(plentiful raw materials).
Applicability/Limitation: Effective for metal cat-
ions, latex and solid plastic wastes. Large amounts of
dissolved sulfate salts, or metallic anions such as
arsenate and borates will hamper solidification
Organic matter, lignite, silt or clay will increase setting
time.
Status/Availability: Commercially available.
Manufacturer: Aerojet Energy Conversion
Company, Sacramento, California
ATCOR, Inc., Peekskill, New York
Chem-Nuclear Systems, Inc., Bellevue, Massachu-
setts
Delaware Custom Materials, Cleveland, Ohio
Energy, Inc., Idaho Falls, Idaho
General Electric Company, San Jose, California
Hittman Nuclear and Development Company,
Columbia, Maryland
Stock Equipment Company, Cleveland, Ohio
Todd Research and Technical Division, Galveston,
Texas
United Nuclear Industries, Richland, Washington
Westmghouse Electric Company, Pittsburgh, Penn-
sylvania
Users:
EPA Contact: Robert Landreth, (513) 569-7836
Technology: Pyrolysis Processes
Brief Description: Pyrolysis consists of heating
material in the absence of air m order to thermally
degrade to a volatile gaseous portion and residual
solid comprised of fixed carbon and ash There are two
main ways to heat the material One is by direct
heating where the material is heated by direct contact
with hot combustion products. The result of direct
heating is an off-gas that is a combination of volatiles
from the waste and burner flue products Another
method is indirect heating. This method keeps the
burner flue products from mixing with the volatiles
Indirect heating is the necessary mode of heating if
resource recovery is to be attempted, but it is also
more complex and more expensive than direct heating.
Indirect heating will probably prove economical only in
very large units. Because of the drawbacks of indirect
heating Midland-Ross is concentrating on smaller
units that can convert the waste to a preheated
gaseous fuel and burn the fuel near the pyrolyzer In
this way direct heating imposes almost no penalty on
overall fuel efficiency.
The pyrolysis equipment is designed to convert
waste that is not suited for boiler fuel, into a gaseous
fuel. The mam objective of this system is to convert
waste material from a disposal problem to a gaseous
fuel source.
Applicability/Limitation: This technology is used
to treat viscous liquids, sludges, solids, high ash
materials, salts and metals and halogenated wastes
The limitations are that it requires a homogeneous
waste input and metals and salts m the residue can be
leachable
Status/Availability: Commercially available batch
and continuous.
Manufacturer: Midland-Ross Corporation, (41 91
547-6444
Users:
EPA Contact: Harry M Freeman, (513) 569-7529
29
-------
Technology: Rotary Kiln Incineration
Brief Description: Wastes and auxiliary fuel are
introduced to the high end of the kiln which is slightly
inclined to horizontal. Wastes are oxidized, or com-
busted as they move through the kiln due to its
rotation Exhaust gases from the kiln pass to a
secondary chamber, or afterburner for further oxida-
tion Ash residues are discharged and collected from
the low end of the kiln Exhaust gases may require
acid gas and particulate removal, and the ashes may
require solidification before landfillmg
Applicability/Limitation.' Most types of solid, liquid
and gaseous organic wastes can be treated with this
technology Wastes with high inorganic salt content
and heavy metals as well as explosive wastes require
special evaluation
Status/A vailability:
wide use
Commercially available and m
Manufacturer S D Myers, Inc , Joe Isle (415)
794-6301
American Industrial Waste of ENCSO, Inc , (Mobile)
(615)383-1691
Exceltech. Inc ,(415) 659-0404
International Waste Energy System, Dwight Srown
(314)389-7275
Winston Technology, Inc , (Mobile), (914) 273-6533
Industronics, Inc., (203) 289-1551
Volund USA. (312) 655-1490
Thermal
TR Systems
C & H Combustion
CE Raymond
Von Roll
Users: EPA-OFD. Denny Farm Site near McDonnell
Missouri
EPA Contact: James Yezzi, (201) 321-6677
Technology: Soil Flushing/Soil Washing
Brief Description: Soil flushing is m-situ extraction
of inorganic or organic compounds from soils by
passing extractant solutions through the soils These
solutions may include water, surfactants, acids or
bases (for inorganics), chelatmg agents, oxidizing and
reducing agents Soil washing consists of similar
treatment, but the soil is excavated and treated at the
surface m a soil washer
Applicability /Limitation: Soil flushing/washing
fluids must have good extraction coefficients, low
volatility and toxicity, be safe and easy to handle, and
most important, be recoverable-recyclable Most
promising for extraction of heavy metals, problems
likely in dry or organic-rich soils Care must be taken
that the soil pores are not clogged This can happen
with certain surfactants tested for m-snu extraction
Status/Availability: Limited full-scale testing
Manufacturer: USEPA. Edison, New Jersey nas
mobile soil washer, other systems under develop
ment
Users' Technology has been developed by oil mdus
try (tertiary recovery) and mining (metal leachmg)
EPA Contact Richard Traver (201)321-6677
Technology: Sorption
Brief Description: Contaminants are bound up in
pozzolan-type matrices by physical sorption or chemi-
sorption yielding a stabilized material which is easier
to handle Liquid immobilization depends on added
ingredients. This process results m high concentra-
tions of contaminants at the surface of the material
and contaminants may leach The treated material is
permeable.
Applicability/Limitation: For organics and inorgan-
ics Advantages to this technology include plentiful
raw materials, mixing technology known, improved
handling, inexpensive additives, minimum pretreat-
ment, bearing strength adequate for landfill Qis
advantages—large volume of additives, poor leachate
control, placement sensitive, limited bearing strength
free water may be released under high pressure and
there is temperature sensitivity
Status/ Availability:
Manufacturer:
Users:
EPA Contact: Robert Landreth, (513) 569-7836
30
-------
Technology: Steam Stripping
Brief Description: Uses steam to remove organics
from aqueous wastes. Steam stripping is essentially a
continuous fractional distillation process carried out
in a packed or tray tower. Clean steam rather than
reboiled bottoms provides direct heat to the tower.
The resulting residuals are contaminated steam
condensate, recovered solvent, and "stripped" efflu-
ent.
Applicability /Limitation: Used to treat aqueous
wastes contaminated with chlorinated hydrocarbons,
aromatics such as xylenes, ketones such as acetone
or MEK, alcohols such as methanol and high boiling
point chlorinated aromatics such as penta-chloro-
phenol Steam stripping will treat less volatile and
more soluble wastes than air stripping and can
handle a wide concentration range from less than
100 ppm to 10 percent organics.
Status/Availability. USEPA has transportable unit.
Manufacturer:
Users:
EPA Contact: Ron Turner, (513) 569-7775
Steam (tripping column—perforated tray type.
Organic
Vapors
Liquid
Feed
Flow
Steam
Heat
Stripped
Effluent
Source Pfaudler, Rochester New York
Technology: Sulfur Regeneration Units
Brief Description: Proprietary sulfunc acid regen-
eration unit is used to combust high sulfur refinery
waste. Sulfur is recovered from the combustion gases
using a double contact-double absorption sulfunc
acid plant. The furnace operates above 1600°F, and
has a long residence time (greater than 1 second).
Applicability/Limitation: Can destroy hazardous
waste with high sulfur content Particularly appicable
to high sulfur, high Btu refinery wastes
Status/Availability: Limited
Manufacturer:
cess.
Stauffer Chemical proprietary pro-
Users: Destroys on-site generated wastes
EPA Contact: Harry Freeman, (513) 569-7529
31
-------
Technology: Supercritical Extraction
Brief Description: At a certain combination of
temperature and pressure, fluids reach their critical
point beyond which their solvent properties are
greatly altered. These properties make extraction
more rapid and efficient than processes using distil-
lation and conventional solvent extraction methods.
This technology has not been applied to PCBs. No cost
or time estimates are available. Presently, the EPA
has contracted Critical Fluid Systems. Inc , to investi-
gate the use of supercritical carbon dioxide to extract
hazardous organics from aqueous streams.
Applicability /Limitation: This technology is used
to extract hazardous waste from the soil It is limited
at this time because it is new and it appears that the
capital cost is high
Status/Availability: Laboratory tests only
Manufacturer:
Users:
SPA Contact: Charles Rogers. (513) 569-7757
Technology:
Supercritical Water
Oxidation
Brief Description: The supercritical water oxidation
process is basically a high temperature, high pressure
wet air oxidation The unique properties of water
above 500°C or 705°F (supercritical region) cause it
to act as an excellent non-polar solvent for nearly all
organic materials. Aqueous solutions or slurries
(organic content >5 percent) are mixed with high-
pressure oxygen (3200 to 3600 psi or >218 aims) to
chemically oxidize wastes in less than one minute
with >99.99 percent efficiency The process is an
emerging technology which may be less expensive
than high-temperature incineration for destruction of
organically contaminated aqueous wastes.
Two processing approaches have been evaluated
an above-ground pressure vessel reactor (MOOAR)
and the use of an 8,000 to 10.000-ft well reactor
(Vertox). The SCW process is best suited for large
volume (200 to 1000gpm) dilute (1 0 to 10.000 mg/i
COO) aqueous wastes that are of a volatile nature and
that contain sufficient Btu's to sustain the process. In
many applications, high Btu non-hazardous wastes
can be mixed with low Btu hazardous wastes to
provide the heat energy needed to make the process
self sustaining. Emissions/residues include gaseous
effluent (nitrogen and carbon dioxide), precipitation of
inorganic salts and the liquid containing only soluble
inorganic acids and salts The advantages are rapid
oxidation rates, complete oxidation of organics,
efficient removal of inorganics and no off-gas pro-
cessing is required.
Applicability /Limitation: Used to treat aqueous
organic solution/slurry and mixed organic.'inorganic
waste Sophisticated equipment and operations and
long-term continuous operation have not been
demonstrated, thereby limiting its use
Status/Availability: Demonstration completed
-------
Technology: Ultraviolet Photolysis
Brief Description: Ultraviolet photolysis (UV) is a
process that destroys or detoxifies hazardous chem-
icals m aqueous solutions utilizing UV irradiation.
Natural photolysis of dioxins has been observed on
soil surfaces although the degree of reaction is
limited by the depth of penetration of the UV. Ultra-
violet light has been used for degradation of dioxins m
waste sludge. This process requires extraction of the
dioxins into a clean transparent solvent. Reaction
products are dechlormated phenolic materials includ-
ing ethoxylated phenol. Use of UV photolysis on a
liquid dioxin waste required six extractions to reduce
the dioxin content from 343 ppm to 0 2 ppm
Photolysis of the extracted dioxin reduced dioxin level
to less than 0.1-ppm after 20 hours. Overall destruc-
tion efficiency was 99.94 percent.
Applicability/Limitation: The inability of UV light
to penetrate and destroy pollutants m soil or opaque
solutions is a limitation of this approach. Photolysis
can be enhanced by simultaneous introduction of
ozone.
Status/Availability: Laboratory scale.
Manufacturer: SYNTEX
Users:
EPA Contact: Charles Rogers, (513) 569-7757
Technology: Vitrification
Brief Description: Large electrodes are inserted
into soils containing significant levels of silicates.
Graphite on the soil surface connects the electrodes.
A high current of electricity passes through the
electrodes and graphite. The heat causes a melt that
gradually works downward through the soil Some
contaminant organics are volatilized and escape from
the soil surface and may be collected by a vacuum
system Inorganics and some organics are trapped in
the melt that as it cools becomes a form of obsidian or
very strong glass.
Applicability/Limitation: Originally tested as a
means of solidification/immobilization of low level
radioactive metals. May also be useful for forming
barrier walls (e g., equivalent to slurry wall construc-
tion). This later use needs testing and evaluation to
determine how uniform the wall would be and stability
of the material over a period of time
Status/A vailability:
Manufacturer: Battelle Northwest has developed
methods Currently negotiating for commercial li-
cense by others.
Users:
EPA Contact: Donald Sannmg, (513) 569-7875
33
-------
Technology: Wet Air Oxidation
Brief Description: Uses elevated temperature and
pressure to oxidize organics. The oxidation products
stay in liquid as do the inorganics. The off-gas low in
nitrogen oxides, sulfur oxides and participates. Off-
gas treatment may be used for hydrocarbon emissions.
The advantages are that it is thermally self-sustaining,
accepts waste with organic concentrations range
between biological treatment and incineration,
detoxifies priority pollutants and the products of
oxidation and stay in the liquid phase. Wet air
oxidation is particularly well suited for treating
organic compounds in aqueous waste streams that
are too dilute |<1 5 percent organics) to treat econom-
ically by incineration. Oxidation of the organic
compounds occurs when the aqueous solution is
heated to about 300°C and 137 atm in the presence of
compressed air. Typically, 80 percent of the organic
substances will be completely oxidized. The system
can accommodate some partially halogenated com-
pounds, but highly chlorinated species such as PCBs,
are too stable for complete destruction without the
addition of catalysts.
Applicability/Limitation: Used to treat aqueous
waste streams with less than 5 percent organics and
with some pesticides, phenolics and organic sulfur,
cyanide wastewaters. It is not recommended for
aromatic halogenated organics. This technology is
not economical for dilute or concentrated wastes and
it is not appropriate for solids or viscous liquids
Status/Availability: Available at commercial scale
Manufacturer: Zimpro, Inc., William Copa (715i
359-7211
MODAR, Inc , (617) 655-7741
Vertech Treatment Systems, (303) 452-8800
Users:
unit.
Casmaha Resources, 10-gpmdemonstranon
EPA Contact: Harry M. Freeman, (513) 569-7529
34
-------
Bibliography
1. Martin, Edward J., Oppelt, E, T, and Smith. B P, Chemical, Physical,
Biological Treatment of Hazardous Wastes, Paper to the 5th U S./Japan
Conference of Solid Wastes Management, Tokyo, Japan, Sept 1 982
2, Oppelt, E. T , Pretreatment of Hazardous Wastes, Paper to the U S /Spam
Joint Seminar on the Treatment and Disposal of Hazardous Wastes, Madrid,
Spam, May 1986.
3 Metcalf & Eddy, Inc., Engineers Briefing Technologies Applicable to
Hazardous Waste, for USEPA, HWERL, Cincinnati, Ohio, May 1985
4 Contributions by various participants of the RCRA/CERCLA Alternative
Treatment Technology Seminar, CERI (Center for Environmental Research
Information), USEPA, Cincinnati, Ohio, May 1986.
5. Turner, Ronald J , A Review of Treatment Alternatives for Wastes
Containing Nonsolvent Halogenated Organics. USEPA, HWERL, Cincinnati,
Ohio, 1986.
OOV6SNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 15:6-6^6-1:5 * 3 S 0 6
35
-------
1
-------
LU
I
H
U
E
Z)
Q
F-
I
JT «^
CO
1 1 1
TIVITH
U
<
H
X
e?
CO
/v
LL.
LU
O
:~
w
C£
LU
o
V
O5
05
LU
U
o
*v*
Ql
Q.
CTION
<
LU
>
H
U
LU
Qi
o;
O
u
i_
r^
u
o:
H
Z
O
u
>
O3
LU
H-
-
-------
CO
UJ
co
ES & CAPAB
r l
LLJ ^
Eo
> CO
CO
UJ
CTIVITI
<
I
e>
CO
UJ
0
<0
5§
LLJ Z
>0
o u
UJ .
—1
Q. \
3 ^
H
U
<
cr
H
Z
0
u
CO
LU
H
JM
^
X.
^c
UJ
Jacobs
o
LU
I\
•
^i^ ^J
•a —
°3 1
Metcalf
Tetra T
0 O
CO
E
QJ
CO
J£
<
o
£
.2
"*j
o
Q.
X.
O
bJO
_o
o
CO
to
4-1
3
CO
C
O
U
o
CO
fS
0
0
i/est Laborator
>
JC
4->
L.
O
0
££!
'o
CL
Battelle
o
and Research
hjO
^C
"E
c
E
c
I
Q.
^0
>
Q
o
•
CJ
C
^ft
^M
4_1
Associal
-------
•
SOURCES & CAPABILITIES
LLJ
ACTIVITIES
H
CO
a:
LU
. o
ITRACTOR R
^
0
U
^
RTISE
LLI
HNICAL EXP
u
UJ
H
- Geotechnical
Engineers
- Civil
0
tal - Chemical
C
- Environme
- Construction
ts
- Fate and Transport
ophysicists/Geochemists
CO
- Process
Hydrogeologi
- Modelers
o
OJ
Geologists/G
o
ecialists
c.
Air Quality S
Chemists
O 0
Toxicologists
0
ecialists
fety Coordinators
Q. tS
Regulatory S|
Health and S
0 O
ilists
i Health Physicists/Radiologists
Field Specialists
IW QJ
II
w >
% «
(jr c;
< g
az
O 0
Sampling and
o
-------
CO
LU
h-
u
:E
CD
CO
C£
LU
>
O
H
Z
LU
m
wj
CO
LU
CO
CO
V.
s^
H
i
•H-J
U
<
LL
<<
*•*»
01
01
en
4-1
cn
'tb
_o
o
CJ
u
o
cn
4-J
en
****
a
"u
CJ
D.
CO
>>
o
4-1
ra
3
to
CJ
01
en
4-1
cn
"tb
_o
o
CJ
to
o
i_
^
>>
X
o
'"to
_c
"E.
£
fC
CO
X.
o
Vk.
cn
C
.5
"u
"c
r—
U
CU
4-1
IE
CJ
LL.
en
i-
CJ
CJ
c
'tb
c
LU
"cc
4-1
C
CJ
£
c
o
X.
">
c
LU
Z
O
h-
<
CJ3
H
co
LU
>-
L_
I
Ij
U
<
UL
<
cc:
u
rx
1
<
u_
o o o
Civ
.i: "a
> aj
c -*-1
til ° w
-UJ, CJ 4-1
Oen
cn —
•^ £
£*:•-«
Si c boj:
.E «" o u
bjo^= "5 o
c U .- oJ
LU CQ C3
ers
cn
4-1
CO
'to
_0
O
CJ
ho
O
•a
>>
X
o o
w
4-1
en
"ra
"u
cn <"
4-i D.
.2 CO
cn >,
eu
gists
~'u «
CO
a
CJ
c. to
CO CO
>»T3
.ti c
•—• cc
^ UJ O" —
o ~
CJ O
e? co
.h oj
< x
—. o o o o
u_
>-
Q
ID
H
co
LU
01
ID
CO
<
LU
LU
>
H
U
LU
oi
££
O
U
1
CO
u
en
4-1
en
"5b
^
o
CJ
to
o
1_
•a
>5
X
o
Specialists
>i
4-1
Cw
3
a
i_
<
0
«
*M
• fO*t
cn
•i«J
cn
"E
a
r*
U
O
CJ
u
0
Z
O
H
<
Z
LU
^>
LU
__I
D_
^
cn
Proces
_
~ro
u
1
CJ
c
LU
•
£
CJ ^
J= en
U en
CJ
_r u
•r: o
gis
s (
h.,
e
JZ OJ
O CJ
U c b
'x "to,1"
o c U
H LU
o o
LU
01
•••^
ZD
CO
<
LU
g-^*
LU
v^
C
o
'4-1
CJ
3
3^
4-1
en
C
O
4-1
cn
'tb
_o
0
CJ
to
0
L.
•a
>^
H
u
LU
01
01
o
u
.- W
cn 4-1
>~ en
CJ .—
CJ to
C _0
'to o
C OJ
LU O
U
o o
-------
CO
LjU
H
h-
U
<
H
X
O
CO
CE
LLJ
*^-
O
LLJ
U
2
LLJ
£E
LLJ
CL
X
LU
O
1-
u
CE
H
Z
O
u
RCRA Compliance Inspections
o
o
T-i
CJ
o
-a
CJ
"5.
E
o
U
o
Field Investigations
tn
r^-
CJ
O
•o
CJ
"E
£
o
U
o
:nt Support Services for RCRA Permitting and
CJ
E
CJ
d Enforc
CJ
15
o
CL
O
c
u
CJ
o
CJ
9.
o
u
rment Assessments of Hazardous Releases at
^u
bo
c
fpm
re
•o
c
LU
T3
CJ
4-1
«
CL
E
o
U
0
CO
CJ
•j3
"o
re
LL,
"0
CJ
C3
QjQ
CJ
cc:
of Removal Activities and Interim Measures
4-1
iip
"co
CJ
0
"O
OJ
a!
o
entation
£
JOJ
CL
P
-E
Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Studies
in
CJ
O
"U
CJ
4-J
U
3
•a
£
0
U
o
-------
THE TES IV TEAM - CONTRACTOR RESOURCES AND CAPABILITIES
DURING THE CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCESS
Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. is the prime contractor for the TES IV program.
The contract was awarded in September 1986 to provide technical enforcement
support to EPA Headquarters and Regions V-X. The total level of effort (LOE)
available is 1,050,000 hours, approximately 33% of which is expected to be used for
RCRA enforcement support.
RCRA support services provided under the TES IV contract includes: corrective
action activities, inspection activities, sampling activities, record reviews,
compliance evaluation inspections (CEFs), comprehensive monitoring evaluations
(CME's), case development support, facility plan reviews, health & environmental
assessments, special laboratory services, data management, policy and program
support and training.
Specifically, in support of the corrective action process, the TES IV Team has
demonstrated experience and technical depth in the following areas:
o Assessment of facility (site) environmental conditions.
o Identification and implementation of interim measures.
o Review and evaluation of specific project work plans for technical
completeness and adequacy.
o Characterization of the hydrogeology and facility processes through
sampling and geotechnical field activities.
o Evaluation of populations at risk.
o Analysis and evaluation of corrective measure technologies.
Attachment A provides an example scope of work for a RCRA Facility
Investigation/Correction Measures Study, as issued under the TES contracts.
The Jacobs Team has been carefully selected to satisfy all of EPA's requirements
for management, staffing and technical expertise under the Technical Enforcement
Support Contract. Each team member has been selected based on their
demonstrated technical experience with hazardous waste projects, including TES I
and TES II, their offices and staff in place in Zone II and their ability to commit
a major portion of their firm's resources to the program. The Jacobs Team
consists of the following core and specialty firms:
Prime Contractor
o Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.
-------
-2-
Mission Subcontractors
o Metcalf & Eddy (M&E)
o Tetra Tech
Specialty Subcontractors
o Battelle Pacific Northwest Laboratories (BNW)
o Development, Planning and Research Associates, Inc. (DPRA)
o Geo/Resource Consultants, Inc. (GRC)
o ICAIR Life Systems
o Kellogg Corporation
The team members are described below and a directory is also included with
addresses and a principal contact for each firm.
Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.
Jacobs is an international consulting engineering and construction firm which has
enjoyed a professional reputation of the highest order for more than 37 years. It
has a technical staff of 1,600 professional and support personnel, more than 300 of
whom are specialists in environmental engineering/hazardous waste management.
Jacobs has conducted surface water, ground water and air quality sampling and
monitoring at many hazardous waste sites throughout the U.S. Jacobs has
performed substantial site sampling/site inspection work for the EPA on the
current TAT program and maintain field staffs fully trained in hazardous waste
site activity.
Jacobs has also conducted many feasibility studies, including studies to identify
and evaluate remedial actions and prepare conceptual designs for selected
hazardous waste clean up alternatives. Studies have included in-depth record
searches, field and laboratory studies, identification and evaluation of cost-
effective alternatives, conceptual designs for selected remedial measures and
preparation of final reports. Jacobs has also reviewed and analyzed plans and
studies prepared by others to determine adequacy of data and site characterization.
Many Jacobs studies have involved endangerment assessments identifying,
evaluating, quantifying and documenting the potential for endangerment to the
public and to the environment. These have included toxicological screenings and
in-depth assessments for a wide variety of chemicals.
As a major subcontractor on the TES II program, Jacobs has lead responsibility for
TES work conducted in the Western U.S. Jacobs is thoroughly familiar with EPA's
needs in all areas of the RCRA program.
-------
Major Subcontractors
Metcalf & Eddy, Inc.
Metcalf & Eddy, Inc. is a Boston-based, environmental engineering consulting firm,
with a staff of over 1,000 located in 15 U.S. cities and overseas. Eleven of these
offices are in Zone II, comprising a total of nearly 300 staff in Zone II. Metcalf &
Eddy manages over 1,600 projects and over 300 subcontracts each year.
Metcalf & Eddy has extensive direct experience in environmental programs related
to each area of expertise required for the performance of this program. M&E has
completed over 250 industrial/hazardous waste projects, including 30 projects in
the area of uncontrolled hazardous waste site management involving field
investigations/feasibility studies. Several of these included preparation of plans
for and inspection of site clean up. Studies and designs for over 70 landfills and
75 incineration systems have also been successfully performed by M&E. Metcalf &
Eddy staff have performed field sampling, hydrogeologic investigations,
treatability testing, exposure and risk assessments and cost-effectiveness analysis of
alternatives—all with strict adherence to appropriate health and safety and quality
assurance procedures.
As a subcontractor to GCA Corporation on TES I, M&E provided enforcement
support to EPA's Office of Waste Programs Enforcement on a variety of
assignments, including development of data management systems used to support
litigation efforts, remedial investigations, feasibility studies, review of responsible
party plans, assistance in community relations and public participation programs
and acting as expert witness in legal assignments under TES I. M&E is also
conducting RI/FS projects in both Illinois and California under State Superfund
contracts. M&E will provide technical support in all work areas, particulary in
work assignments which are executed in Region V.
Tetra Tech, Inc.
Tetra Tech, Inc., founded in 1966, is an international environmental science and
engineering consulting firm that provides its clients with a full range of services
relating to water and energy. The firm's staff has provided multidisciplinary
services throughout the world. Tetra Tech, Inc. has over 900 employees, including
over 600 engineers, scientists, analysts and management staff.
Tetra Tech, Inc. provides hazardous waste management support services to private
industry and to Federal, state and local governments. Most notable are the
Technical Assistance Team (TAT) contract for EPA's Office of Emergency and
Remedial Response and a Superfund remedial investigation under a state/EPA
Cooperative Agreement at one of the nation's most complex site, Commencement
Bay, WA and Hazardous Waste Site Remedial Investigation Analysis, Design and
Implementation Services for the State of California. In addition to these programs,
Tetra Tech, Inc. has conducted investigations at over 70 NPL sites for industry,
military, local, state and Federal agencies.
Tetra Tech, Inc. brings considerable expertise to the team in the fields of
geohydrology, pollutant transport, contaminant migration in soils and ground
water; as well as an understanding of public concerns; and knowledge of the
Federal regulatory framework in which hazardous waste investigations must be
performed. Tetra Tech, Inc. has performed a wide range of ground water projects
-------
-4-
for the Department of Defense, the U.S. Geological Survey, the U.S. EPA, Office of
Water Research and Technology, Electric Power Research Institute and state and
local agencies. The projects have included mathematical modeling, resource
characterization, leachate analysis and prediction, field monitoring, well
installation, pump tests, water use prediction, assessment of effects of waste
disposal, containment design and review of current regulations. Tetra Tech, Inc.
personnel have developed and applied mathematical models for the movement of
pollutants in both the unsaturated and saturated zones.
Tetra Tech, Inc. has also conducted various field and ground water investigations
and facility studies by combining its expertise in waste characterization and
analysis, pilot plan and engineering/design/feasibility studies. Tetra Tech, Inc.
will provide technical support in all work areas, particularly with respect to
assignments in Regions VII and X.
Specialty Subcontractors
Battelle Pacific Northwest Laboratories (BNW)
Batelle, one of the world's largest contract research organizations, has conducted
thousands of research projects in virtually all areas of the physical, life and social-
behavioural sciences. Battelle has a staff of 'nearly 8,000 scientists, engineers,
technicians and support personnel of which approximately 3,000 are located at the
Pacific. Northwest Laboratories. Research departments include: Atmospheric
Sciences, Biology, Chemical Technology, Ecological Sciences, Energy Systems,
Engineering Physics, Materials, Physical Sciences, Radiological Sciences and Water
and Land Resources. Battelle has researched, developed, verified and conducted
all the analytical studies specified in the Statement of Work and has, in many
instances, functioned as the center of expertise and QA/QC auditor for these
techniques for most analytical firms in the U.S. Battelle Pacific Northwest
Laboratories will provide special laboratory services as required for this contract.
Developments Planning and Research Associates, Inc. (DPRA)
Development Planning and Research Associates provides research and consulting
services in the areas of economics, data management, policy and regulatory
analysis, marketing, feasibility analysis, resource allocation, environmental and
energy economics, agriculture and international development. DPRA's corporate
offices are located in Manhattan, KS; it also has an office in Washington, D.C.
The 40 person staff holds graduate degrees in economics, agricultural economics,
business administration, computer science, statistics, agronomy, chemistry,
toxicology and library science. Other disciplines represented on the staff include,
undergraduate degrees in mathematics, biology, plant science and accounting.
During the past five years, DPRA has supported EPA's Office of Solid Waste
(OSW) and Office of Waste Programs Enforcement (OWPE) and their contractors
with hazardous waste data base management and analysis. DPRA created the "OSW
Hazardous Waste Database", which is designed to facilitate statistical analysis and
inter-dataset analysis at a considerable savings in access costs.
-------
-5-
DPRA has also conducted joint on-site inspections of 120 hazardous waste handlers
with EPA. At the conclusion of the inspections, DPRA was responsible for
computerizing the survey data, producing reports and summaries of the data
collected, compiling complete documentation of the computerized data and the
survey instrument and finally making the data available for integration with other
waste handler information. DPRA will provide data management services to the
TES Zone II contract.
Geo/Resource Consultants, Inc. (GRC)
Geo/Resource Consultants, Inc. is a minority-owned California corporation
established in December 1976. The firm specializes in geology, geotechnical
engineering, hazardous waste management, geophysics, seismology, hydrogeology
and environmental studies. GRC holds 8(a) status from the Small Business
Administration and is certified as a Minority Business Enterprise by the
Environmental Protection Agency and other city, state and Federal agencies.
Corporate headquarters is in San Francisco, CA with regional offices in Seattle,
WA; Tucson, AZ; and Washington, D.C. GRC's expertise in hazardous waste
projects consists of remedial action investigations in which the geological and
hydrogeological regimes of contaminated sites are characterized, preparation of
enforcement and regulatory documents, expert knowledge of RCRA/Superfund
regulations, preliminary assessment of sites and development of closure/post-
closure plans. GRC will provide technical support in geology, hydrogeology and
geotechnical engineering, as well as, policy support.
ICAIR, Life Systems, Inc.
ICAIR specializes in expert witness services and risk assessment in the health
sciences and environmental areas. The firm's role in this program will be to
provide expert consultants/witness and technical assistance in endangerment
assessments, public meetings and community relations, protocol development and
review of testing data. ICAIR has been involved in cases such as Love Canal,
Petro Processors, Conservation Chemical, ChemDyne, New Bedford Harbor,
Solvents Recovery, Reilly Tar, Tampa Road and Rocky Mountain Arsenal,
conducting risk assessments, coordinating peer review studies, and providing expert
witness services. ICAIR specializes in providing health and environmental
expertise through the largest, most comprehensive staff of well-qualified experts
available anywhere in the United States. ICAIR's external staff roster includes
more than 700 experts with advanced scientific, engineering or medical training in
one or more of over 95 technical disciplines. Most of ICAIR's external staff will
provide their services to the government only through ICAIR. ICAIR couples its
external staff composed of university faculty, retired individuals, private
consultants and private sector employees with an in-house scientific, engineering
and management staff of more than 100 full-time employees.
Kellogg Corporation
Kellogg Corporation, headquartered in Denver, CO, is a firm of over 60 people
that specializes in fact finding and document management in support of cost
recovery negotiations, arbitration and litigation. Since 1970, Kellogg has completed
over 1,500 assignments in 49 states and eight foreign countries. Kellogg has
provided assistance in over 800 contract disputes involving $3.6 billion in claims on
-------
-6-
projects valued at $105 billion. Kellogg's recent assignments in hazardous waste
have been with Clean Sites, Inc. and public and private clients on both municipally
and privately-owned hazardous waste sites.
Kellogg's experience provides a unique cost-effective approach to fact finding and
data management which leads to efficient identification of potentially responsible
parties (PRP's) and enforcement required to resolve issues. In addition to having
people with relevant investigative skills, Kellogg has proprietary data management
software programs specifically designed to facilitate PRP negotiations. Because of
this expertise, Kellogg has been able to discover three to five times as many PRP's
on several sites, as had been previously identified from the same document base.
For example, in the Sheridan site, outside of Houston, 44 parties were originally
identified. As a result of Kellogg's work on the publicly available'documents, over
200 parties were identified. This includes a previously unidentified party which
was found to be the third highest contributor to this site.
Kellogg will provide support in the areas of PRP searches, enforcement support
services and cost recovery.
-------
The following is a directory of the team members with RCRA experience and
technical capabilities to support the corrective action program.
COMPANY
Program Management Office
Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.
1042 National Press Building
529 14th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20045
Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.
Region V
85 West Algonquin Road
Arlington Heights, IL 60005
Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.
Region VI
300 North Tower
700 North Pearl
Dallas, TX 75201
Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.
Region VII
Suite 310
8700 Monrovia
Lenexa, KS 66215-3537
Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.
Region VIII
Suite A-300
12600 West Colfax Avenue
Lakewood, CO 80215
Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.
Region IX
1340 Arnold Drive
Martinez, CA 94553
Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.
Region X
Suite 700
11111 3rd Avenue
Seattle, WA 98101
Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.
P.O. Box 8717
Albuquerque, NM 87198-8717
CONTACT TELEPHONE
Jeffrey Van Houten (202) 628-1903
Dean Geers
Michael Warner
(312) 806-9119
(214) 969-9366
Gary E. Parker
(913) 492-9218
Donna Toeroek
(303) 232-7093
Geoffrey W. Watkin (415) 228-9700
Lloyd Reed
(206) 622-0907
Duane Truitt
(505) 262-1505
-------
COMPANY
-2-
TES IV SUBCONTRACTORS
CONTACT
Metcalf & Eddy, Inc.
Chemical Waste Management Div.
10 Harvard Mill Square
Wakefield, MA 01888
Environmental Systems Engineering
Tetra Tech, Inc.
Suite 100
11820 Northrup Way
Bellevue, WA 98005-1924
Kellogg Corporation
26 West Dry Creek Circle
Littleton, CO 80120
Life Systems, Inc.
24755 Highpoint Road
Cleveland, OH 44122
Battelle Pacific
Northwest Laboratories
P.O. Box 999
Richland, WA 99352
Development, Planning and
Research Assoc., Inc.
P.O. Box 727
200 Research Drive
Manhattan, KS 66502
GEO/Resource Consultants, Inc.
Waterside Mall
40-1 M Street, S.W.
Washington, D.C. 20460
Neville Chung
Tom Johnson
Marty Redding
R. H. Lovely
Richard Seltzer
Mike Barclay
TELEPHONE
(617) 246-5200
(206) 822-9596
(303) 794-1818
Timothy Tyburski (216) 464-3291
(206) 525-3130
(913) 539-3565
(202) 488-1487
-------
Attachment A
EXAMPLE SCOPE OF WORK
RCRA FACILITY INVESTIGATION/
CORRECTIVE MEASURE STUDY
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Technical Enforcement Support at Hazardous Waste Sites
(Do not ineuo* aancaj or £zMrt Witness noun m oi« LC5 asflmau. £xo«rt Wim«« UMU am consaanw "C3i«r Ona Costs." Hswutt
Wi?i«sa noun n tn« aiucnaa Scao* of Wont.)
No. of Pages to Follow .
(Inching SOW)
Reference Info.: C Attacned C Transmitted Separately C Pickuo From
REPORTING REQUIREMENTS: C Bnefing(s) C latter Report C Craft Heoort G Final Report""
Deliveries are to be marked ENFORCEMENT CONFIDENTIAL: C Yes C No
Rrooreng. reouMnwnn ana o«v«fmot«« nuy anl* for ««cn THS axma maua« n m* SOW • IOMOUM (ar J...»«J«». a m« ™*ro«r ol rworo
rw contncx x noitnit r«0unm«n1. nmMA ffua n your SOW.
G Cther
tar your a«tiv«noi«a crflw^s trom
INITIATOR:
John Smith
1/5/87
Pnmary Contact
Street
Phona no.
(Ill)
Date
222-3333
Aodress
CONCURRENCE:
FTS
Cn-NET
Mary Doe
1/7/87
Regional Contact
Data
APPROVAL:
Project Officer (HQ TE3 ? 0.)
Date.
Contracting Cfficsr
CCNTRACTOR ACXNOWL5DGEMENT OF 3EC3-PT:
Gate
(Effecsve Date)
Signature ana i itle
Jusii/icauon reauirea in ccmmant sacian. "'
APPROPRIATION: d CERCLA
(E RCRA
C Ctrier
Funding A«-_ Mn.
srrE'FAciiJTYi FACILITY
TES NO. _ IV '
f!antra«No_ 68-01-7331
WORK ASSIGNMENT NO.
001
E OngtnaJ
G Amenamant No. _. ., _
Pnonty. C2 Normal G Excaans'
*XYZ* CTTV <;-
orPn^vctMuntt
NPLSite: 2 Final or Proposed Ust G No
RCnA Facility: Q[ Yes G No Facility ID»»
Site/Facliry Location (City or County) State
Site Acct. *: • sr.AP Artrvitv LnK:
0
Region/HQ
PURPOSE:
B Initiate New Work Assignment G Work Plan Approval*" G Disapprove Work Plan (Contractor will immediately stoo work)
G Work Plan Revision: ( G SOW G Cost/Hours) G Coseout Work Assignment (All final deliveracles received)
STATEMENT OF WORK SUMMARY (SOW) (Attacn a Dersil^ SOW) (See Reoorting Requirements):
TaskTyp- Qversicht of RCRA Facility Investigation T^kNn-
(Afcot ic»nwy UUK cyp« and numovr j«jujm»K) to 7^5 Usws GUKM to snow acsvtty a wmm n« own* TES ujiu^a SOW)
Summary/comments: The Region requires oversight support during the Facility's performanc0
of a RFI/CMS. fSee Attached)
BASE PERIOD
LOE Cost/Fes
Previously Apprr>v*»
-------
I. rNTSCEUCTICN AND BACKGSCCND
The **ESrrT.TTY NAME** hazardous waste facility consists of approximately 100
acres or land and is located in ** FACILITY LOCATION**.
The facility began accepting waste on or before February, 1970. Waste
disposal activities have taken place in three separate areas:
1) Radioactive disposal area (until 1978)
2) Pre 1974 non-radioactive waste disposal area
3) 1974 to 1983 ncn-radioactive waste disposal area
The 1974 - 1983 disposal area was operated under both State permits and RCHA
interim status. This portion of the facility accepted containerized liouid
and solid hazardous wastes and up until 1979 PC3 wastes for disposal in*
unlined trenches. No attempt was made to solidify the liquid wastes prior to
disposal. This trench disposal operation covered approximately thirty acres
with an average trench depth of about thirty feet.
Based upon ground-water monitoring reports submitted pursuant to the
requirements of RCHA, hazardous wastes or hazardous waste constituents have
been detected in the ground-water monitoring wells at the facility. There is
no evidence to indicate that any private wells in the area have been affected
by the facility. However, **FACTLITY NAME** discontinued use of its own
on-site drinking water well due to contamination. This well is approximately
1000 feet from the disposal areas. The total population served by"ground
water within a three mile radius of the facility is approximately 350.
II. ENFORCEMENT ACTION
On April 1, 1986, **NAME OF CWNER/DPEHATOR** entered into a consent order with
E?A under section 3008(h) of RCHA.This action requires the Respondent
**NAME OF CWNER/OPERATOR** to conduct a RCHA Facility Investigation and
Corrective Measure Stuoy at the **FAdLrTY NAME**. A corrective action
alternative will be selected by EPA and implemented by the Respondent. This
Consent Order includes only the two non-radioactive waste disposal areas.
III. DESCRIPTION OF TASKS TO BE PERFORMED BY THE TES CCNTRACTOR
Task 1. Assist EPA in the review of the RFI work plan to be submitted for
approval by the Respondent on or before **DATE**.
Task 2. Represent EPA as the on-site project coordinator during the
Respondent's performance of the RCHA Facility Investigation. This will
include documentation and inspection of anv work performed.
TAB2-47
-------
Task 3. Provide comments en the monthly reports submitted by the Respondent
during the RCHA Facility Investigation.
Task 4. Assist EPA in the review of the draft and final RCHA Facility
Investigation reports.
Task 5. Assist EPA in the review of the draft Corrective Measure Studv Reoort.
IV. DELIVERABLES
1) Provide EPA with a written review of the work plan submitted by the
respondent.
2) Provide EPA with weekly briefings of the progress of the field activities
during the RFI. This should include any problems encountered and any
recommendations for additional RFI work. It may be required to provide a
written recommendation for any additional RFI work for review by EPA.
3) As necessary, during the RCRA Facility Investigation, provide EPA with a
briefing, followed by a letter report, detailing any work halted by the
Project Coordinator and the reasons for doing so. This briefing and report
should also make recommendations for alternatives to the work which has been
stopped.
4) During the RC3A Facility Investigation provide EPA with any comments or
corrections to the Respondent's monthly report.
5) Provide EPA with a detailed review of any additional reports or plans
submitted in accordance with the scope of work.
6) Provide EPA with a detailed review of the draft and final RCSA Facility
Investigation Reports.
7) Provide EPA with a detailed review of the draft Corrective Measure Study
Resort.
V. SCHEDULE FOR TASK CCMPLETICN
1) RFI/CMS work plan review due within 20 working days of receipt.
2) Written reports detailing any halt of work by the EPA Project Coordinator
are required within three working days of the cessation of work.
3) Provide EPA with comments on the Respondent's monthly progress reports
within seven working days of receipt.
TA32--47
-------
4) Provide ESA with a detailed review cf any additional plans or reports
required in the scope of work within fifteen working days of receipt.
5) Provide EPA with a detailed review of the draft RFI Report within fifteen
working days of receipt.
6) Provide EPA with a detailed review of the final RFI Report within ten
working days of receipt.
7) Provide EPA with a detailed review of the draft CMS Report within thirty
working days of receipt.
VI. TRAVEL REQUIREMENTS
Travel will be required to and from the **FACTLITY LOCATION** area over
approximately 14 weeks to oversee the field activities.Also, budget two
additional trips to this area for public hearings.
Travel to the regional office in **CTTYf STATE** will be required for meetings
with EPA, **NAME OF CWMER/OPERATqR**, and their contractors. Estimate
approximately five (5) round trips.
VII. LEVEL OF EFFORT
1. RFI/C1S work plan review 80 hours
2. Oversight Activities 550 hours
(70 days x 8 hrs./day)
3. Additional plan review 40 hours
4. Review of Respondent's
draft and final recorts 250 hours
Total LCE 930 hours
-------
TJ O
O1 U
a,
i?§ o
rH O O
TJ - T
c m c
K Oj 0
ft, t* C
0) .C
0) O
<4H J rH
o a.
Ui O —I P
0 O
-• c u
<"NJ o T
O JJ 0
O CO -H C
- 3 TJ
rH rH TJ «-l
«• (X TJ 0
cn * .
57'
(N (TJ
V* C
| 0
O TJ
Oi W
u, 0>
3 r-4
0 rH
U QJ
TJ
a. i
u
10
0> _ -
cn Q co r-
u o o
3 C U rH
-9 H
E cn o> •
•H C rH 0
Qi O TJ Ul
0) 01
ui TJ
C
ui 3
O
UH w r-
< CO rH
cu o
W 0 •
01 o> o>
W rH W
Ul .O
3 TJ <
.Q ui J
1 0> U
S
c
(TJ
Ul
3
cn
CO
rH
TJ
O
C
TJ
C
NT ORDER SUMMARY TABLE
LU
a
u
Q
a
Jj
TJ
Ul
a
ted Interim measures: moni-
, tor ing GW and implement
TJ E
C 3
'E 'E
TJ 0
JJ Ul
C &
0 0
0
rH rH
'o 5
CO O
TJ C
C
ing GW interception and
collection system, if
necessary ; RFI ; CMS ; CM
wells Interim Measures: ce-
y
C
01
CO
c
TJ
E
3
jQ
Ul
TJ
Ot
C
n
u
•H
C
Ul
0
cul- moval and containment o
waste; RFI; CMS; CMI
•H
Ul
TJ
TJ
C
jJ
in
%°
M
5
Ul
6
CK
o:
•a
D
4J
n)
c
• H
S
•£
0
o
^
0
tn
•o
c
0 'O
4) 4J
u m
c
1 S
u c
•-> o
c o
w
C7> S
u (A
0
«
U
C
kj
o
5
6
rH
fa
CC
\
C •* TJ
(Q E C
CT* 3 TJ
Ul -H
OEM
O rH
0 u 01
E
10 O) >>
O TJ >
•H -H (TJ
C C 01
cn >,
0 CO
Financial assurance
8
0)
3
10
ITJ
1
J
Ui
O
jj
C
TJ
0)
£
>i
U >
rH JJ
cn nJ
* Ul
jJ 0>
(TJ JJ
0* rH
Ul TJ
JJ
E rH
3 TJ
a s
to
5
•"
fa
K
>i
Ul
TJ
n
«
0)
o
0)
c
1
0 U
E 0)
JJ Q1!
• • S -rH
CO T3
0> Cn "H
3 -H 0
cn ^ u
TJ C C
Z u TJ
TJ C
E TJ
Ui C CO
0> -M rH
JJ Ul rH
c o o>
tw
•H
rH
&
a
CO
>
JJ
(tj
c
Ul
0>
JJ
rH
TJ
fa
at
>i
Ul
TJ
CO
to
Oi
U
0>
c
Financial assurance
,_,
5
^
Ul
5
M
fa
OS
t
0
0
rH
"5
i
cn
Ui
o
§•;
3 U 0
C
o
— 3 u] (TJ
01
Q
~1
TJ O 0>
JD rtJ E
O JJ
I O O>
rH (Q O
0) U iQ
C 01
S i
TJ O
01 o
OJ JJ >i JJ
— tn
ao
a i
z
' 1 a ?
U C
Q e
-S
w -^
C -I
US *
Q
c
HI
c
o
a
I/I
21
9
1 T)
10 u
3 0
TJ rH
C 0
Ul *
O> • Q
JZ O O
0 C
Oi tr C
S £ «•
rvices o
c
H
HI
d
TJ
T3
Q
M
count
5
CO
ot \
3S
g
C
S
CO
Ul
n
0)
TJ
T;
0 co
.0 \
TJ X.
U *J3
>
c
S
0>
Ui
.5
JJ
TJ
E:
§
jj
TJ
3
a1
o
S, vO
10 CO
O "x
ui r-
< ~
rH
TJ
Ui
jj
in
3
TJ
C
I
S
Service;
rH
menta
c
C
• H
c
*
>.
0>
rH
fa m
00
C X,
C
TJ
a.
c -
Sirs co
— 1 \
4* U (N
.C 0 \
E-i Cu r-
a,-
0 -H
O 0) i
w ^ c
t/3 CJ •
-------
RESPONDENTS: City of Janesville;
Ashland Chemical Company;
Bunker Ramo Corporation's Borg Instrument Division;
General Motors Corporation;
Midwest Disposal Company;
Newell Company;
Parker Pen Company;
Pepsi Cola General Bottlers;
Riverside Plating Corporation;
Seneca Foods Corporation;
Shenex Chemical Company, Inc.;
SSI Technologies;
Sprackling Products;
Tecumseh Products Company/Layson Engineer; and
3M Company
AUTHORITIES: CERCLA Section 106(a) and RCRA Section 3008(h)
Consent Order (September 30, 1986)
FINDINGS OF FACT
Facility Description: This order addresses four sites that total approximately
65 acres and are located in the City of Janesville, Wisconsin. The City of
Janesville is the present owner of the facility and is the respondent under RCRA
23008(h). Two of the four sites are abandoned sand and gravel pits and meet the
definition of solid waste management units (SWMUs). The remaining two sites, the
new Janesville Landfill and the Janesville Ash Beds (JAB) have been RCRA
regulated since November 1980. The new Janesville Landfill is located in an
extension of one of the abandoned sand and gravel pits and was licensed to accept
municipal and industril solid wastes by the Wisconsin Department of Natural
Resources (WDDR). The Janesville Ash Beds consist of five ash beds in which
industrial liquids and sludges were disposed and allowed to evaporate or dry.
WDDR licensed JAB in 1983 to accept hazardous waste. Materials within the ash
beds have been removed but clean closure has not been certified. Both JAB and
the new Janesville Landfill are in assessment ground-water monitoring. The RCRA
Part A application identified F006, F007, F008, D008 wastes, and paint wastes
were treated in JAB and disposed in the new Janesville Landfill. Characteristic
waste D002 was also disposed in the landfill. The Agency proposed JAB and the
abandoned sand and gravel pits on the National Priorities List (NPL) promulgated
on September 21, 1984.
Release Determination: The order is based upon a ground water study that shows
a release of the following organic compounds to the ground water: benzene,
toluene, ethylbenzene, tetrachloroethene, 1,1,1-trichloroethane,
1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethane, and 1,2-dichloroethane. The release of hazardous
substances from the sites has contaminated the sand and gravel aquifer below the
sites. Industrial, private and city wells are located in the aquifer associated
with the sites. Janesville's municipal water supply originates from a number of
wells in the area.
-------
ORDER PROVISIONS
RFI: The order requires all of the respondents to conduct a comprehensive
remedial investigation to characterize the sites and their actual or potential
hazard to public health and the environment. Components of the remedial
investigation include (1) characterizing the waste materials at the sites
including leachate from the disposal sites; (2) determining the present and
potential extent of ground-water contamination within the sand and gravel aquifer
and within the bedrock aquifer, and evaluating the suitability of the-sites for
on-site containment systems; (3) determining the extent of contamination of
surface and subsurface soils in and around the facility and sediments within the
Rock River and the pond immediately south of the New Janesville landfill; and (4)
determining the extent of contamination reaching the Rock River and the pond
immediately south of the new Janesville landfill. The respondents will also
conduct a program to determine the extent of release of contaminants to the air.
In addition to the site investigation, the respondents will identify
preliminary remedial technologies to ensure that the site investigations provide
sufficient detail and data to support the evaluation of alternatives during the
feasibility study. Following the site investigations, the respondents will
refine the preliminary options and recommend preliminary remedial technologies
likely to apply to the site problem.
CMS: Based on the results of the RFI, the respondents will prepare and
submit a draft feasibility study (RCR Corrective Measures Study or CNS) outlining
remedial action alternatives to prevent or minimize the release of contaminants
in the environment.
CMI: After selection of the remedial response or corrective action, EPA
shall provide a sixty-day period for negotiation of a new administrative order on
consent for implementation of the remedial response or corrective action.
Reimbursement of Costs: The respondents must reimburse EPA and WDNR for
costs which EPA and WDNR concude are recoverable under Section 107 of CERCLA, and
which have been incurred with respect to this consent order.
CONTACTS
Region V: Daniel J. Cozza
Remeidal Project Manager
CERCLA Eforcement Section
Headquarters: Cindy Byron
(202) 475-8728
-------
RESPONDENT: Eagle-Picher Industries, Inc.
Colorado Springs, Colorado
AUTHORITIES: RCRA Section 3008(h)
Consent Order
FINDINGS OF FACT
Facility Description: Eagle-Picher is a nickel-cadmium battery manufacturing
facility that generates, treats and stores hazardous waste. This facility
includes two active surface impoundments, two inactive surface impoundments, and
a drum storage area.
Release Determination: The consent order is based on the results of
ground-water samples taken downgradient of the surface impoundments. Analyses of
these samples show a release of nickel, chromium, cadmium and arsenic. In
addition, soil samples show a release of nickel and cadmium. Eagle-Picher is
hydraulically upgradient of wells which have the potential to draw ground water
for domestic and/or agricultural purposes.
ORDER PROVISIONS
Interim Measures: The consent order requires Eagle-Picher to upgrade its
ground-water monitoring well system and collect analytical data on the
concentrations of cadmium, nickel and pH values in the soil and ground water. If
the concentrations exceed the values contained in the consent order then
Eagle-Picher must develop and implement an interim measures workplan. This
workplan must propose a ground-water interception and collection system, and
methodology and procedures for treatment of the contaminated ground water.
RFI: Eagle-Picher must conduct a comprehensive remedial investigation or
RCRA Facility Investigation (RFI). This investigation will, at a minimum,
specifically address the impact on ground water, surface water, and
sediments/soils from the four surface impoundments, drum burial areas, spill
areas, buried piping systems, tanks and sumps. The RFI will (1) determine the
concentration, rate, and extent of contamination; (2) characterize the hydrology
and geology of underlying aquifers and (3) characterize and define the impact of
the site contamination on soils, surface water and ground water.
CMS: Based on the results of the RFI, Eagle-Picher shall prepare a
corrective measures study (CMS) that identifies alternatives to remediate
contamination. This study will also include an assessment by a professional
engineer of the likely effectiveness and feasibility of each corrective measure
alternative.
CMI: After submission of the CMS, EPA shall select the corrective measures
to be implemented at the facility. Eagle-Picher must then submit a corrective
-------
measures implementation workplan that includes an engineering design and a
detailed schedule for implementation of the selected corrective measures.
Financial Assurance: After EPA approves the RFI/CMS workplan, Eagle-Picher
must obtain a surety bond for performance of all work to be performed under this
Consent Order.
Stipulated Penalities: EPA will assess a penalty not to exceed $25,000 for
each day of non-compliance with this Consent Order.
CONTACTS
Region VIII: Marcella De Vargas
Waste Management Division
(303) 293-1506
Headquarters: Nancy Browne
(202) 475-9326
Eagle-Picher Industries, Inc.
-------
RESPONDENT: Envirosafe Services of Idaho, Inc.
Owyhee County, Idaho
AUTHORITIES: RCRA Section 3008(h)
Unilateral Order (October 31, 1985)
FINDINGS OF FACT
Facility Description: Envirosafe owns and operates a hazardous waste
treatment, storage, and disposal facility. The facility has a number of solid
waste management units, including at least 24 unlined disposal trenches, three
missile launch silos extending 160 feet below the surface, and other
underground silo structures, including a tunnel system. Prior to November 19,
1980, all but three of the trenches were filled with solid or hazardous
waste. Many of the associated underground structures were also filled with
liquid and solid hazardous waste.
Ground water beneath the site is located at a depth of approximately 200
feet. Each silo has a single ground-water monitoring well located 30 feet
downgradient. Additional monitoring wells are in place 700 feet or more from
the easternmost silo, in a 180 degree downgradient arc.
Release Determination: The order is based on a determination that
hazardous constituents have been found outside the confines of the silos and
their associated structures in both the soil and the ground water. The
sampling data show that the following hazardous waste constituents have been
found in the soil. For example, at Silo I, at 56-58 ft.: chloroform (166,000
ppb), 2-chlorophenol (137,000 ppb), 2,4-dichlorophenol (993,000 ppb), 2,4,5
trichlorophenol (1,010,000 ppb), 1,2,4 trichlorobenzene (80,000 ppb); and at
192-193 ft.: carbon tetrachloride (115 ppb), chlorobenzene (115 ppb),
chloroform (143 ppb), methyl bromide (862 ppb), methylene chloride (201 ppb).
The sampling data show that the following constituents are present in the
ground water: For example, at Silo I: carbon tetrachloride (15.3 ppb),
chloroform (86.9 ppb), methyl chloride (54.5 ppb), and methylene chloride
(38.8 ppb).
All of the constituents identified above are listed in Appendix VIII and have
toxic, carcinogenic, mutagenic or terotogenic effects on humans or other forms
of life. Within a three-mile radius downgradient of the facility there are at
least 14 wells which draw groundwater for agricultural and/or domestic
purposes.
ORDER PROVISIONS
Interim Measures: The Order requires Envirosafe to immediately begin a
monthly sampling and analysis program of the silo wells and the downgradient
perimeter wells at the facility. Each sample must be analyzed for specific
volative organics. If a volatile organic is found as the result of sampling
in excess of 1 part per million (ppm), Envirosafe must immediately notify EPA
and implement its Phase I Corrective Action plan which details procedures for
removing and/or containing hazardous wastes or constituents.
-------
RFI: The Consent Order gives Envirosafe 30 days to develop and implement a
remedial investigation or RCRA Facility Investigation (RFI) plan for
additional studies that will be necessary to develop a comprehensive
corrective action plan. The plan must contain information about the nature
and extent of contamination that constitutes releases and threatened
releases. The plan must meet the following performance standards and
objectives: site-specific health, safety and quality assurance performance
standards; subsurface investigation performance standards, including
monitoring well installation and construction, well development and hydraulic
conductivity tests, well sampling, and an aquifer pump test; soil samples; and
environmental sampling in general.
CMS: Upon completion of the RFI, Envirosafe must undertake a Corrective
Measures Study (CMS) to develop feasible methods of achieving and maintaining
background or ACLs for hazardous constituents found in ground water. The
study must evaluate source control and on-site and off-site corrective
actions for mitigating the contamination. The study must also categorize and
analyze each discrete element.
CMI: The Order also includes a Phase II Corrective Action stage which
requires Envirosafe to implement corrective action based on the results of the
RFI and CMS. Envirosafe will submit quarterly reports detailing its progress
in implementing the corrective action.
CONTACTS:
Region X: Kenneth D. Feigner
Chief, Waste Management Branch
Region X
(206) 442-2782
Headquarters: Charlotte White
(202) 475-6719
Envirosafe Services of Idaho, Inc.
-------
RESPONDENT: Koppers Company, Inc,
Carbondale, Illinois
AUTHORITIES: RCRA Section 3008(h)
Consent Order (June 4, 1986)
FINDINGS OF FACT
Facility Description: Koppers owns and operates a railroad tie and wood treatment
plant. The plant covers approximately 136 acres and uses several different
processes to treat wastewater generated from its wood preserving operations.
Wastewater from the treatment process is piped through an oil/water separator to a
biological wastewater treatment system consisting of four lagoons (treatment system
lagoons), an activated-sludge treatment unit, and a spray irrigation field. The
treatment system lagoons were constructed in the location of a former
creosote-contaminated wastewater lagoon adjacent to a "swampy area". Sludge that
results from the treatment of these wastewaters (K001) collects in the treatment
system lagoons and spray irrigation field.
The Koppers facility also has numerous SWMUs including an "old lagoon area" that
encompasses approximately four acres and kick-back areas that are contaminated as a
result of spilled or leaking treatment agents and/or the dripping of these agents
from treated wood. In addition, three to four years ago, Koppers excavated soil
contaminated with creosote and other organic components and stored the contaminated
soil on plastic sheets in a bermed area southeast of the spray field. This storage
has continued to the present time.
Release Determination: The Consent Order is based on the results of ground-water
monitoring data that indicate a release of hazardous waste constituents to the
ground water from the treatment system lagoon area. These constituents include:
pyrene, pentachlorophenol, acenaphthene, naphthalene, fluoranthene, chrysene, and
anthracene. Contaminants from this area have moved off-site and reached Glade
Creek, which passes near the eastern edge of the facility. During October 1981, two
cattle died on the land east of the Koppers property. An autopsy revealed that they
ingested creosote-contaminated material. Samples taken from Glade Creek in 1982
indicated a variety of polynuclear-aromatic hydrocarbons and pentacholorophenol.
Ground water and soil in the vicinity of the treatment plant are contaminated with
creosote, pentachlorophenol and other organic compounds. This contamination may
result from the kickback areas described above.
ORDER PROVISIONS
RFI: The Consent Order requires Koppers to perform a comprehensive remedial
investigation or RCRA Facility Investigation (RFI) in accordance with a Statement of
Work attached to the Consent Agreement. The RFI will include defining site geology
and the occurrence of contamination; evaluating ground-water flow patterns and the
extent and effects of ground-water contamination; and determining the extent and
potential for air, surface water, and soil contamination. Before initiating the
investigation, Koppers must review all available reports and data to assess what
-------
existing data can be used in the RFI. This review will focus on site background,
nature and extent of the contamination, previous and present sampling and analyses,
and previous response actions. In addition, prior to starting any site
investigations, Koppers will assess the site conditions to determine potential
categories of source control (and/or off-site) corrective actions. EPA will review
and screen the preliminary technologies so chat the site investigations can be
designed to answer questions raised during this site assessment and support the
corrective measures study.
CMS: Either during or following the RFI, Koppers will assess the investigation
results and recommend preliminary corrective action technologies. Based on the
results of the RFI and consideration of the preliminary corrective action
technologies, Koppers will prepare a Corrective Measures Study (CMS) that evaluates
several alternatives for source control and off-site remedial actions in greater
detail.
CMI: The Order requires Koppers to begin implementing the remedial action after
review and approval by EPA.
Stipulated Penalties: $1,000 for the first week and $2,000 for each week
thereafter for failure to submit a deliverable or comply with schedules required
under the Consent Order.
CONTACTS
Region V: Kevin Pierard
Geologist, Unit 9, Indiana-Illinios Enforcement Unit
(312) 886-4466
Headquarters: Cindy Byron
(202) 475-8728
Koppers Company, Inc.
-------
RESPONDENT: Martin Marietta Denver Aerospace
Waterton, Colorjdo
AUTHORITIES: CERCLA Section 106 and RCRA Section 3008(h)
Consent Order (February 7,1986)
FINDINGS OF FACT
Facility Description: The Denver Aerospace Waterton facility contains
approximately 5200 acres and has been used for research, development and
manufacture of aerospace components, defense systems, and related technologies
since 1956. This facility treats, stores, and disposes F001, F002, U019,
U044, and D007 hazardous wastes on-site in sumps, tanks, drums, pits, ponds,
lagoons, surface impoundments, and incineration facilities.
Release Determination: The Order is based on the finding that hazardous
constituents have been detected in surface water, ground water, and soil
sediments. Analysis of surface water samples from Brush Creek, indicate the
presence of trichlorethylene and trans-1, 2 dichlorethylene. These compounds,
along with hexavalent chromium, cyanides, n-nitrosodimethylamine, and
hydrazine, have also been detected in ground water samples taken at the
facility. Onsite soil samples from the facility contained silver, cadmium and
cyanides.
The potential sources of these releases include inactive evaporation ponds
which are now covered with soil, and an inactive landfill used for the
disposal of solid waste, including construction debris. Ground water and
surface water pathways provide routes for the potential migration of
contaminants toward the South Platte River. In addition, this facility is
hydraulically upgradient from a water treatment plant which provides drinking
water to the Denver metropolitan area.
Prior to issuance of this order, Martin Marietta constructed and installed an
interim measure consisting of a well-point dewatering system. This system
intercepts ground water in the area and transports the water to facilities
where it is treated and released in order to mitigate contaminant migration.
ORDER PROVISIONS
RFI: Martin Marietta will submit to EPA a plan for a comprehensive RCRA
Facility Investigation (RFI). The workplan will include determining (1)
presence or absence of hazardous wastes or hazardous constituents; (2) the
nature, ext.ent, concentrations, and rate of movement of contaminants; (3) the
extent and potential for migration of contaminants through each of the
environmental media; and (4) the potential public health and environmental
hazards resulting from the migration of contaminants.
-------
The RFI will be conducted in three Phases. Phase I will focus on performance
of a hydrogeologic and contamination study of the inactive site and the Rifle
Range landfill and will include an investigation of the hydrogeology of the
remaining portions of the study area and an investigation of other potential
sources of contamination within the study area. Phase II includes the
preparation and implementation of a field sampling and analytical plan and a
QA/QC plan to confirm the existence of contamination in the additional areas
identified for further study at the completion of Phase I. Phase III
addresses the development of a workplan to investigate any newly discovered
release or threatened release during the first two phases of this
investigation.
CMS: Based on the results of the RFI, Martin Marietta shall prepare and
submit a draft feasibility study (RCRA Corrective Measures Study or CMS)
outlining remedial action alternatives to prevent or minimize the release of
contaminants in the environment.
CMI: After selection of the remedial response or corrective action, EPA
shall provide a sixty-day period for negotiation of a new administrative order
on consent for implementation of the remedial response or corrective action.
Reimbursement of Costs: Martin Marietta must reimburse EPA for costs which
EPA concludes are recoverable under Section 107 of CERCLA, and which have been
incurred with respect to this consent order.
Stipulated Penalties: EPA will assess $1000 for the first 1-7 days of
delay and $1000 for each additional day thereafter for failure to submit the
RFI Phase I, II or III reports or CMS at approved times. For delays of other
deliverables, EPA may assess $1000 for the first 4-7 days and $2000 for each
7-day delay thereafter.
CONTACTS
Region VIII: James Littlejohn
Remedial Project Manager, Enforcement Section
(303) 293-1518
Headquarters: Nancy Browne
(202) 475-9326
Martin Marietta Denver Aerospace
-------
RESPONDENT: National Industrial Environmental Services, Inc. (NIES)
Furley, Kansas
AUTHORITIES: RCRA Section 3008(h)
Consent Order (May 31, 1985)
FINDINGS OF FACT
Facility Description: This consent agreement addresses the following
units: evaporation ponds, disposal trenches and a stormwater retention pond.
Release Determination: EPA has determined that there has been a
release and that the corrective action order is necessary to prevent future
migration of ground-water contamination from the site.
ORDER PROVISIONS:
RFI/CMS: The Order requires NIES to take corrective action immediately and
to conduct studies necessary to establish ACLs concurrently with the
corrective actions.
The Consent Order requires NIES to reduce the average concentration of total
volatile organic compounds (VOCs) in the ground water onsite and offiste by at
least 25 percent in the year following initial establishment of A level and B
level aquifer extraction well pumping programs. NIES must conduct
ground-water monitoring to evaluate the success of this pumping program.
During this time NIES is to develop alternate concentration levels (ACLs) for
contaminants known to be present in the ground water and released from the
facility, and to establish final levels of contaminant reduction and methods
and schedules to achieve this reduction based on the ACLs. If the ACLs are
not approved and finalized by the second year of ground-water extraction, NIES
must reduce the average concentration of VOCs onsite and offsite by at least
50 and 35 percent, respectively. If during either the first or second year
the average concentration of VOCs in the B level aquifer monitoring wells has
not decreased by the above relevant percentage, then NIES is to commence
construction of a slurry wall system, or submit an alternate reduction plan
and schedule which, upon approval by EPA, would be implemented immediately.
Once the ACLs, either individually or collectively, have been approved by EPA,
those ACLs, plans and schedules would become effective, replacing the
negotiated requirements based on the percentage of VOC reduction. Within 15
months of approval of all ACLs, NIES must document its performance in
achieving these levels and, if necessary, submit a plan including revised
methods and schedules to expeditiously achieve the outstanding ACLs. The
Consent Order corrective action program terminates when the ACLs have been
attained and maintained for three consecutive years.
-------
The Order requires NIES to decommission existing evaporation ponds and a
stormwater retention pond. NIES is required to establish an amibient air
monitoring network to describe all aspects of the dewatering activities which
may have potential to cause air emissions of hazardous substances. NIES is
also required to install and operate a monitoring station to gather
meteorological data (e.g., temperature and precipitation, wind speed, wind
direction). If, after completion of sludge removal and evaporation pond
decommissioning activites, no emissions are detected during a 10-day
post-activity period, NIES can terminate the air monitoring program. If
continued emissions are present, NIES shall continue monitoring and submit a
revised monitoring plan to address the situation.
The Consent Order also requires NIES to plug existing boreholes, wells and any
other cross-connections that may exist between the A and B level aquifers.
Financial Assurance: Within one month after the Order becomes effective,
NIES shall provide financial assurance for all provisions which do or may
require expenditures. The financial assurance mechanisms can separate one
construction cost from another, and may separate capital and operating and
maintenance expenditures.
Stipulated Penalties: EPA may assess a range of penalties from $1,000 to
$5,000 per day for failure to respond within the specified time to
requirements in the Order.
CONTACTS
Region VII: David Tripp
Regional Counsel, Office of Regional Counsel
(913) 236-2808
Headquarters: Nancy Parkinson
(202) 382-2307
NIES, Inc.
-------
RESPONDENT: The Boeing Company
Portland, Oregon
AUTHORITIES: RCRA Section 3008(h)
Consent Order (July 21, 1986)
FINDINGS OF FACT
Facility Description: Boeing owns and operates a hazardous waste
treatment, storage, and disposal facility. This Order addresses corrective
action at a leaking surface impoundment. Boeing has identified MEK, TCA, and
the following waste streams as those used at the Boeing plant: F001, F002,
F005, and F006.
Release Determination: The Order is based on the results of ground water
monitoring data which show TCE and TCA levels that exceed recommended levels
in the ground water in the vicinity of the surface impoundment. On May 1,
1986, Boeing submitted results of groundwater sampling from five monitoring
wells near the surface impoundment. The samples contained the following
hazardous constituents in the following ranges: total organic halogen (TOX)
(1200-2200 ug/1), total organic carbon (TOG) (2300-5400 ug/1),
methyl-ethyl-ketone (MEK) (BD -79 ug/1), trichloroethylene (TCE) (1110-2260
ug/1), and 1,1,1 trichloroethane (TCA) (124-250 ug/1). On April 23, 1986,
Boeing sampled selected wells on the property for volatile organic
constituents. The results of the sampling include: TCA (ND- trace), TCE (2
-37 ug/1), tetrachloroethylene (PCE) (trace -5 ug/1), trans- 1,2
dichloroethylene (t- DCE) (7 -39 ug/1), and 1,1, dichloroethylene (DCE) (ND- 3
ug/1).
There are approximately 67 domestic, 31 irrigation, 36 municipal, and 11
industrial wells within a 3-mile radius of the Boeing facility. At least one
potable water well has already been affected, and other drinking water sources
are endangered.
ORDER PROVISIONS
Interim Measures: Boeing must implement interim measures which consist of
sampling all active drinking water wells within 1/2 mile of the boundaries of
the Boeing property, as well as all active drinking water wells within one
mile of the property, and within a 180 degree arc centered on the downgradient
ground-water flow direction. Boeing must arrange and pay for the analysis of
all samples.
If the results of the sampling show that a well is contaminated above pre-
determined action levels, or if a contaminant is not listed and is in
concentrations above the recognized public health advisory level, and the
contamination likely emanated from the Boeing facility, then Boeing must
notify the affected well owner within three working days after such
determination, and must offer to provide bottled water.
-------
If the level of a contaminant will cause other health concerns apart from
drinking the water, Boeing must develop and implement other initial corrective
actions to minimize health risks.
RFI: Boeing must undertake the RFI in two phases. Phase I will include
(1) an assessment of the rate and extent of air, surface water, soil and
ground-water contamination; (2) development of a model of the aquifers
affected by the release and a conservative prediction of the potential effect
of hazardous constituent movement on downgradient well users; (3) an
evaluation of the affect of pumping by nearby well users on hazardous
constituent movement; (4) revision and update of the Exposure Information
Report for the double lined surface impoundment; (5) characterization of each
source of contamination and assessment of the need for source control
measures; and (6) supplementation of the assessment report to include the
entire Boeing property and all of the hazardous constituents detected earlier.
The Phase II investigation will begin if at any time during the effective
period of the Order it is determined in Phase I, that the Boeing Plant is the
likely source of off-site ground-water contamination. The investigation will
include (1) an expansion of the ground-water model developed in Phase I to
include both a model of the water bearing zones off the Boeing property
affected by the release and a conservative prediction of the potential effect
of hazardous constituent movement on downgradient well users; (2) an
assessment of the rate and extent of air, surface water, soil, and
ground-water contamination; and (3) an evaluation of the effect of
ground-water pumping by well users in the vicinity of any plume(s) released
from the Boeing property.
CONTACTS
Region X: Charles E. Findley
Director, Hazardous Waste Division
(206) 442-1906
Headquarters: Charlotte White
(202) 475-9316
The Boeing Company
-------
RESPONDENT: US Ecology, Inc.
Sheffield, Illinois
AUTHORITIES: RCRA Section 3008(h)
Consent Order (September 17, 1985^
FINDINGS OF FACT
Facility Description: US Ecology operated as a hazardous waste landfill until
January 1983 when it ceased receiving hazardous wastas. According to facility
records, US Ecology received and buried a variety of hazardous wastes or
hazardous constituents at the 45-acre facility, including PCBs, solid and liquid
cyanide compounds, and paint sludges containing lead and chromium pigments.
Release Determination: The Order is based upon ground-water monitoring reports
that show a release of hazardous wastes and/or constituents to the ground water.
These constituents include: acetone, benzene, methylene chloride,
trichloroethylene, chloroform, and carbon disulfide.
ORDER PROVISIONS
RFI: The Order requires US Ecology to conduct a comprehensive remedial
investigation or RCRA Facility Investigation (RFI). The specific goals of the
RFI include: identifying the location of existing contaminant plumes; describing
contaminants being released and the rate and extent of their movement; evaluating
ground-water movement for the entire area of the site; locating'the source of
current releases of contaminants; and defining the method of migration of
contaminants through existing containment facilities. Based on this information,
US Ecology will evaluate the site's overall integrity for long-term containment
and the long-term impacts of releases (present and potential) from the facility.
The investigation will focus on ground-water contamination, but must also address
air, soil and surface water contamination. In addition, US Ecology will
investigate the relationship between surface water and ground water at the site.
CMS: Based on the results of the RFI, US Ecology will develop and evaluate
corrective action alternatives. The Order requires the facility to evaluate each
alternative in terms of reliability, implementability, operation and maintenance
requirements, environmental effects, and safety requirements.
CMI: The Order requires US Ecology to implement the CMS.
Financial Assurance: US Ecology must establish an escrow account in the amount
of $75,000 for payment of any stipulated penalties. This account will remain in
effect for the duration of the RFI and CMS. In addition, the facility must
provide EPA with an irrevocable standby Letter of Credit for $750,000. This
Letter of Credit will guarantee performance and payment of the RFI and CMS. US
Ecology must establish an additional Letter of Credit for $1,750,000 to guarantee
the performance and payment of any corrective action. EPA may draw on the Letter
of Credit in the event US Ecology fails to properly comply with the terms and
conditions of the Consent Order.
-------
Reimbursement of Costs: US Ecology must also reimburse EPA for costs incurred
prior to the effective date of the Orde-r (not to exceed 525,000), RFI and CMS
oversight costs (not to exceed $30,000 per year for a maximum of t^o years), and
oversight of corrective action implementation (not to exceed 5100,000).
Stipulated Penalties: For each day US Ecology fails to submit deliverables
required under the scope of work, EPA may assess penalties of 53,000 per day.
CONTACTS
Region V: Kevin Pierard
Geologist, Unit 9, Indiana-Illinois Enforcement Unit
(312) 886-4466
Headquarters: Cindy Byron
(202) 475-8728
US Ecology, Inc.
-------
SUPERFUND
Records Of Decision
Update
From: Hazardous Site Control Division
To: EPA Regional Offices
August 30, 1985
Vol. l,No. 5
REMEDIAL RECORDS OF DECISION'
FY1985
togta Stt/SM
I Saird & Maguire Inc
May siio MA
to 1986
Beacon Heights L/F,
CT
Cannon Engr-Plymouth.
MA
ROD Charles George L/F
signed MA
7/11/85
Groveiand Wells. MA
Hocomonco Pond. MA
ROD McKin Company ME
signed
7 '22/85
Nyanza Chemical MA
MSI Operaoie Unit)
Pwllo Farm Site Rl
(1st Ooeraoie Unit)
(2nd Operable Unit)
ll Bog CreeK Farm NJ
Burnt Fly 8og. NJ
Gems Landfill. NJ
Glen Ridge Radiation
NJ
Gooss Farm NJ
Helen Kramer it F NJ
CandWM
(or
Ottogrton
no
yes 4/12
yes 7/31
yes 3/8
yes 7/31
yes 6/ 1 7
yes 4/12
yes 4/12
yes 4/12
yes 6/17
yes
no
yes 7/31
no
/« 6/ 1 7
yes 7/31
Thrwlor
OMA^Mn
rimm
Pesticides m soils
&GW
LF leacnate m GW
Surface tanks &
soils
LF ieachate in GW
Solvents in GW
Creosote in soil GW
Voiantes in GW. soil
contamination
Metal sludges
Orgarics in soil &
GW
Voiaties
Lead/fCBs in sal/
sediment
GW contact wrtn
landfill
Low-level
ractiatxjn
GW & soil contamin-
ation oy VOCs/
exotics
GW contaa witn LF
Ittun
Dwxin. ACL
Treating GW m
fraaured
oedrock
—
RCRA caooing
ACL. use of PRP
RI/FS
ACL
Pumping &
treating GW
ACL/onsite RCRA
(acuity
ACL
Seriousness of
neaftn mreat -
potential tor
mplace treatment
Very tigm
scneduie
GW cleanup —
feasibility of RCRA
cap
Oftsite disposal
location
Heavy PflP
involvement
—
ftogtanri
Conod
Boo Sharten
223-1722
Ricd Cavagnero
223-1947
Greg Roscoe
223-5911
Ricn Laghton
223-1946
Jim Oneilo
223-1946
Jim Cinello
223-1946
Oave Weoster
223-4909
Ricn Cavagnero
223-1947
Jonn Randall
223-1928
Erie Swaru
264-1253
Sue Kaufman
264-8098
Ed Putnam
264-1873
Ooug Johnson
264-8475
Don Lynch
264-8216
Ed Putnam
264-1873
HMdQuvtvrs
Contact
Steve Hoooef
475-6689
Steve Hoooef
475-6689
Bill Kascnan
382-2348
Sill Kascna«
382-2348
Steve Hoooef
475-6689
Steve Hoooef
475-6689
Jim Spatare<'.j
382-7995
SB Kascran
382-2348
Jim Spatareii,,
S Ross
382-7995
Jonn Kingston
382-7996
BoO Quinn
382-2350
Jim Soatarau
382-7995
Jonn Kingston
382-79%
John Kmgscon
382-7996
Boo Qumn
382-2350
Jim Soatareiia
382-7995
Jonn Kmgscort
382-7996
•r* not Included on this list.
-------
MM
III
ROD
signed
3/22/85
ROD
signed
3/22/85
ROO
signed
3/2/85
ROD
signed
5/28/85
ROO
signed
5/28/85
Sk/SM
Upan Landfill. NJ
Marathon Saury, NY
Olean Wed SeW. fU
Sinclair Refinery. NJ .
Swooe Oil. NJ
Wide Beacn NY
YorK Oil. NY
Oougiasviiie. PA
OraKe Chemical. PA
Harvey-Knon. OE
Heieva Landfill PA
Lacxawanna. PA
Lansdowne Radiation.
PA
MeAooo Associates. PA
Moyers unofiii PA
Sand Gravel & Stone.
MO
Taylor Sorougfi, PA
Tyoouts Comer, OE
Tysons Osoosai. PA
American Creosote. . FL
w i mm or
yes 7/31 Leacnate tram LF
possible Cd contamination ot
wetlands, cove 4
river
yes 6/ 1 7 TCE contamination of
GW
yes VOCs etc m soil
GW
yes 6/ 1 7 PC8s .n soil
yes 7/31 PC8s m son
yes 7/31 ?C3s m son
yes 4/i 2 Waste oinocated m
flood stain
yes 6/ ' 7 Contaminated
Buildings aqcons &
GW
yes 6/ 1 7 GW contamination
drum aisDOsai
yes 3/8 Contaminated GW
yes 3/8 "its witn contamin-
ated 'eacnate
yes 6/ 1 7 House contaminated
witn radioactive
materials
no Soils contamination
yes 6/ 1 7 LF witn contaminated
leacnan
yes 6/ 1 7 Soil contamination
snaittwGW
contamination
yes 4/ 1 2 Drum aisoosai on -OB
at LF minimal son
contamination
/es urge LF GW con-
tamination alternate
water suooiy
orovided
no ugoons. soil and
snailow GW
contamination
yes 7 '31 ugoon areas onsite
and oftsite soil and
GW contamination
ISSUH
Leacnate
coiieaion i
aisoosai
wetlands env
inreat .imited
DUOIIC neaitn
:nreat
No source aata
Sow site
GW contamination
ot 'ocai wens
Consistency witn
removal action
"gm scneduie
Active 'acuity is
source ot
contamination
Flood oiam
aaiacem facility
RA coordination
GW cteanuo goals
Zetland assess-
ment PCBs
Source in GW 2
yr treatment Ti-
eluded m remedy
Municipal/
naustnal c:asure
ot aits
suosidence
Seiocation
fund naiancmg
partial removal
-s wooing :ue
•3 SbCsiaence
jas collection ly
20
-------
ROD
signed
3/29/85
EDO
ROD
signed
3/29/85
V
Moved
to
FY86
HOD
signed
3/13/85
Moved
!0
FY 36
SOD
signed
6/12/85
Moved
to
FY86
HOD
signed
9/2/85
ROD
signed
3/7 '85
HOD
signed
8/7/85
HOD
signed
8/12/85
ROD
signed
8/12/85
VI
S*»/S«i
Oavie Landfill. FL
Miami Drum/
Siscayne Aquifer , FL
Varsoi Spill. FL
Wnitenouse Waste Oil
FL
Acme Solvent IL
(1st Operaoie Unit)
Arcanum iron OH
Byron Salvage IL
(IstOperaDle Unit)
Cemetary Ml
(1st Operaoie Unit)
Chanevoix Municipal.
Ml
Fields Brook OH
(1st OperaDie Unit)
Kummer L'F MN
Ust OperaDie Unit)
LasKin/ Poplar Oil OH
LeHnher MN
1 'st Operapie Unit)
Mam St IN
(1st Operaoie Unit)
Morns Arsenic MN
New Lyme. OH
Norrnemairs. Ml
(1st OperaDie Unit)
Old Mill OH
Schmalz Dump Wl
(1st Operaoie Unit)
Verona Wellfieid. Ml
(2nd OperaDie Unit)
Wauconda Sand. IL
(1st Ooeraoie Unit)
Bayou Bontouca LA
CandMaM
for
Mtgatlon
yes Of 1 7
no
yes 3/8
yes 3/8
yes 4/12
yes 7/31
yes 3/8
yes 7Oi
yes 4' 12
yes 7/31
yes 4/12
/es 6/ 1 7
7 31
ves 6/ ' 7
yes 7 31
yes Si 1 7
yes 6/17
yes 5- 1 7
yes 4/12
yes 6/ 1 7
yes 01 ' 7
yes 7. Ti
yes 4, 1 2
Threat or
PiuWini
Sludge lagoon
threatens GW
Regional GW
contamination
Source dissipated
Soils GW w/
organics and metals
Alternative water
supolv contaminated
satis 4 GW (metals
organics PCBs)
Soil GW
contamination with
lead & acid
Buried wastes.
arums
Buried drums
GW contamination
limited to threat nRM
to provide alternate
water supply)
Stream sediments
contaminated with
?CBs organics
Heavy metals
Water supply
PCS contaminated
soils ponos GW
GW contamination
witn TCE
PUOIIC water supply
contaminated w/
solvents
No tnreat deletion
candidate
Landfill contamina-
ted soil eacrate &
GW
Contaminated soils
Contaminated soil
and GW
PCB contamination
of soil pond
sediments
Contaminated soil
Contaminated
eacnate
Creosote waste piles
LF' drums
ISSUM
Disposal m
existing onsite
landfill without
douPle liner
Plume is no
longer identified
with any site
The aguifer is
contaminated
Petroleum
traction
Length of GW
treatment suita-
bility for onsite
closure
Son cleanup '6vei
oeii sting
methodology)
Cleanup levels
Disposal
'acihty tor pC3s
Hign enforce-
ment
"CSs
High
enforcement
—
ACL .ength of
time to treat GW
PCBs
—
Soil cleanup evei
Rational
Contact
Jim Oroan
257-2643
Jim OrDan
257-2643
Jim OrDan
257-2643
JacK Snider
257-2930
Paul Sitter
Dave Favero
886-4742
Alien Woitas
886-6941
Doug Yesios
886-9296
Tom Thomas
886-1434
JacK Kratzmeyer
353-6449
Allen W0|tas
386-6941
Allen woitas
886-6941
.ay Pucmski
353-6316
F'ed 3artman
353-6083
M'«e Sfimou
J53-54I7
Gene Aong
353-6341
Mary "yson
386-3006
Mary £:ame
Gustatson
386-6144
Mary Tyson
386-3006
Margaret
Guernero
886-0399
JacK Kratzmeyer
353-6449
Cindy Nolan
386-0440
Oon Porter
729-9712
Headquarters
Contact
Ed Barm
382-7998
Deooie
Swicnkow
382-2453
Lisa Wooason
475-3246
Linda
Soornazian
382-7997
Ed Banh
382-7998
Kitty raimi
382-2449
Ed Banh
" 382-7998
Carol Lmosav
475-6704
Kitty Taimi
382-2449
Ed Barth
382-7998
Kitty Taimi
382-2449
Ed Bartn
382-7998
Carol undsav
475-6704
Carol unosa.
475-6704
Kitty faimi
382-2449
Ed Sartn
382-7998
Carol Lindsav
475-6704
Carol : ncsav
475-6704
Carci ^ncsav
475-670-)
Carol L ncs
-------
Tf»M or
luim
Moved
to
FY86
Moved
to
FV86
ROD
signed
3/15/85
ROD
signal
6/11/85
VII
BOO
signed
7/10/85
VIII
Moved
to
FY86
ROD
signed
8/7/85
IX
ROD
signed
5/9/85
X
Moved
to
FV86
ROD
signed
5/3/85
Goal Lindsay AR
Ov»ReDer,l>
MOTCO. TX
Tnangfc Chemical. TX
Bhsville Sites. MO
(Rosalie & Caltanan)
Denver Radium Site.
CO
Milltown. MT
(Supplemental)
WoodBury Chemical.
CO
Ceftor Chemical. CA
OalNorte. CA
JibOoom Junkyard. CA
Ponders Comer WA
TacomaWeil i2A, WA
United Chrome. OR
yes 6/1 7
y«s4/12
yes 3/8
yes 4/12
yes 4/12
yes 6/25
yas
yes 3/8
yes 6/ 1 7
yes o/ U
yes 3/ 8
yes 7/31
no
yes
tow ievei orgamcs
in soil
LF/dnjms with
df games
Lagoons containing
PCBs. organics. and
neavy metais
Sals with arsenic.
metals
Drums 4 con-
taminated sals
Radioactive con-
tamination (soils 4
structures)
Arsenic -contaminated
water supply
Soils with pesticides
Heavy metais in soil
Pesticides m sot.
GW
PC8s. metais in soil
ICE in soil GW
Organic solvents m
soil GW
Hex-cnromium m
soil GW
Mo action vs
limited action
Extent of removal.
if any. GW
cleanup
incineration of
PCSs. Mtem of
soil /sludge
removal
ACL
Offsite disoosal
AcceotaM
disposal facility
Extent of
contamination
Extent of sal
removal treatment
vs onsite closure
Soil cleanup
level
ACL
Extent of son
excavation
ACL
ACL. extent of
soil excavation
ACL
Joe Cravens
729-9737
Steve Gnretn
729-2737
Oon Porter
729-9712
Oon Williams
729-9713
8oO Fetid
758-3931
Jonn BnnK
564-1525
Jim Knoy
585-5414
wait Sandza
564-1531
NICK Morgan
454-8918
Micnele Oermer
454-8144
Nick Morgan
454-8918
Carol Thompson
399-2709
Phil Wong
399-7216
jorm Meyer
399-1271
Randy
-------
SUPERFUND
Records Of Decision
Update
From: Hazardous Site Control Division
To: EPA Regional Offices
November 26, 1985
Vol. 1, No. 8
ROD SUMMARIES
VARSOL SPILL,
REGION IV,
FLORIDA
(Approved 3/29/85)
Description:
• Commercial operations at the
Miami International Airport
, resulted in discharges of
hydrocarbons, petroleum-
fraction solvents, and jetfuel
into surface waters and the
Siscayne Aquifer.
Decision:
• No source control action
specific to this site; area-wide
responses and ground water
remedies addressed in Bis-
cayne Aquifer ROD.
Issues:
• Rl showed no trace of solvent
at site; other chemicals have
biodegraded or dissipated
and become part of overall
contamination of Biscayne
Aquifer.
• CERCLA does not address jet-
fuel spills.
• Private parties have recovered
some spilled jetfuel.
Contacts:
• Region IV: Jim Orban
FTS 257-2643
Headquarters: Lisa Woodson
FTS 475-8246
BISCAYNE AQUIFER,
REGION IV.
FLORIDA
(Approved 9/16/85)
Description:
• Three NPC sites and an un-
sewered industrial area to the
North contributed to overall
contamination . in the Bis-
cayne Aquifer. Sites include a
drum recycling facility, a
municipal landfill, and an in-
ternational airport. As a result,
three well fields serving more
than 600,000 people have
been contaminated. Biscayne
Aquifer is close to the surface
and has high transmissivity.
Decision:
• Add air stripping capacity to
existing well-head treatment
facilities at two wellfields
Issues:
• Area-wide groundwater con-
tamination from numerous
sources. Remedial measures
ensure safe municipal supply
but do not address existing
contamination.
• Local authorities will pay for
further treatment to remove
additional chemicals and
color and to increase available
water supply. EPA supports
these actions.
• Area-wide waste management
plan recommended for entire
study area.
Contacts:
• Region IV: Jim Orban
FTS 257-2930
• Headquarters: Lisa Woodson
FTS 475-8246
LEHILLIERAWANKATO,
REGION V,
MINNESOTA
(Approved 9/25/85)
Description:
• Natural and man-made
depressions became ad r^oc
waste disposal sites between
1925 and 1960. In 1981. TCE
was found in an aquifer see,
ing the LeHillier commumr,
Decision:
• Manage migration and reduc-
source by extracting gro^nc
water using a system of -•
istmg and newly constructed
wells and partially treating sv
air stripping.
• Extend LeHillier wa;er
distribution system to include
all affected receptors.
Issues:
• Target levels for ground water
restoration equate to a HSK
level of 10-6 TCE. Ground
water treatment should take
less than 5 years if contami-
nant source no longer exists
and will take 5 to 10 years
otherwise.
-------
• Ground water treatment
prevents migration of con-
taminants to water supply of
adjacent town.
Contacts:
• Region V: Fred Bartman
FTS 35^6883
• Headquarters: CaroUJndsay
FTS 475^6704
DOUGLASSV1LLE
DISPOSAL SITE.
REGION III,
PENNSYLVANIA
(Approved 9/27/85)
Description:
• Waste oil reprocessing and
recycling facility has been in
operation since 1941. The site
has drums of wastes and con-
taminated soils and
sediments. VOCs were found
in facility drinking water. In
1970 and 1972, storms wash-
ed millions of gallons of
waste downstream from an
abandoned lagoon.
Decision:
• Remove drums.
• Remove contaminated soils
and sediments from drainage
ditch and consolidate in the
sludge disposal area. Cap
filled sludge lagoon and facili-
ty disposal area.
• install levees and dikes to pro-
tect site from 100-year flood
event.
• Defer decision on ground
water treatment.
Issues:
• Site is in 100-year floodplam
of state scenic river.
• Active facility onsite.
Contacts:
• Region III: Bill Hagel
FTS 597-3161
• Headquarters: Lisa Woodson
FTS 475-8246
VERONA WELL FIELD,
REGION V,
MICHIGAN
(Approved 8/12/85)
Description:
• Three known sources have
contaminated the Verona Well
Field with VOCs. The well
field supplies water for 35,000
residents of Battle Creek,
Michigan, and for commercial
and industrial users, including
two major food processors. In
1984, incerceptor wells and air
stripping facilities were con-
structed at the well field as an
interim remedial measure to
ensure a clean water supply
to the community.
Decision:
• Contain and collect con-
taminated ground water in
vicinity of one source. Pump
to existing well field air strip-
per for treatment.
• Increase volatilization of
VOCs from soils at that
source using air extraction
wells.
Issues:
• Enhanced volatilization using
air extension wells is an alter-
native technology for dealing
with soils contaminated with
VOCs.
Contacts:
• Region V: Jack Kratzmeyer
FTS 353-6449
• Headquarters: Carol Lindsay
FTS 475-6704
SINCLAIR REFINERY SITE.
REGION II.
NEW YORK
(Approved 9/30/85)
Description:
• VOCs and other contaminants
were found m the landfill
associated with an oil refinery
and in ground water. Flooding
and migration of the Genesee
River has eroded parts of the
landfill.
Decision:
• Remove and dispose of
drums offstte; excavate
smaller landfill and con-
solidate with larger landfill: fill
and cap landfill with RCRA
clay cap.
• Channelize portion of river
Issues:
• Waste from the refinery por-
tion of the site eventually may
be incorporated into the land-
fill. An Ri/FS for the refinery
portion is under way.
Contacts:
• Region
Joel Singerman
FTS 264-9589
• Headquarters: Bob Qumn
FTS 382-2350
WIDE BEACH
DEVELOPMENT SITE,
REGION II,
NEW YORK
(Approved 9/30/85)
Description:
• A small recreational com-
munity on Lake Erie used
waste oil for dust control The
waste oil was found to con
tain PCBs.
Decision:
• Excavate contaminated son
from roadways, drainage ait
ches, driveways, yards, arc
wetlands.
• Dispose of contaminated
asphalt; reuse uncoi-
taminated asphalt as fill
• Chemically treat cc-
taminated soils; use treated
soil as fill m excavated areas
and repave roads and dnve
ways.
• Treat perched water m sewe'
trenches.
• Continue sampling to def"~e
extent of contamination
issues:
• Chemical detoxification ;•
PCBs was found to be an •?•
fective alternative to ]ar~
disposal or incineration
Contacts:
• Region II: Joel Singerman
FTS 264-9589
• Headquarters: Bob Qumn
FTS 382-2350
BEACON HEIGHTS
LANDFILL,
REGION I,
CONNECTICUT
(Approved 9/23/85)
Description:
• This 30-acre privately
operated landfill received
I
-------
municipal refuse, rubber,
plastics, industrial chemicals,
and sludges. The ground
vater, which provides water
,or several residential wells, is
contaminated.
Decision:
• Excavate discrete portion of
site with minor wastes; con-
solidate wastes; cap site.
• Install leachate control
system around landfill; collect
leachate and treat offsite.
• Extend public water supply.
• Decision on ground water has
been deferred.
Contacts:
• Region I: Rich Cavagnero
FTS 223-1947, or
Steve Farrick
FTS 223-1718
• Headquarters: Steve Hooper
FTS 475-6689
BAYOU BONFOUCA,
REGION VI,
LOUISIANA
proved 8/15/85)
-Ascription:
• Abandoned creosote treating
facility is within 100-year
floodplain of adjacent bayou.
Creosote contamination
found in soils onsite, in
ground water, and on the bot-
tom of the bayou.
Decision:
• Excavate and dispose of
creosote and highly con-
taminated soil offsite; dispose
of contaminated water offsite
through deep-well injection.
• Study extent of and remedies
for contamination in sedi-
ment, ground water, and sur-
face water.
Contacts:
• Region VI: Don Porter
FTS 729-9712
• Headquarters: Randy
Kaltreider
FTS 382-2448
CELTOR CHEMICAL,
REGION IX,
CALIFORNIA
(Approved 9/30/85)
Description:
• The site was occupied by a
processor of mining ores. Tail-
ings left onsite have been
washed downstream during
floods and have leached
heavy metals into surface
waters. One large tailings pile
was removed as an interim
measure.
Decision:
• Excavate contaminated soils
to risk-based levels for metals;
dispose of contaminated soils
offsite.
Contacts:
• Region IX: Nick Morgan
FTS 454-8918
• Headquarters: Steve Hooper
FTS 475-6689
GOOSE FARM,
REGION II,
NEW JERSEY
(Approved 9/27/85)
Description:
• Polysulfide rubber and solid
rocket fuel propellants were
buried in a pit dug in fine
sand. Ground water and soils
are contaminated. Interim ac-
tivities have included offsite
disposal of wastes and soil
and plume containment
Decision:
• Flush remaining con-
taminated soil. Collect ground
water, treat it, and re-inject
treated water into ground.
• Continue testing to determine
need for capping and extent
of PCS contamination.
Issues:
• Heavy involvement of PRPs.
Contacts:
• Region II: Don Lynch
FTS 264-8216
• Headquarters: Bob Qumn
FTS 382-2350
OLEAN WELL HELD,
REGION II,
NEW YORK
(Approved 9/24/85)
Description:
• The well field that supplies
drinking water for the City and
Town of Olean was found to
contain TCE. Immediate ac-
tions included monitoring
private wells and installing 11
carbon absorption units. Little
data were available on the
source of contamination.
Decision:
• Construct two air stripping
systems to treat water from
three municipal wells.
• Extend City water system to
replace contaminated wells,
inspect industrial - sewers.
recommend institutional con-
trols on well water extraction,
further define source and
evaluate control methods.
Contacts:
• Region II: Pam Tames
FTS 264-2646
• Headquarters: Bob Quinn
FTS 382-2350
WOODBURY
CHEMICAL SITE,
REGION VIII,
COLORADO
(Approved 7/19/85)
Description:
• Fire destroyed a pesticides
plant m 1965. Contaminated
rubble and debris were put on
an adiacent lot. Pesticides
metals, and other organic
compounds are found botn
on- and offsite m soils and
sediments.
Decision:
• Offsite incineration of
material with total pesticide
concentration in excess of
100 ppm and offsite disposal
of soil containing 3-100 ppm
total pesticides.
Contacts:
• Region VIII: Walt Sandza
FTS 564-1531
• Headquarters: Randy
Kaltreider
FTS 382-2448
-------
WESTERN PROCESSING,
REGION X.
WASHINGTON
ent from creek.
jnitor site closely and ex-
^and treatment if necessary.
Issues:
• Further actions at site will be
determined after analyzing ef-
fectiveness of current
remedies.
• Involvement of approximately
190 PRPs.
• Possible m-situ soil solidifica-
tion pilot site.
Contacts:
• Region X: Judy Schwartz
FTS 399-2684
• Headquarters: Steve Hooper
FTS 475-6689
HARVEY AND KNOTT
DRUM SITE,
REGION III,
DELAWARE
A~ "oved 9/30/85)
iption:
1 Wastes accepted at this on-
site disposal facility were
from sanitary, municipal, and
industrial sources and con-
sisted of sludges, paint
pigments, and solids. Wastes
were burned, allowed to seep
into the soil, or buried. Con-
taminants, including PCBs
and VOCs, have been found in
soils and sediments. VOC
contamination was also found
in ground water.
Decision:
• Treat water from onsite pond;
remove and dispose of
sediments, sludges, wastes,
and drums.
• Install ground water collec-
tion and treatment system
and use treated ground water
to flush onsite soils. Operate
system for 5 years and assess
level of effectiveness.
Issues:
• Site closure decision will be
deferred until effectiveness of
soil flushing can be assessed.
• Extraction/treatment/fiushmg
system is an alternative to ex-
cavation and disposal.
• Extensive wetland area sur-
rounding site.
Contacts;
• Region III: Joe Dugandztc
FTS 597-9023
• Headquarters: Lisa Woodson
FTS 475-8246
HOCOMONCO POND.
REGION I,
MASSACHUSETTS
(Approved 9/30/85)
Description:
• Wood products were treated
with creosote onsite. Wastes
were stored in a lagoon and
two depressions. Creosote
compounds have con-
taminated local soils, ground
water, and sediments m the
local pond.
Decision:
• Excavate and dewater
sediments from the pond and
soils from the depressions.
Place m an onsite facility built
to RCRA standards.
• Relocate the open-iomted
storm dram that runs through
the former lagoon area.
• Cap both the onsite facility
and the former lagoon area
with one contiguous RCRA
cap.
Contacts:
• Region I: Bruce Marshall
FTS 22S0906
• Headquarters: Steve Hooper
FTS 475-6689
NEW LYME.
REGION V,
OHIO
(Approved 9/27/85)
Description:
• This 40-acre landfill accepted
industrial wastes not aiicwec
by State of Ohio license
Cyanide wastes may 5e
buried at the site. Soil, grcurc
water, and sediment are con-
laminated. Contaminates
leachate is apparent at seecs
throughout the site. The s.:e
is surrounded on three sices
by wetlands.
Decision:
• Install RCRA cap over lane?-.
• Dewater landfill and extract
and contain ground water -
definitely; treat ground .va:-'
and contaminated leac-a-e
using biological precipita: z~
and activated carbon tec"-
ques: consolidate cc-
tammated sediment ors -e
under cap.
• Construct gas contrc s
monitor ground water
Contacts:
• Region V: Mary Tyson
FTS 886-3006
• Headquarters: Carol Lindsa,
FTS 475-6704
SWOPE OIL COMPANY,
REGION II.
NEW JERSEY
(Approved 9/27/85)
Description:
• This chemical reclamation
and production facility was in
operation from 1965 to 1979
PCBs and other chemicals
were found m soils. A surface
aquifer is contaminated m
part from the site. A municipal
well located 100 feet away m
the lower aquifer has been
closed.
-------
Decision:
• Remove and dispose tanks
and buildings offsite; treat or
dispose of tank contents.
.• Dispose of PCB-contaminated
soils and buried sludge off-
site; cap site.
• Study nature and extent of
ground water contamination
and feasibility of remedial
alternatives.
Contacts:
• Region II: Don Lynch
FTS 264-8216
• Headquarters: John
Kingscott
FTS 382-7996
CEMETERY DUMP,
REGION V,
MICHIGAN
(Approved 9/11/85)
Description:
• This abandoned gravel pit was
used for burial of approx-
imately 250 drums of hazar-
dous wastes, including PCBs.
Four residences were subse-
quently constructed onsite.
Aquifer underlies the site, and
supplies water for area-wide
domestic wells.
Decision:
• Excavate and dispose of
drums offsite. Soils to be ad-
dressed in ROD amendment.
Contacts:
• Region V: Tom Thomas
FTS 886-1434
• Headquarters: Kitty Taimi
FTS 382-2449
Ed Barth
FTS-382-7998
ALTERNATIVE
TECHNOLOGIES
One of the major goals of the
Superfund program in FY '86 is
to increase the use of new
technologies to treat and
dispose of waste. This issue of
the ROD Update is intended to
provide a brief overview of what
some of these new technologies
are, where they have already
been used at Superfund sites,
and some current Agency work
i this area.
some rough working de-
, of the basic categories
of alternative technologies are in
order.
• ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY
is currently used by many to
mean any treatment technol-
ogy that reduces the mobility
and toxicity of waste and
thereby reduces its threat to
the environment. Containment
or land disposal without treat-
ment is not considered to be
alternative technology.
• INNOVATIVE TECHNOLOGY
denotes existing technologies
that have not yet been proven
effective for their desired ap-
plication or technologies that
just need final field
stration to be conside
proven and available
• ADVANCED/EMERGING
TECHNOLOGIES
refer to technologies sti
the lab research stage
• EXISTING TECHNOLCG
are those which have prove"
be effective for the des i rec 1
plication and are comme'-: i
available.
The various stages of tec-
gy development are disc ;.
below.
Advanced/.
Emerging
TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENT
Innovative
1
c
5 3
c ;
g —
Existing
Lab Scale
Development
Pilot
Scale Up
Demonstration
Guidance
-------
Alternative technologies currently being tested and considered by EPA include the following:
INNOVATIVE TECHNOLOGIES UNDER DEVELOPMENT BY ORD
I. CONTAINMENT CONTACT
A. ISOLATION TECHNIQUES
1. Barriers by Grouting (P)
2. In-situ Vitrification (ISV) Generated Underground Barriers
for Confinement of Hazardous Wastes (P)
3. Use of Underground Mines as Repositories for
Hazardous Waste (0)
4. Bottom Isolation Barrier System (P)
B. STABILIZATION/FlXATIpN/ENCAPSULATION TECHNIQUES
1. Applicability of Solidification/Stabilization
Processes to NPL Sites (D)
C. AIR EMISSIONS/TREATMENT TECHNIQUES
1. Air Stripping of Volatile Organics from Soil (L)
2. Air Stripping of VOCs from Liquids at Superfund
Sites (D)
3. Control of Air Emissions from Superfund Surface
Impoundments (D)
II. SEPARATION/CONCENTRATION TECHNIQUES
1. Treatment of Waste-Contaminated Ground by
Electrokinetics (P)
2. Investigation of Treatment Methods Used in the Mining
and Metallurgical Industry for Application at Waste Site
Cleanups (L)
3. Artificial Freezing as a Remedial Action Technique (P)
4. Mobile/Transportable Systems for Extraction of
Pollutants from Excavated Soils (P/D)
5. In-situ Extraction of Contaminated Soils (P)
6. Management of Contaminated Sediments (L)
7. Leachability of Toxic Organics from Contaminated Soils
and Residues from Chemical and Biological Treatment
of Contaminated Soils (L)
8. Reverse Osmosis Concentration of Hazardous Waste
Leachate (P)
9. Steam Stripping of Contaminants (L)
10. Metal Binding Compounds (L)
11. Supercritical Extraction Using Solvent and Solute
Mixtures (L)
12. Sorption of Aqueous Hazardous Wastes with Treated
Clays (L)
13. Pristine Lignm for Hazardous Waste Treatment (L)
III. DETOXIFICATION
A. CHEMICAL TREATMENT TECHNIQUES
1. Dioxin Radical Formation and Polymerization on Cu (II)
Smectite (L)
2. Catalytic Decomposition of Halogenated Pollutants (P)
3. Photodecomposition of Toxic Inorganics and Organics
in Leachates Via Semiconductor Oxides (L)
4. Slurry Process for Destruction of PCDDs and PCBs in
Contaminated Soils, Sediments, and Sludges (P)
B. BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY
1. Use of Colloidal Gas Aphrons (GCAs) for Solving
Contaminated Ground water and Soil Problems
2. Use of Support Aerated-Biofilm Reactors for the
Biodegradation of Toxic Organic Compounds (L)
3. Anaerobic In-situ Degradation of Organic Compounds (L)
4. Biochemical Processing of Leachates and Excavated
Soils (P)
Herbert Pahren
Don Sanning
Janet Houthoofd
Walter Grube
Carlton Wiles
Paul dePercin
Paul dePercin
Paul dePercin
Jonathan Herrmann
Don Sanning
Janet Houthoofd
Richard Traver
Richard Traver
Anthony Tafuri
MikeRoulier
John Martin
John Martin
John Martin
Mark Stutsman
Mark Stutsman
David Ferguson
Mark Stutsman
Charles Rogers
Charles Rogers
Charles Rogers
Stephen James
Ronald Lewis
Stephen James
John Brugger
FTS#
569-7874
569-7875
569-7863
569-7798
569-7795
569-7797
569-7797
569-7797
569-7839
569-7875
569-7863
321-6677
321-6677
321-6604
569-7796
569-7753
569-7753
569-7753
569-7776
569-7776
569-7518
569-7776
569-7757
569-7757
569-7757
569-7877
569-7856
569-7877
321-6634
i
-------
5. Detoxification Technology Using AWT Biological
Methods (P/D)
6. Mycorrhizae and Host Plant Species as Hazardous
Waste Detoxification Agents (L)
7. Bacteria Capable of Detoxifying Organomercurials (L)
8. Evaluation of Commercial Biochemical Preparations for
Hazardous Waste Detoxification (L)
9. Selected Natural Microorganisms for the Detoxification
of PCB-contaminated Soils (P)
10. White Rot Fungus as a Detoxification Agent of
Halogenated Organic Hazardous Waste in Contaminated
Soils (P)
11. Application Methodology for the In-situ Use of Soil
Detoxification Microorganisms (L)
C. MIXED SYSTEMS
1. Combined Biological, Chemical, and Physical In-situ
Treatment Processes (P)
D. THERMAL DETOXIFICATION
1. Mobile/Transportable Incinerator Systems (D)
2. Mobile/Transportable Carbon Reactivator Systems (D)
3. Molten Glass Technology (D)
4. Huber Advanced Electric Reactor (D)
5. Circulating Bed Combustion (D)
6. Plasma Arc Systems (D)
7. Shirco Infrared System (D)
KEY: (P) - Pilot
(L) — Laboratory
(D) — Demonstration
Edward Opatken
John Glaser
John Glaser
John Glaser
John Glaser
John Glaser
John Glaser
Stephen James
James Yezzi
Richard Traver
Harry Freeman
Harry Freeman
Harry Freeman
Harry Freeman
Harry Freeman
569-7855
569-7568
569-7568
569-7568
569-7568
569-7568
569-7568
569-7877
321-6703
321-6677
569-7529
569-7529
569-7529
569-7529
569-7529
Alternative Technologies Selected for Superfund Remedial Actions to Date
Listed below are the Superfund sites for which alternative technologies have been chosen as part
of the remedial action.
HYDRAULIC REMOVAL AND TREATMENT
Region Sit* Name/State
i Nasnua/NH
ll Goose Farm/Nj
il Upari Landfiii/NJ
H PAS Oswego/NY
ill Harvey-KnotKOE
X Ponders Corner/WA
X Tacoma Well 12A/WA
X Western Processmg/WA
Hegion Site Name/State
VI Old Inger/LA
U^ltlm
nnOQW
Soil
Soil
Son
Sou
Soil
Soil
Soil
Sou
LAND
Media
Sludges & Soils
Status
Construction
Design
Design
Design
Design
Design
Design
Design
TREATMENT
Status
Design
Reg. Contact/FTS #
Chet Janowski
223-1943
Don Lyncn
264-8216
Sal Badalamenn
264-1873
Steve MacGregor
2649588
Joe Dugandzic
597 9023
Carol Thompson
399-2709
Pnil Wong
399-7216
Judy Scnwartz
399-2684
Reg. Contact/ FTS #
Bonnie DeVoss
729-9739
HQ Contact/FTS •
Steve Hooper
475*689
Bob Quinn
3822350
John Kmgscott
382 7996
Boo Quinn
382-2350
Lisa Wooason
4753246
Steve Hooper
475*689
Steve Hooper
475*689
Steve Hooocr
475*689
HQ Contact/FTS •
Debby Swicnkow
382-2463
-------
PHYSICAUCHEMICAL/BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT
Ragton
i
it
it
IV
V)
Sit* NanwtState
Keefe Environmental Services/
NH
Sndgeport/NJ
PAS O»wego/NY
Bluff Road/NC
MOTCO/TX
Mwtta
Drums/TanKs
Liquids
Orums/TanKs
OrumsfTanKs
Liquids
Statu*
Completed
Completed/ Design
Completed
Completed
Design
Reg. Contact/ FTS »
Cnet Janowski
223-1943
Ron Barsolino
264-1913
Steve MacGregor
264-9688
Nancy Redgate
257-2643
Don Porter
729-9712
HQ Contact/ FTS »
Steve Hooper
47S6689
Jonn Kingscott
382-7996
BOO Qumn
382-2350
Decoy Swicncow
382-2453
Handy Kaltreiaer
382-2448
INCINERATION
Region
i
II
II
11
II
11
u
IV
IV
V
V
V
V
V
VI
VI
VI
VIII
X
Regtao
X
Sita Nam«/S«ata
Keefe Environmental (otfsitei/
NH
Bog CreeK Farm (onsitei/NJ
Bndgeport loffsuei/NJ
Bridgeport (onsitei/NJ
PAS Oswego (otfsite)/NY
P'lack Farm (off site)/ NJ
Soence Farm (offsitei/Nj
Bluff fload/NC (offsitei
Acme Sullivan Reclaiming
(onsitevil
Berlin 4 Farro lofsitenMl
Byron Jonnson Salvage Yard
loffsiteviu
Cemetery (Offsitei/Ml
Crass Brothers lotfsnexiL
Lasxm/Popiar Oil (otfsitei/OH
Bio-Ecology Systems (ottsne/TX
MOTCO (regionaftfTX
Tnangie Chemical (otfsitei/TX
woodbury Chemical totfsitei/CO
Western Processing (offsitei/WA
Site NameiStat*
Tacoma Well 12A (source)/ WA
Media
Drums/Tanks
Sludges/Soil
Drums/Tanks
Sludges/Oil
Drums/Tanks
Drums/Tanks
Drums/Tanks
Drums (Tanks
Soil
Orums.'Tanks
Drums/Tanks
Drums/Tanks
Drums/Tanks
Drums/Tanks
Drums/Tanks
Liquids
Drums/Tanks
SoiKRuOOle
Drums/Tanks
SOIL
Media
Son
Status
Completed
Design
Design
Design
Completed
Design
Design
Completed
Design
Completed
Design
Design
Design
Completed
Completed
Design
Design
Design
Design
WASHING
Status
Decision
Reg. Cootact/FTS *
Chet Janowski
223-1943
Eric Swartz
2(54-1253
Ron Barsolino
264-1913
Ron Barsolino
264-1913
Steve MacGregor
264-9588
Don Lyncn
264-8216
Don Lyncn
264-8216
Nancy Redgate
257-2643
Paul Bitter
886-4742
Greg Kuima
386-3010
Doug Yeskis
986-9296
rom ^ornas
386-1434
Can Cacice
386-C392
way P'ucinsKi
353*316
Bonnie Devoss
729-9739
Don Porter
729-9712
Don Williams
729-9713
Wait Sanoza
564-1531
Judy Scnwartz
399-2684
Rag. Contact/FTS »
Phil Wong
399-7216
HQ Contact/FTS »
Steve Hooper
475*689
Jonn Kingscott
382-7996
John Kingscott
382-7996
John Kingscott
382-7996
Bod Qumn
382-2350
Ed Barth
382-7998
BoB Qumn
382-2350
DeoOy Swicrx:.v
382-2453
Kitty Taimi
382-2449
Kitty Taimi
382-2449
Kitty laimi
3322449
Kitty raimi
3822449
Kitty Taimi
382-2449
Caroi Lmosay
47S-6704
DeoOie S*ic.-"0w
3822453
Randy Kaitreide'
3822448
Ea 9ann
332-7998
Randy Kaitreiae'
382-2448
Steve Hooper
475-6689
HQ Contact/FTS »
Steve Hooper
475*689
I
-------
ENHANCED VOLATILIZATION
Region
I
V
VI
SIM Name/Slate
McKin (onsite)/ME
Verona Well field (onsite)/MI
Tnangle Chemical (onsitel/TX
Media
Soil
Soil
Soil
STABILIZATION AND
Region
III
ill
ill
IV
VI
Sit* Name/State
Bruin Lagoon/PA
McAdoo Assoc./PA
Tysons Dump/PA
Oavie Landfiii/FL
Bio-Ecology Systems/TX
Media
Sludges
Soil
Soil
Sludges
Statua
Design
Design
Design
SOLIDIFICATION
Statua
Construction
Design
Design
Design
Soil/Sludges Design
Reg. Contact /FTS *
Dave Webster
223-1909
Jack Kratzmeyer
353*449
Don Williams
729-9713
(PRE-LANDFILL)
Reg. Contact/FTS *
Ed Shoner
597-2193
Dom Diguho
597-3435
Joe Dugandzic
597-9023
Jim Orban
257-2643
Bonnie DeVoss
729-9739
HO Contact/ FTS *
Blake Velde
382-7996
Carol Lindsay
475-6704
Ed Barth
382-7998
HO Contact/FTS »
Linda Boomazian
382-7997
Linda Boomazian
382-7997
Lisa Woodson
475-3246
Ed Bartn
382-7998
DeOOy Swicnkow
382-2453
CHEMICAL EXTRACTION FROM SOILS
Region
II
II
Site Name/Slate
Bog Creek Farm fonsitei/NJ
Wide Beach (onsite)/NY
Media
Soils
Soils
Status
Design
Design
Reg. Contact/FTS »
Erie Swanz
264-1253
Joel Singerman
264-9589
HO Contacl/FTS •
John Kmgscott
382-7996
Bob Quinn
382-2350
Alternative Technologies at Removal Sites
The Removal program is using alternative technologies at a number
of sites. Among these are:
Site Location Technique
Schaffer Mmden. WVA Solvent extraction of PCBs
Peek Oil Tampa, FL Incineration of PCBs in soil
Lees Farm Woodville. Wl Extraction of lead from soil
and contaminated batteries by
complexmg with EDTA and
recovering lead through elec-
trolysis (This process is ex-
pected to produce lead pure
enough for commercial sale.)
For more information, contact Steve Dorrler (FTS 340-6740)
A Line on RODS
DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES
WORKGROUP
A workgroup was formed in April
raft guidance on developing
.pling and analytical plans
for RI/FSs. The guidance will lay
out an approach for: (1) defining
data objectives (decision-
making for which data is re-
quired) at the very beginning of
the RI/FS; (2) determining
criteria and data needed to make
those decisions (how clean is
clean, boundaries of waste, etc.):
and (3) selecting the appropriate
analytical options and sampling
approaches that will produce
the needed data. The DQO
Workgroup has completed a
draft of the stages related to
analytical option selection. This
draft is being circulated for
review in Headquarters and the
Regions. A supplemental draft
will follow in the spring to pro-
vide more detail on sampling ap-
proach selection. The final
guidance is scheduled for
September 1986. For further in-
formation, call Linda Boornazian
(FTS 382-7997).
NEW SECTION CHIEF
HSCD has another new section
-------
chief in Steve Smagm. Steve
comes to HSCD from Super-
fund's Office of Program
Management. As chief of the
Planning and Programs Section
of the Remedial Analysis
Branch, Steve's key respon-
sibilities will include manage-
ment of remedial planning,
forecasting, and tracking ac-
tivities, including the SCAP and
the natural resource claims and
response claims programs.
ROD ISSUE ABSTRACTS
NO LONGER REQUIRED
The ROD abstracts prepared for
the National Technical Informa-
tion Service and summaries that
appear in the ROD Update have
proven so useful that, beginning
this fiscal year, ROD issue
abstracts will no longer be re-
quired for RODs signed either in
Headquarters or the Regions. If
there are special issues
associated with a particular site
that you would like highlighted.
please feel free to submit short
articles or notes for the ROD Up-
date. Call Betsy Shaw at FTS
382-3304.
-------
SUPERFUND
Records Of Decision
Update
From: Hazardous Site Control Division
To: EPA Regional Offices
December 19, 1985
Vol. 1, No. 9
ROD SUMMARIES
NYANZA CHEMICAL SITE,
REGION I,
MASSACHUSETTS
(Approved 9/4/85)
Description:
• The site is the location of a
former textile dye manufactur-
ing business. Wastewater and
chemical sludges were dispos-
ed of onsite. Ground water and
stream sediments are con-
taminated primarily with
organic chemicals and some
heavy metals.
Decision:
• Excavate sludge deposits and
sediments; consolidate in on-
site landfill.
• Cap historic onsite landfill
• Divert upstream surface and
ground water
Contacts:
• Region: Rich Cavagnero
FTS 223-1928
• Headquarters: Steve Hooper
FTS 475-6689
PICILLO FARM,
REGION I,
RHODE ISLAND
(Approved 9/30/85)
Description:
• Illegal dumping of hazardous
wastes occured onsite in 1977.
An explosion and fire at the
site brought it to the attention
of regulatory agencies. Interim
remedial actions taken include
excavation and removal of all
buried drums and land farming
of phenol-rich soils. Phenol
and PCBs have been found in
soils and ground water.
Decision:
• Dispose of contaminated soil
onsite in a RCRA landfill.
• Close landfill to RCRA stan-
dards.
• Monitor ground and surface
water.
Issues:
• State has petitioned the court
for reconsideration of the deci-
sion. State wants to dispose of
PCB wastes at an offsite TSCA
approved facility
Contacts:
• Region: Don Conklm
FTS 223-1928
• Headquarters: Steve Hooper
FTS 475-6689
GEMS LANDFILL.
REGION II,
\EVVJERSEY
(Approved 9/27/85)
Description:
• The township landfill has been
operated by private contrac-
tors. Hazardous wastes of all
varieties were disposed of on-
site: some in open trenches
and others in a pit created by
onsite sand and gravel excava-
tion. Ground water, soils, and
su'face water are contamina-
ted Interim measures includ-
ed construction of a berm to
prevent surface water from
entering adjacent deveic
ment, construction of a *e~<:
to prevent access to sur'-K
waters, and the rep lac,-'"-•
of culverts.
Decision:
•Cap landfill; construct a--
gas collection and treat---
system.
• Construct ground water r -
ing and treatment s.
Discharge treated water
local sewer system, c
more treatment, into 3,.--
water
• Construct surface wate-
trols.
• Initial phase of remeco
tions will involve grouna .•. •••
pumping and treatme"' '
tween landfill site and -es •-
tiai develooment
• Monitor site.
• Account for possible ' . .
landfill settling in cap :- .
and construction.
Contacts:
• Region: Ed Putnam
FTS 264-1873
• Headquarters: John Kings-: ••
FTS 382-79%
HELEN KRAMER LAXDHl I
REGION II,
NEW JERSEY
(Approved 9/27/85)
Description:
• The site was used for sane arc
gravel extraction. Pits frcrr e<
traction were used to lane'
-------
hazardous wastes. Wastes
were also stored in lagoons.
Leachate from the landfill has
entered surface water. Ground
water has been contaminated.
The air and soil contain con-
taminants.
Decision:
• Collect ground water and
leachate through trenching.
• Cap site.
• construct upgradient slurry
wall.
• Dewater lagoons and excavate
and fill; fence site.
• Implement surface water con-
trols; collect and treat.
• Monitor effect of actions.
Issues:
• Upgradient slurry wall creates
changes in hydraulic
pressures, minimizing further
contamination of ground
water.
• Design and construction of
cap to account for future settl-
ing.
Contacts:
• Region: Ed Putnam
FTS 264-1873
• Headquarters: John Kingscott
FTS 382-7996
LIPARI LANDFILL,
REGION II.
NEW JERSEY
(Approved 9/30/85)
Description:
• A sand and gravel pit was
backfilled with a variety of
hazardous wastes, many of
them uncontamed liquids.
Ground water and surface
water have been contamina-
ted. Interim measures have in-
cluded removal of wastes,
construction of fencing and a
slurry wall, and capping.
Decision:
• Construct leachate extraction
system and injection wells to
dewater and flush site in a
batch mode; flushing system
will remove waterborne con-
taminants and substantially
reduce risks of future release
to ground water.
• Discharge treated leachate to
local sewer treatment system
or, with further treatment, to
surface water.
• Install monitoring wetls in
downgradient aquifer.
Issues:
• Effectiveness of control of
contaminants within con-
tained area will be evaluated.
• Future study of offsite con-
tamination in ground and sur-
face waters.
Contacts:
• Region: Ron Borsalino
FTS 264-1913
• Headquarters: John Kingscott
FTS 382-7996
SAND, GRAVEL AND STONE,
REGION III,
MARYLAND
(Approved 9/30/85)
Description:
• A sand and gravel quarry was
used as a landfill site for hazar-
dous wastes. Excavated pits
often served as impound-
ments for liquid wastes. Sur-
face water, ground water, and
soils have been contaminated.
Decision:
• Address shallow aquifer con-
tamination and surface water
seeps.
• Defer decisions on soil con-
tamination and deep aquifer
contamination until comple-
tion of Phase II RI/FS.
• Excavate buried drums and
buried material; dispose of off-
site.
• Install ground water collection
and treatment system onsite;
discharge treated water into
surface waters and/or back in-
to shallow aquifer.
• Level of treatment in shallow
aquifer will be determined
upon completion of Phase II
RI/FS.
Contacts:
• Region: Roy Shrock
FTS 597-0913
• Headquarters: Lisa Woodson
FTS 475^8246
DAVIE LANDFILL
(BROWARD COUNTY]
REGION IV
FLORIDA
(Approved 9/30/85)
Description:
• County operated disposal site
accepted residential wastes
and industrial septic pump-out
material, grease trap residues.
and treated municipal sludges
Results of sampling indicate
local industries.were probabiv
discharging electroplating
wastes into septic systems
Decision:
• Oewater and stabilize contents
of sludges, lagoon.
• Place wastes in lined cell cf
onsite landfill; cap cell.
Issues:
• Stabilization should be evaiua
ted before land disposal
• Source control remed-a
measure only; need for grourc
water measures to be deter
mined.
Contacts:
• Region: Jim Orban
FTS 257-2643
• Headquarters: Ed Barth
FTS 382-7996
Debbie
Swichkow
FTS 382-2453
f
-------
SUPERFUND RECORDS OF DECISION:
KEY WORD INDEX
listed below are major key word categories and
their subcategories for Superfund Records of
Decision |RODs). Opposite each of these categor-
ies are the sites whose ROD contains the listed
key word. This list includes all RODs approved to
date except those for. the American Creosote, FL
KEYWORDS
I BY CATEGORYl
Primary Hazardous
Substances Detected
Acids
ASSOCIATED ROD SITES
Site, State ;Regionl
Arsenic
Asbestos
Carcinogenic
Compounds
Chromium
Dioxin
Heavy Metals
Charles George, MA (I)', Nyanza Chemical.
MA (I); Western Sand & Gravel, Rl il).
Chemical Control, NJ (II); PAS Oswego. NY
(II); Bruin Lagoon. PA (III). Oouglassville. PA
(III); Lackawanna Refuse Site, PA (ill). A&F
Matenals-IRM. IL (V); Chem-Dyne-EDD. OH
(V); Highlands Acid Pit, TX (VI), Tar Creek.
OK (VI); Celtor Chemical Works. CA (IX). Str-
ingfellow Acid Pits, CA (IX)', Western Pro-
cessing, WA (X)
Hocomonco Pond. MA (I); Nyanza Chemical,
MA (I); Chemical Control. NJ (II); D'lmpeno
Property, NJ (II)', Helen Kramer. NJ (II),
Lipan Landfill. NJ (II)'. Love Canal. NY (II).
Sinclair Refinery. NY (II). Spence Farm, NJ
(II); Oouglassville. PA (III). McAdoo-iRM. PA
(III), Moyer Landfill. PA (ill). Davie Landfill FL
(IV), Whitehouse Waste Oil Pits. FL (IV);
Byron/Jonnson Salvage Yard, IL (V), Chem-
Dyne-EDD. OH (V), Morris Arsenic. MN (V),
Milltown. MT (VIII); Milltown-S. MT (VIII),
Celtor Chemical, CA (IX)' McColl, CA (IX);
Western Processing, WA (X)
New Lyme. OH (V), Mountain ViewiGlobe, AZ
(IX)
Charles George. MA (I), Hocomonco Pond.
MA (I), Taylor Borough PA (III), Reilly Tar.
MN (V)
Hocomonco Pond, MA (I) Nyanza Chemical.
MA (I). O'lmpeno Property NJ (111. Lipan
Landfill, NJ (lir, Sinclair Refinery, NY (ll),
Spence Farm NJ (II). Douglassviile, PA (III),
Matthews Electroplating, VA (III). McAdoo-
IRM PA (ill) Davie Landfill f-l (IV).
Whitehouse Waste Oil Pits FL (IV). Norther-
naire. Ml (V). Schmalz Dump, Wl (V).
Wauconaa Sand & Gravel IL (V) Del Norte,
CA (IX) Western Processing. WA (X)'
Love Canal, NY ill). Times Beach, MO (VII)
Charles George MA iir Hocomonco Pond
MA (I), Nyanza Chemical MA d) Keefe En-
vironmental, NH (I), Re-Solve MA ID
Sylvester. NH (I). Bog Green Farm NJ n
Burnt Fly Bog, NJ (II) 0 Impeno Property NJ
(II). GEMS Landfill, NJ iin L'pan Landfill NJ
(II)'. Lone Pine Landfill NJ on PAS Oswego
NY (II); PiiaK Farm NJ |lh Sinclair Refinery,
NJ (II), Enterprise Avenue PA (ill) Harvey-
Knott. DE (III); McAdoo-lRM PA illl), Moyer
Landfill. PA (III). Sand. Gravel 4 Stone MD
(III); Wade PA (III). Miami Drum Services FL
(IV); A&F Matenals-IRM. IL (V). A&F
Materials-EDO, IL (V), Byron/Jonnson Salvage
Yard. IL (V). Schmalz Dump Wl (V) Waucon-
da Sand & Gravel. IL (V) Bio-Ecology
Systems. TX (VI). Highlands Acid Pit TX (VI),
Old Inger, LA (VI) MOTCO TX (VI) Tar
Creek, OK (VI). Milltown MT ,VMI)
MilltOwn-S. MT (VIII). Woodbury Chemical
CO (VIII): Celtor Chemical Works CA ilXi.
Celtor Chemical. CA (IX)' Jibboom
Junkyard. CA ilX). Stnngfeiiow Acid PUS IRM.
CA (IX), Stnngfeiiow Acid Pus CA iixr
Western Processing. WA ,X) Western Pro-
cessing, WA (X)'
and Cannon Engineering/Plymouth, \LA (I)
sites. Regional counsels and Superfund branch
chiefs have copies of all RODs. Copies are
available for purchase by the public from the Na-
tional Technical Information Service and the En-
vironmental Law Institute.
KEY WORDS ASSOCIATED ROD SITES
iBV CATEGORY) Site. Slate (Region!
Inorganics Hocomonco Pond. MA (I). Nyanza C^e""'ca
MA (I), Sylvester, NH (I). Bog Creen = ar~ 'o
(II); Chemical Control. NJ (II). D lmpe"c =•:
perty. NJ (II), Friedman Property NJ •
GEMS Landfill, NJ dl). Helen Krarre' *.-
Krysowaty Farm NJ (II). Love Canai s '
Sinclair Refinery. NY (II), Dougiassv. e =-
(III); Drake Chemical. PA (ill). Harvev * —
DE (III); McAdoo-lRM PA illl). Wade Pi
A&F Matenals-IRM, IL (V). Acme Sc ve", .
(V), Cemetery Dump. Ml (V): Cnem o.~~ 61."
OH (V); Reilly Tar. MN (V). Wauconaa 3a- : ••
Gravel. IL (V), MOTCO, TX (VI). Tar C-?e- ; -
(VI); Ellisville. MO (VII)
Mining Wastes Tar Creek. OK (VI); Milltown MT iVi;i ;•-
Chemical Works. CA (IX)
Oils McKm. ME (I)', Bridgeport, NJ ,iii 3---1 - .
Bog, NJ (II); Piiak Farm. NJ ill) P"ce LJ- ••
NJ (II); Bruin Lagoon PA (III), En'e'2' = -
Avenue. PA (III). Miami Drum Services ;
(IV), A&F Materials-IRM. IL |V), Las*"- f- . .
Oil. OH (V); New Lyme. OH iV) Old '•'
(V); Outboard Marine Corp IL Vi a^ , '
MN (V), Old Inger. LA (VI), Eihsvine M'~
Western Processing, WA iX)
Organics/VOCs Beacon Heights, CT (I), Charles Ge^ •> ••-
(I), Hocomonco Pond. MA (I). Kee'e :
vironmental, NH (I), McKin-lRM ME •• •
za Chemical. MA (I), Picillo Farm Ri
Sylvester, NH (I). Re-Solve MA (n ,•,— -
Sand & Gravel. Rl (I); Bog Creek Far- •.
(II); Bridgeport NJ (II). Burnt Fly 3cc '•
Chemical Control. NJ (III. Q'!mpe"c ~-
NJ (II), Friedman Property. NJ ill) G£v
Landfill, NJ (II). Goose Farm NJ >n ~- -
Kramer NJ (II) Lioari Landfill NJ i: - . •
Landfill NJ (II)' Lone Pme Land?'1: '..
Love Canal, NY (Ml Olean Wen P^e : •. •
PAS Oswego. NY 'III, Piiak Far^ -^
Sirciair Refinery NY ill), Swooe C
Douglassviile PA (III), Drake Cnen- -, --
illl) Harvey Knott DE (III). McAdoc =v --
dill Moyer Landfill, PA mi). Sand fj' >••
Stone MD (III). Taylor Borougn Pa
Tyson s Dump, PA (III). Wade PA ", -
cayne Aquifer Sites. FL (IV). A4F Va'v .
IRM IL (V) A&F Materials Comoan. 5: S
M Acme Solvents IL (V) Berlin 4 -*••
,V) 8yron;Johnson Salvage Yarc u .
Cemetery Dump Ml iVi Charievoi» •/ .
Charlevoix Ml (V)' Chem-Oyne-eCC ~~ .
Eau Claire-IRM Wl (V) Kummer Lane1
(V), Mam St Wellfield. IN (V) New 8r ;-• -
Interim Water Treatment. MN (V) New
Brighton-Water Supply System MN v -.-/.
Lyme. OH (V), Old Mill OH iV) Verona /.-
Field-lRM. Ml (V). Verona Well F.eid MI .
Wauconda Sand & Gravel. IL (V) Higr a-cs
Acid Pit. TX (VI). MOTCO. TX (VI) CiC -ge-
LA (VI); South Valley-IRM. NM (VI) T- 3-,: e
Chemical, TX (VI); Aidex-IRM IA ,Vlli A,c«.
IA (VII)'. Ellisville. MO (VII), Woodbury
Chemical. CO (VIII); Dei Norte. CA ,ix, vc
Coll. CA (IX), Stnngfeiiow Acid Pits iflM C-
(IX); Stnngfeiiow Acid Pits, CA (IX)' Pc^ae-s
Corner-IRM. WA (X). South Tacoma WA x
South Tacoma Channel-Well 12A WA x •
Western Processing, WA iX). Western P'o
cessmg, WA (X)'
-------
KEYWORDS
I BY CATEGORY)
PAHs
PCBs
PCE
Pesticides
Phenols
Radioactive
Materials
Sludge
Solvents
ASSOCIATED ROD SITES
Site, State. (Region)
Oouglaaaville, PA (III); Taylor Borough. PA
(III); Whlttfiouae Waste Oil Pits. FL (IV);
Lagfcin/Poplv Oil, OH (V); Reilly Tar, MN (V);
W«at«m Processing, WA (X)'
Picrito Firm, Rl (I): Bridgeport, NJ (II); Burnt
Fly Bog, NJ (II); Chemical Control, NJ (II);
Gooee Farm, NJ (II); Hudson River. NY (II);
Krysowaty Farm, NJ (II); Pijak Farm. NJ (II);
Sinclair Refinery, NY {II); Swope Oil III); Wide
Beach (II); Oouglassville. PA (III); Harvey-
Knott. DE (III); Lehigh Electric, PA (III); A&F
Matenals-IRM, IL (V); A&F Materials-EDO: II
(V); Acme Solvents. IL (V); Berlin 4 Faro. Ml
(V); Byron/Johnson Salvage Yard, it (V);
Chem-Oyne-EOD. OH (V); Laskm/Poplar Oil
OH (V); Old Mill. OH (V): Outboard Marine
Corp.. IL (V); SchmalZ Dump. Wl (V): Waucon-
da Sand & Gravel. IL (V), Bio-Ecology
Systems. TX (VI); MOTCO. TX (VI), Jibboom
Junkyard. CA (IX); Taoutimu Farm. AS (IX):
Western Processing, WA (X)'
Keefe Environmental. NH (I), PICHIO Farms.
Rl (I); Fiscfier 4 Porter. PA (III). Chanevoix,
Ml (V); Chartevoix. Ml (V)V Main St Weilfieid.
IN (V); Verona Well Field-iRM. Ml (V). Verona
Well Field. Ml (V)'. San Gabriel/Area I. CA
(IX); Ponders Corner WA (X)' South Tacoma
Channel-Well 12A. WA ixr
Chemical Control, NJ (II). Krysowaty Farm,
NJ (II); Lone Pme Landfill NJ [in Love Canal
NY (II); PiiaK Farm. NJ (ii). Oougiassvnie. PA
(Ml); Drake Chemical. PA (ill). Miami Drum
Services. FL (IV), Chem-Oyne-EOD OH (V).
Old Inger, LA (VI): Aidex-iRM IA (Vii).
Bhsville. MO (VII). Woodoury Chemical. CO
(VIII); Del None. CA |IX). Strmgteilow Acid
Pits-IRM. CA (IX). Stnngfellow Acid Pits. CA
(IX)', Taputimu Farm. AS (IX). Western Pro-
cessing, WA |X)
Hocomonco Pond MA H). Piciiio Farm fll d).
Goose Farm. NJ ill); Helen Kramer NJ (II),
Lipari Landfill NJ (II) Lipan Landfill NJ ill)'
Love Canal. NY (ID. PtjaK Farn- NJ (in
Sinclair Refinery NY (in Douglassviile PA
(III) Sand. Gravel 4 Stone. MD HID
Whitehouse Waste Oil Pits. FL HV).
LaskiniPoplar Oil. OH |V): Elhsviiie. MO (VII).
Western Processing. WA (X)'
Lansdowne Raaiation PA (II11 Moyer Land-
fill PA (III)
Bridgeport NJ ill). Price Lanafin NJ (in.
Swope Oil. NJ (II). Brum Lagoon PA illl)
Enterprise Avenue. PA (III) Lackawanna
Refuse Site. PA HID. McAooo Associates. PA
(III)'. Oavie Landtm. FL (IV). Berlin & Farro
Ml (V); Laskin/Poplar Oil OH (V). New Lvme
OH (V); Highlands Acid Pit rx ivn MOTCO,
TX (VI); Old Inger. LA (VI) Elhsviiie MO (Viii
McColl, CA (IX)
Keefe Environmental. NH ID McKm ME HI'
Western Sand & Gravel Rl in Burnt Fly Bog.
NJ (II), Chemical Control NJ ill) Krysowaty
Farm. NJ (II), Upari Landfill NJ (II). Lone
Pine Landfill. NJ (II). Spence Farm NJ ill),
Enterprise Avenue. PA inn Lacxawanna
Refuse Site, PA (ill); McAdoo-iRM PA till).
McAdOO Associates. PA (III)' Miami Drum
Services, FL (IV), A&F Materials-IBM IL (V).
Berlin & Farro. Ml (V), Chanevoix MI iV).
Cross Bros.. IL (V); New Brighton-interim
Water Treatment. MN iV). New Bngnton
Water Supiy System. MN (V) New Lyme OH
(V); Old Mill. OH (V). Verona Well Field. Ml
(V)', Bio-Ecology Systems. TX (VI) Old Inger
LA (VI); Elhsviiie. MO (VII) Taputimu Farm
AS (IX); Ponders Corner-iHM. WA ixi.
KEY WORDS ASSOCIATED ROD SITES
(BY CATEGORYl Site. State. ,Reg,on)
Ponders Corner WA (X)1 South Tacoma MA
IX), Western Processing, WA (X)
Synfuels Western Processing. WA (X)
TCE Charles George, MA in. Keefe Environmental
NH (I); McKm-IRM ME (I) Western Sana i
Gravel. Rl (I). D'lmoeno Property, NJ ill)
Goose Farm. NJ (II). Olean Wen Field NY ,n
Fischer 4 Porter. PA (ill), Meieva Lanafm ?A
(III); Moyer Landfill PA (III); Taylor Sorouqn
PA (III). Acme Solvents. IL (V) Chanevc'« MI
(V). Charlevoix. Ml (V)' LeHillier/ManKato
MN (V). Main St Weilfieia. IN iV). New
Brighton-interim Water Treatment MN <
New Brighton-Water Supply System VN .
Verona Well Field -IRM Ml iVD Vercr-a ,:*
Field Ml (V)' Sio-Ecoiogy Systems *• .
San GaCriei/Area i CA ,IX). South "ac:~^
WA(X) South Tacoma Channei-We- i~ • •-
(X)' Western Processing, WA iX\
Touiene Charles George. MA d). Bog Green -j'— •..
(II), Bridgeport NJ (in O'lmpeno P-~ce". •-
(II). Goose Farm NJ ill)' Helen Krar-e' •..
(II). Lipan Landfill NJ (in. uoan Larc'
(II)" Love Canal NY ill). Sinclair Re1 ---.
(II). MCAdOO-IRM PA (III). McAdOO
Associates. PA illir Moyer Lana'n -~
Taylor Borough, PA ilin New L/me !-
Verona Well Field. Ml rvr Tnang.e -• = -
TX (VI) Elhsviiie. MO iVin Western ?•-.;*.
ing, WA |X)'
Contaminated
Media
Air
McKm-IRM. ME (I). Sylvester NH i 3£
Landfiii. NJ (in Helen Kramer NJ >
Canal. NY ,11). Heieva Lanafiii °A
Borough, PA HID Wade PA ,im as-
Farro, Ml (VV. Chem-Oyne-ECD Q" ,
Board Marine IL (V) Verona Wen c -
Ml IV). Mountain ViewiGlooe A2 M
Taputimu Farm AS (IX). Soutn ^acz- .
Ground Water Beacon Heights. CT ill. Chanes Ge-:-:" ••-
il), Hocomonco Pond. MA (I) McKi- -••• ••
d). Nvanza Chemical MA (I). PICHIO -j - •
ii) Re-Solve MA ill Sylvester NH
Western Sand 4 Gravel Rl (I) 3og Z •>-•
Parm NJ 'in 9r'ageoon NJ iiii B^-~
BQQ NJ .u Chemical Control N^
jefo Oroceav NJ 'in F-'ecman =-:;-
,il' GEMS ;.and' 'i NJ ill) Goose =*•- '•
h «s*en K^ame'1 NJ 'Ih K^vsov«a;. -
S^ Jl) L. Zaft u^PQ*!!1 N^ III '_,Car _J
NJ ,'':' _3"e ='"e Lara'iH NJ in ; - -.
Aeii Fieid NY ,in PAS Oswego N<
Parm NJ ill) Price Land'iii NJ 'n 5 •
Re'ire^ NY ill) Soence carm N^
OH NJ iin Bruin Lagoon PA .IIP
'Dcugiassviiie PA .nn OraKe C^em : 3 --
illli ='5CPer i Porter °A illh ^arvev - -
CE IID. neigva Landfill 3A ilin Mai'"°»-
E.ectroc'atmg VA illl) McAdOO-iPM --
McAdoo Associates, PA iiiif Move' _j- .
PA tin) Sand. Gravel 4 Stone MO .m
Tyson s Dump PA HID Wade PA n. ^ •
:ayne Aduiter Sites FL ilV) Oavie ^r -
PL iiV) Miami Drum Services CL iv , i--
Spin Site =L (IV). Whitehouse Wasrs :
Pus FL ilV). A4F Matenais-iRM IL "v i -
Solvents IL (V): Byron/Johnson Saivage • a
IL (V). Charievoix Ml (VI Chanevon M ,
Chem-Oyne-EDO OH (V) Eau C:aire-PM .-.
iVi; LeHillier/Mankato MN (V) Mam Si
Weilfieid. IN (V) New Brighton-interim ,'.a-?
Treatment. MN (V), New Bngnton-Wate' S.c
ply System, MN (V), New Lyme OH v s,;-
thernaire. Ml (V). Old Mill OH iV). Outncar;
I
-------
KEY WORDS
I BY CATEGORY)
ASSOCIATED ROD SITES
Site. State, (
KEY WORDS
,8V CATEGORY)
Sediments (Creek;
River Stream]
Sludge
Soil
Marine Corp.. II (V). ReiMy Tar. MN (V).
Verona Well Fieid-lRM Ml (V). Verona Well
Field, Ml (V)', Wauconda Sand & Gravel. IL
(V); Bayou Bontouca. LA (VI). Bio-Ecology
Systems, TX (VI); Highlands Acid Pit. TX (VI).
MOTCO, TX (VI); Old Inger LA (VI). South
Vatley-IRM, NM (VI); Tar Creek. OK (VI).
Aidex-IRM, IA (VII); Aidex. IA (VII)'.
Milltown-S, MT (VIII). Celtor Chemical Works.
CA (IX), Del Norte. CA (IX); McColl, CA (IX).
San Gabriel/Area I, CA (IX). Strmgfellow Acid
Pits-IRM, CA (IX); Strmgfellow Acid Pits. CA
(IX)'. Ponders Corner-IRM. WA (X), Ponders
Comer. WA (X)', South Tacoma. WA (X).
South Tacoma Channel-Well 12A. WA (X)'
Western Processing, WA (X), Western Pro-
cessing. WA (X)'
Hocomonco Pond, MA (I). Nyanza Chemical
MA (I), Hudson River. NY (II). PAS Oswego.
NY (II); Piiak Farm. NJ ill). Oouglassviile. PA
(III); Sand. Gravel & Stone, MD (III), Tyson s
Dump. PA (III). New Lyme OH (V). Norther-
naire. Ml (V): Old Mill OH (V). Outboard
Marine Corp.. IL (V). Bayou Bonfouca. LA
(VI); Western Processing, WA (X)'
Hocomonco Pond. MA (I), Nyanza Chemical,
MA (I), Bridgeport. NJ (II), Swope Oil. NJ (II),
Berlin & Farro. Ml (V). Bio-Ecology Systems
TX (VI); Highlands Acid Pit TX (VI). Old Inger
LA (VI)
Beacon Heights, CT m Hocomonco Pond.
MA (I): Keefe Environmental NH (I) McKm-
IRM. ME (I), Nyanza Chemical MA (I), Picillo
Farm Rl (I). Re-Solve, MA in Western Sand
& Gravel. Rl (I). Bog Creek Farm NJ ill).
Bridgeport. NJ ill). Burnt Fly Bog. NJ (II).
Chemical Control. NJ ill) 0 Imperio Property.
NJ (II). GEMS Landfill NJ ill) Goose Farm
NJ (II), Helen Kramer NJ illi Krysowaty
Farm, NJ (II). Lipari Landf'H NJ ill) Lipari
Landfill. NJ (II)' Lone Pme Landfill. NJ ill)
Love Canal NY ill). PAS Oswego NY nn PI-
iak Farm. NJ (ID Price Landfill NJ ill).
Sinclair Refinery. NY (ID Spence Farm. NJ
(II). Swope Oil NJ ill). Wide Beach NY (II).
Bruin Lagoon. PA (III), Dougiassville. PA (III).
Drake Chemical PA (III). Harvey-Knott DE
(III). Enterprise Ave PA (III) Lackawanna
Refuse Site. PA till), Lansdowne Radiation,
PA ill!) Lehign Electric PA illl) McAdoo-IRM
PA din. McAdoo Associates PA (in)' Mat-
thews Electroplating. VA (III). Sand Gravel &
Stone MD (1)1) Taylor Borougn PA illl),
Tyson s Dump PA (III), Wade PA illl) Miami
Drum Services. FL (IV). Whitehouse Waste
Oil Pits, FL (IV). A&F Matenais-iRM IL iV)
A4F Materials-EDO. I L (V) Acme Solvents IL
(V); Berlin 4 Farro. Ml (V) Syron/jonnson
Salvage Yard. IL (V). Ceme'erv Dump Ml iV)
Chem-Oyne-eDO, OH -.
(II), Harvey-Knott. OE (III), Schmaiz 2 . •
(V). Old Inger. LA (VI). Tar Creek c» •
Lansdowne Radiation PA nil) Old - .-
(VI)
Hudson River NY (ll). Love Canal -<
,ak Farm NJ ill) Spence Farm NJ
Burnt cly Bog NJ ill) Love Canal
Lansdowne Radiation PA ,ni yer--
M Ml iV), McColl CA iixi
Re-Soive MA il) Reilly Tar MN (Vi
Love Canal NY ill). Verona Well F>e'0 -
Mi iV)
ficiilo Farm Rl (I). Krysowaty Farr^
Fiscner i Porter PA ill)) San GaDr <* ~
CA ,ixi
Hudson River NY'dl)
Fiscner (i Porter PA (III). A&F Mate"3 s
Company-EDO IL .V) Chem-Dyne-EDC ;
(V)
Krysowaty Farm NJ (II)
Wade. PA (III)
Friedman Properly NJ (II), South Tacom
Channel-Well 12A WA (X)' Western P-:
cessmg. WA (X)'
Outboard Marine Corp . IL (V)
Western Sand & Gravel, Rl (I). Tar Green
(VI), Dei Norte. CA (IX)
Western Sand & Gravel. Rl (I), Wade PA
-------
KEY WORDS
I BY CATECORYl
No Action
Alternative
O&M
PRP
PRP Alternative
Supplemental ROD
Shared Costs
Temporary Remedial
Measure
Other Agencies
COE
000
Water Supply
Alternate Water
Supply
Community Services
Einancement
>inking Water
Contaminants
•ire Protection
nternal Plumbing
(Vater Rignts
iile Specific
rharactemtics
:iood Plain
Sround Water Table
12A WA iX)' Western Processing, WA <
Outboard Marine Corp , IL (V)
Lansoowne Radiation, PA (III)
Western Sand 4 Gravel Rl Mi Love Canai
NY in PAS Oswego NY in Aicex IA.V
Charles George MA iir PAS Os-vego v.'
MI McAGoo Associates PA illl)' waoe -*
MID ReiHv Tar MN iV) 3io-Ecoiogy Svsie'-'-
TX ,vii Old mger LA iVH Aidex iA iViir ;•»•
None CA 'ixi
Bndgepoa NJ ,li). Enterprise Avenue DA
till) Moyer Landfill PA iim Tyson s Durro
PA iih Soutn i"acoma. WA iX). Western s--
cessing WA VX\'
P'cmo Farm PI ii) Drake Chemical PA u.
T/sonsDumo PA HID 3io-Ecology Sys;»r-s
TX ivn Western Processing. WA tXi'
Tyson s Dump PA (III) Berlin 4 Farro Ml v
Picnio Farm R| il). McColl CA (IX)
Lipari Landfill NJ (II)', San GaoneKArea i
CA (IX)
Bridgeport NJ (II); D'lmoeno Propeny NJ ,ir
Goose Farm NJ (II), Sinclair Refinery NY in
Swooe Oil, NJ ill). South Tacoma. WA tX)
D'lmoeno Property, NJ (II). Goose Farm, NJ
(II) Verona Well Field-lRM, Ml (V)
Krysowaty Farm. NJ (II)
-------
KEY WORDS
(BY CATEGORY)
Water Quality
Water Quality
Criteria
Wetlands
Regulations
Testing Pilot
Studies
teachability Tests
TreataDility Studies
Technology
Aeration
Air Stripping
Alternative
Technology
Best Reliable
Technology
Capping
Containment
Dike Stabilization
Dredging
Excavation
ASSOCIATED ROD SITES
Site, State, (Region)
Fischer 4 Porter, PA (III), Outboard Marine
Corp., IL (V); Milltown. MT (VIII): South
Tacoma, WA (X)
Lipari Landfill, NJ (II)', Verona Well Field-
IRM, Ml (V)
PAS Oswego, NY (II)
Re-Solve, MA (I)
Old Inger. LA (VI)
McKm. ME (I), Triangle Chem . TX (VI)
Olean Well Field, NY (II), Tyson s Dump. PA
(III); Biscayne Aquifer Sites. FL (IV). Mam St
Wellfield. IN (V), Eau Claire-lRM. Wl (V):
LeHilher/Mankato, MN (V), Verona Well Field-
IRM, Ml (VI: Verona Well Field. Ml (V)'. San
Gabnel/Area 1, CA (IX), Ponders CorneMRM,
WA (X): Ponders Corner. WA (X)'. South
Tacoma. WA (X); South -Tacoma Channel- Well
12A, WA (X)'
Bog Creek Farm, NJ (II); Bridgeport, NJ ill),
Goose Farm, NJ (in, Wide Beach. NY (II).
MOTCO. TX (VI); Triangle Chemical. TX (VI),
Strmgfellow Acid Pits. CA (IX)' Western Pro-
cessing. WA (X)'
Reilly Tar. MN (V). Western Processing. WA
(X)
Beacon Heights. CT (I). Charles George. MA
(I)' Hocomonco Pond MA d). Re-Solve. MA
ll). Sylvester NH ii). Bog Creek Farm NJ ill).
D'lmpeno Property. NJ ill) GEMS Landfill
NJ (III. Goose Farm NJ illi Helen Cramer.
NJ (II). Lipari LanaHi NJ ill) PAS Oswego,
NY (II). Sinclair Refinery NY (ID Swope Oil
NJ (II). Douglassville. PA MID. Drake
Chemical. PA (III). Enterprise Avenue PA (III).
Heieva Landfill PA (III! Lackawanna Refuse
Site. PA (III). Matthews Electroplating. VA
(Mh McAdoo Associa'es PA diir Moyer
Landfill PA III)). Tyson s Dump PA (III).
Wade. PA (III). Davie Landfill FL (IV). White-
house Waste Oil Pits FL ilVi Chem-Dyne-
£00 OH iV) New Lyrr.e OH (V) Old Inger,
LA (Vh Aidex lA (VIIT Woumam
View/Globe AZ MX) Soutn Tacoma. WA |X),
A/estern Processing. WA iXl'
Hudson Rive' NY ill). Lipari Landfill NJ III)'
Draxe Chemical PA (II!) New L/me OH (V)
Outboard Marine Corp IL iV) Times Beach
MQ (Vll|
Bruin Lagoon PA (III) Eiiisviiie MO iVll)
Hocomonco Pond. MA ih Hudson River NY
ill) Love Canal. NY (in Outcoard Marine
Corp . IL (V) Tar Creek OK /VD
Beacon Heights CT (h Mocomonco Pond
MA (I). Bog Creek Farm NJ (ID Bridgeport,
NJ (II). Burnt Fly Bog NJ (ID 0 Impeno Pro-
perty NJ (II). Heien Kramer NJ ill) Krysowa-
ty Farm NJ ill) Love Canai NY (in PAS
Oswego NY di). Pi|ak Far~i No ill) Sinclair
Refinery. NY (II). Soence Farm NJ ill) Swope
Oil. NJ (ll). Wide Beach NY iin Douglass-
ville. PA (III) Drake Chemirai DA iilh Lenigh
Electric. PA (III) McAdoo-iPM PA lib
McAdoo Associates, PA iinr Sana Gravei 4
Slone. MD (III). Taylor Bo'Cu
Tyson s Dump PA (MM Mia
FL ilV). A&F Matenals-EDC
Solvents. IL (V). Benin 4 c, -j
Byromjohnson Salvage 'L .
Dump. Ml |V), Chem-Dyne EDO 3n ,vi
Cross Bros IL (V). Nortnerraire Ml iV) Old
KEY WORDS
(BY CATEGORY)
r PA in,
i Drum Se^'i
L '/• Acme
j vi vi
Filling
Granular Activated
Carbon
Ground Water
Diversion
Ground Water
Monitoring
Ground Water
Treatment
Hydraulic Barner
Incineration
Land T'eatment
Leacnate Collection.
Treatment
Levees
Offsite Disposal
ASSOCIATED ROD SITES
Site, State. (Region)
Mill, OH (V); Outboard Marine Corn , IL vi
SchmaU Dump, Wl (V); Bayou Bonfouca LA
(VI), Highlands Acid Pit, TX (VI). MOTCO. TX
(VI): Old Inger. LA (VI). Aidex. IA ivnr
Ellisville. MO (VII). Times Beach. MO iVll)
Woodbury Chemical, CO (VIII). Ceitor
Chemical Works. CA (IX). Ceitor Chemical
CA (IX)', Del None. CA (IX). jibboom
Junkyard. CA (IX). McColl. CA (IXi Pcnders
Corner, WA (X)' South Tacoma WA ,Xi
South Tacoma Channel-Weil 12A WA «.,•
Western Processing, WA (X)'
Lehigh Electric, PA (III). Taylor Borougr = A
(III); Wade. PA (III), A&F Materials EDO _ .
Tar Creek, OK (VI), Woodbury Chem,ca ;C
(VIII)
New Brighton-Interim Water Treatr-e--" •.••<
(V). New Lyme, OH (V), Reilly Tar MN .
Old Inger. LA (VI). San Gabnei/Area • ;A
(IX); Strmgfellow Acid Pits. CA (IX,'
Bruin tagoon, PA (Hi)
Beacon Heights. CT (I); Hocomoncc sc- :
MA (I); McKm. ME (I); Burnt F>y Bog '..
Friedman Property, NJ (II), Krysowatv -j--
NJ (II); PAS Oswego, NY (II). Pnak -ar- '.-
(II); Drake Chemical, PA (III), Moyer _ar WC"
iVii Tnangie Chem TX iVI) Woocc.-.
Chemical CO (Vllli Western P^oces^ -
-Xi
Old Inger LA (VI)
Beacon Heights CT (I), Charles Gee-;- •.•-
di' GEMS Landfill NJ dii ne'er «,-1-- •
ID L'Dari Lanadll NJ ill)' Moyer LJ- : -
HI) New Lyme. OH iV). Wauconda 5ar ; s
Gravei. IL (V)
Oouglassville PA din, Old Inger LA ,
Keefe. Environmental. NH (I), McKin IBM «,^
(I). McKm ME (I)', Re-Solve. MA ill Bu'-' - .
Bog. NJ (II). Chemical Control NJ dli 0 '-
peno Property. NJ (II), Krysowaty Farm •.^
(II), Piiak Farm. NJ (in. Spence Farm NJ
Swope Oil. NJ (II) Bruin Lagoon PA ,111.
Enterprise Avenue. PA (III). Harvey Knot! OE
(III) Lackawanna Refuse Site. PA din Ler g-
Electnc. PA (ill), McAdco-lRM. PA .INI
McAdoo Associates. PA (iiir Sand Grave- s
Stone. MD (III). Taylor Borough PA Ml
Miami Drum Services. FL (IV). A&F Mate- ais
IRM IL (V). A&F Materials-EDO, IL iV) Ac~e
Solvents, IL (V), Berlin & Farro, Ml iV)
Byron/Johnson Salvage Yard. IL (V)
Cemetery Dump. Ml iV). Chem-Oyne-EDD
OH (V); Cross Bros , IL (V), Northernaire Ml
-------
KEY WORDS
i BY CATEGORY!
Onsite Containment
Onsite Disposal
Relocation
Packed Column
Aeration
Plume Management
Publicly Owned
Treatment Works
POTW)
Slurry Wall
Sour Levees
Stabilization
ASSOCIATED ROD SITES
Site. State, (Region!
(V), Old Mill. OH (V). Outboard Marine Core .
11 (V); Scnmalz Dump. Wl (V). Wauconda
Sand & Gravel, IL IV); Bayou Bonfouca. LA
(VI); Highlands Acid Pit. TX (VI). MOTCO Tx
(VI); Triangle Cham . TX (VI). Aidex-iHM IA
(VII); Aidex, IA (VII)'. Ellisville. MO IVII)
WoodBury Chemical. CO ivni). Ceitor
Chemical. WorKs, CA (IX). Cettor Chemical.
CA (IX)'. Dei None, CA (IX). jiBDoom
Junkyard. CA (IX). McColl CA |IX). String.
fellow Acid Pits-lRM. CA (IX), Ponders Cor-
ner. WA (X)" South Tacoma Channel-Wen
12A. WA (X)' Western Processing. WA iX).
Western Processing, WA (X)'
Re-Solve, MA (I); Enterprise Avenue PA nil).
New Lyme OH (V). Outooard Marine Corp
IL (V), Bio-Ecology Systems. TX (Vli Times
Beach MO (VII). Western Processing. WA
(X)'
Hocomonco Pond. MA d). Piano Farm RI d)
Love Canal. NY (II) Drake Chemical PA din
Enterprise Avenue. PA din Aidex IA iVIir
Mountain View/Globe AZ (IX). Western Pro-
cessing. WA (X)'
Lansdowne Radiation PA nili Times Seach
MO (VII); Mountain View/Globe AZ ,ixi
Fischer & Porter PA dll)
Price Landfill NJ Jl) Verona wen Feu IRM
Ml (V)
GEMS Landfill NJ ill) Heien Krarrer NJ ill)
Lipari Landfill NJ (III' Dei Nc"9 CA iXi
Stnngfellow Acid Pits CA ixr /Vestern Pro
cessmg. WA ixr
Sylvester NH m Helen Krame' *
-------
WALCONDA SAND
.AND GRAVEL,
REGION V,
U.INOIS
Approved 9/30/85)
Description:
• A grave! pit was excavated to
depths up to 40 feet below
shallow aquifer water table.
43-acre unpermitted hazar-
dous waste landfill operated
onsite from 1950 to 1977. Shal-
low ground water and surface
water, in a creek near the site
boundaries, have been con-
taminated. A deep aquifer re-
mains contaminated.
Decision:
• Prevent leachate from entering
creek through collection; dis-
pose of leachate at offsite fa-
cility.
• Fence site; regrade and reveg-
etate; repair existing clayey
loam soil; cap.
• Conduct further studies to de-
termine final ground water and
source remedy
Contacts:
• Region: Cindy Nolan
FTS 886-0400
• Headquarters: Carol Lindsay
FTS 475-6704
A LINE ON RODs
RETURN OF THE ROD
WORKSHOP
The Regional Counsel's ROD
Workgroup is gearing up for two
new ROD workshops to be held
in February in Washington, D.C.,
and Dallas. Details coming soon.
EVIEW OF FY'85 RODs
SCO is preparing an annual
report on FY'85 RODs to be
issued in January. The review of
RODs involved in this effort has
revealed special points to be
highlighted in the ROD work-
shops and in future guidance.
For the time being, you should
be aware that all RODs should
include:
1 Specific clean-up levels for
contaminated soils and waste
(using SOCEM where appro-
priate);
2. Specific clean-up targets for
ground water (based on
health-based criteria);
3. Information on whether and
how the clean-up is to be
phased;
4 A description of the type of
cap used;
5. Information on the consisten-
cy'of the remedy with RCRA
and other environmental
statutes; and
6. An evaluation of alternative
technologies for each source
control measure. (Guidance
on how to make decisions re-
garding alternative technolo-
gies with the objective of
selecting highly reliable reme-
dies is forthcoming.)
7 In addition, a letter from the
State concurmg with the re-
medy must be included m the
ROD file.
REVISED HANDBOOK
AVAILABLE
A revised edition of the ORC
OSWER Handbook on PemeO'j
Action at Waste Disposal Site.
is now available. The handbo<>
is a central reference
remedial action techniques •
describes established i •
emerging technologies arc
eludes information on the" •..
plication and limitations, it j -
describes major design. -.-
struction. and maintenance - ••
siderations and includes ." '
and example cost data. To or :•?'
a copy, call FTS 684-7562 *-••
document number is EPA ^:c.
685/006
-------
SUPERFUND
Records Of Decision
Update
From: Hazardous Site Control Division
To: EPA Regional Offices
December 2, 1986
Vol. 2, No. 6
Superfund
Reauthorization
On October 17, 1986, the Presi-
dent signed the Superfund
Amendments and Reauthoriza-
tion Act of 1986 (SARA) into law.
The act codifies the process and
program established in the re-
vised National Contingency Plan
(NCP) in November 1985 while
A Line on RODS
ROD Data Base
The Office of Emergency and
Remedial Response (OERR) and
the Office of Information
Resources Management (OIRM)
have been working together to
enter the Superfund remedy
selection documents (RODs and
EDDs) into BASIS, an automated
text search and retrieval system
similar to LEXIS, which EPA pur-
adding some new provisions
and statutory emphasis to por-
tions of the program. Most
significant for the remedy selec-
tion process are the cleanup
standards provisions in §121.
This section calls for remedial
actions that are protective of
human health and the environ-
ment, that are cost effective,
that attain the applicable or rele-
vant and appropriate require-
ments of other Federal environ-
mental statutes and more strin-
gent State requirements anc
that use permanent solutions
and treatment technologies 'o
the maximum extent prac
ticable. Progress in developing
implementation guidelines ».f
the cleanup standards wn ~e
reported in the months to ccr-e
chased last year. At present, all
of the RODs signed from FY'82
through FY'85 have been
entered. Plans for institutionaliz-
ing this in-house system—con-
ducting QA/QC, entering the
FY'86 decision documents,
training—are under develop-
ment. EPA technical, legal, or
policy staff interested in
ing early users are welcome -
you need is a PC, a modem -o
patch into the National Con-
puter Center at RTP, and a -se'
identification number. To oc:a -
the latter, and for more gene'a
information, call Betsy Sha.v 3'
FTS 382-3304
FY'86 RECORD OF
DECISION (ROD)
SUMMARY TABLE
The FY'86 Record of Decision
Summary Table provides an
overview of site problems.
selected remedies, cleanup
criteria, and estimated costs
provided in all RODs signed in
FY'86. This table reflects
remedial program accomplish-
ments in incorporating alter-
native technologies into source
control remedial actions. Sixty
of the 84 RODs signed in FY'86
address source control
remedies. Of these 60 RODs, 27
selected alternative technolo-
gies (ATs). Incineration was the
AT most often selected in FY'86
(39 percent), while solidification
was selected 22 percent of me
time. These two technologies
comprise 61 percent of ail ATs
selected in FY'86. For one site
Fields Brook, Ohio, both ,1-
cineration and solidification
were selected as part of a
source control remedial action
(Table begins next cage-
-------
FY'86 RECORD OF DECISION SUMMARY TABLE
SITE/ STATE
ROD
Sia. DATE
THREAT/
PROBUM
ESTIMATED
WASTE MAJOR COMPONENTS Of
QUANTITY SELECTED REMEDY
PERFORMANCE
STANDARDS/GOALS
ESTIMATED ANNUAL
CAPITAL COSTS 04M COSTS
REGION 1
Auourn fload
LF NH
1st 0 U
Saira ana
McGuir«. MA
1st 0 U
ndustn-piex
MA
ist 0 U
Kellogg-
Dewing Well
Field CT
ist 0 U
Tmknam
Garage. NH
'st 0 U
: Final Remedy)
Wmtnroo
Landfill ME
!St 0 U
F'»
0 U > Ooeraow Unit
v A = Not aopiicaoit or not avaiaoie
I
-------
SITE/STATE
ROD
SIQ. DATE
THREAT/
PROBLEM
ESTIMATED
WASTE
QUANTITY
MAJOR COMPONENTS OF
SELECTED REMEDY
PERFORMANCE
STANDARDS/GOALS
ESTIMATED ANNUAL
CAPITAL COSTS 04M COSTS
RESIGN II
Kentucky
Avenue
WttMMd. NY
istO U.
Lang Property,
NJ
1st 0 U.
(Final RemeOy)
Marathon Bat-
tery, NY
1st 0 U
Meuitec/ Aero-
systems, NJ
1st 0 U.
Price IF NJ
2nd 0 U
(Final Remedy)
Rockaway
Borougn Well
Field NJ
1st 0 U
Sharkey IF
NJ
1st 0 U
(Final Remedy)
Syncon Resins
NJ
1st 0 U
vestal well
1-1 SY
1st 0 U
09/30/88
09/29/86
09/30/86
06/30/86
09/29/86
09/29/86
09/29/86
09/29/86
36/27'86
GW contami-
nated with
VOCs, TCE. Ji
cntonnatefl
solvents
VOC 4 Heavy
metal -conta-
minated soils.
GW. SW. &
sediments
SW 4 sediments
contaminated
with cadmium
nicKel, & cooalt
Soils 4 GW con-
taminated witn
TCE, DCE, vinyl
chloride. & cop-
per
GW con-
taminated N/A
with VOCs. in-
organics. 4
TCE
TCE 4 PCE con-
tamination ot GW
Soils 4 GW con-
taminated witn
VOCs TCE in-
organics 4
heavy metals
Soils
sediments 4
GW conta-
minated with
VOCs PCSs
neavy metals, 4
aase-neutral
comoounds
vOC- TCE-con-
tammated GW
N/A
6.500 cy
84,000cy
10.000 cy
4 000 cy
N/A
N/A
N/A
700 cy
2000cy
N/A
Hookup of all private well
users to puoiic water supply
Excavation & oft site disposal
at soils & waste material, GW
pump & treat
Excavation 4 oftsite disposal.
sediment thickening 4
chemical fixation marsh
restoration, revegetation
Excavation, neat treatment. 4
offsite disposal ot soils
Excavation 4 offsite disposal
ot soils
Alt water supply
GW pumping onsite pre-
treatment 4 discharge to a
POTW. site capping
RocKaway Borougn will con-
tinue to operate GW treatment
system
LF capping, GW oump and
treat
Excavation ot iagoon
sediments 4 higniy conta-
minated suOsurface sons with
ortsne disposal
Excavation 4 ortsite oisoosai
ot surface sons GW oumo 4
treat
Air stripping a' wen ' '
N/A
Effluent from GW pump
4 treat will attain SDWA
criteria
Sediments will oe
treated to a 100 mg/kg
estaPiished oacKground
concentration Standards
for total cadmium water
concentrations are 6 6 x
I0"4to 20xlQ-3
mg/l for water nardness
levels of 50 4 200
mg/l. respectively
TCE 4 PCE. 5 ug/l.
cnromium 4 lead. 100
ppm. zinc. 350 ppm.
cooper, 170 ppm for
soils cased an federal
MCLs 4 state criteria
Extraction 4 treatment
until TVO concentration
m GW reaches 10 ppD
or less
Municipal treatment
system designed to
-amove TCE 4 PCE to 5
300
Cap will nave a
aermeapility ot tO~'
cm/sec
Soil removal to acnieve
these levels PCBs 5
apm oase-neutrais
100 ppm TVOs 1 ppm,
ana various eveis tor
ieavy metais
"-eated water win ex-
ceed AHARs
303,000 19 000
2.322,000 612000
16640000 3 530 30C
for /ear •
180 300
'or /ears ; -
127 300
;tor (ears •: .".
7,005 000 ' 79 ;OC
(sanitary LF)
or
11,735000
(RCRA lf\
9 050 ooo •;•:':,
/ears ' -
Q - • -
23.173.000 ;j.
5 600 000 : • - •
389400
REGION III
Army CreeK
LF OE
1st 0 U
BlosensKi LF
PA
1st 0 U
Bruin ugoon
PA
2nd 0 U
• Final Remedy)
09/30/86
09/29/86
09/29/86
GW. SW, sal 4
sediments con-
taminated with
VOCs oenzene
inorganics 4
neavy metais
GW SW 4 soil
contaminated
with VOCs in-
organics.
senzene TCE
PCBs &
pesticides
Sons 4 oedrocK
contaminated
with acidic
siuages 4 neavv
metais loxious
gas 'eiease
1 900 000
cy
N/A
' 7 :GO ;y
Oowngradient GW si^omg
witn monitoring LF caooing
gossioie uogradiem controls
Excavation 4 removal ot
Buneo arums ortsite
disposal ait water suooiv
GW monitoring 4 onsue real-
Ttent capping source -educ
lion program
Stapmzation -neut'aiizanon :t
Siurjge 4 aercnea 'Ouid :one
n-situ treatment ot oecroc*
:aoomg
N 4
flemovai of contaminated
~edia to attain a 10'°
excess cancer nsx
N, A
12 030 000 or 306 :«
12 340 000 388 .:< *- .
wrm uogradient ;-ac>e-' -
controls
11 ooo ooo to :3J ::•: •:
15000000 ,ea-= •• .
(13000000
estimated
fjaseime cost)
2 695 ooo •-. ;::
-------
SITE/STATE
REGION III
Chisman
Creek VA
1st 0 U
Delaware City
PVC. 0£
2na 0 U
Drake. PA
2nd 0 U
industrial
Un«. PA
ist 0 U
lansdowne
Radiation PA
2nd 0 U
Leetown
5esticide WV
'St 0 U
'Fmai Remedy)
Limestone
Road MO
ist 0 U
vtiddietown
Road MO
'51 0 U
'Fmai Remedy)
VMicreek
Dump PA
•5t 0 U
•Final Remedy)
T3yw
Borougn PA
2nd 0 U
(Final Remedy!
ryoouts Cor-
ner 0£
'SI 0 U
'Final Remedy )
westiine Site.
PA
1st 0 U
iFmai Remedy!
REWON IV
A L 'ay lor
KY
1st 0 U
[Final Remedy)
ROD
SIS. DATE
09/30/86
09/30/86
05/13/86
09/29/86
09/22/86
03/31/86
09/30/86
03/J7/86
05/07' 86
03/17/86
03/06/86
07/03/86
06/18/86
THREAT/
PftOBLEM
GW & SW con-
taminated witn
heavy metaB
(nickel): 3
disposal ons
contaminated
with fly asn
GW SW 4 soils
contaminated
with TCE. PVC
EDC. 4 VCM
Soils (surface
and suosurface).
sludges. GW
ouiidmgs. 4
aeons con-
laminated with
organics 4 in-
organics
GW contami-
nated wffn VOCs
4 vinyl chloride
Homes coma-
Timated with
.•admm 4 other
radioactive
materials
Pesticide-con-
laminated soils
4 aeons
•Soils GW SW
4 sediment con-
taminated with
VOCs heavy
metals TCE
PCE 4oase-
neutral com-
oounds
NO mreat
Sons sediment
4 GW contami-
nated with
/OCs ?C8s in-
organics neavy
,-nems PAHs 4
antnaiates
Possibw GW
contamination oy
VOCs & mean
Sods & GW con-
taminand witn
TCE. Benzene
VOCs. 4 inor-
ganics
Soils conta-
minated with
tars containing
pnenois 4 PAHS
Soils 4 SW con-
taminated with
VOCs PCSs.
heavy metais,
PAHS
chlorinated
aromatics 4
omnaiates
ESTIMATED
WASTE MAJOR COMPONENTS OF
QUANTITY SELECTED REMEDX
484 500 cy Capping (2 pits i caooing 4
upgradient GW diversion in
one on
25 000 cy Excavation 4 removal of con-
taminated soils 4 sludges
offside disposal capping. GW
monitoring
N/A -ncineration of ansite
:nemicais aemoinion ana ott-
sits removal of ouiiomgs
tanks 4 aeons oump 4 treat
wastewater lagoons metai
recycling, analysis 4 aossioie
aisposai ot decontamination
metal recyclmgjuid
N/A Alt water supply no 04M
N/A Demolition 4 oftsite disposal
ot two nomes Excavation 4
oftsite disposal ot con-
taminated soils
3 600 cy Excavation consolidation 4
'soin anaerooic owdegraoation ot
cantamirtatM soil Removal 4
otfsrte disposal ot con-
taminated deons
N/A Site grading 4 capping.
monitoring 4 data collection
VA NO Action
N. A Excavation 4 onsite ::nso"Ca
•ion ot soils under a RCRA
cap GW oump 4 treat
N/A Semiannual GW -Monitoring
No action
v A Excavation at waste 4 soils
with onsite consolidation 4
capping GW pump 4 treat
7 1 0 cy Excavation 4 ottsrte incinera-
tion ot tar deposits
N. A Excavation ot soils
sediments 4 siudge witn an-
site containment 4 capping
PERFORMANCE ESTIMATED ANNUAL
STANOAROS/SOALS CAPITAL COSTS OiM COSTS
RCRA Suomie 0 cap 1 2 '•» ' '9 000 506 300 'st
pits) RCRA SuDtine C /ear
cap i ' art) 54 000 /ears
2 30;
Recovery wells win i 904 000 43 :oo
operate until concemra-
•ions of VCM EOC 4
TCE reach 1 ppp. 0 94
000. 4 2 7 000 re-
soectiveiy for rwo con-
secutive sample
analyses
N/A ' 300 000 '< J
N/A 30 800 0
Soils. 5-15 pCi/g. lOOOOOOto ,
•adon-contammated -i 500 000
matenais 0 03 WL
gamma-contaminated
materials 0 17 rem/yr
COT «s man 300 poo '014000 •" ;oc - .
'or treated soils " 50C "--
N A : 192 530 ": :e"-»« -
S/A 0 0
=cgs -o :o- S4HS '2 :cc DOO •= • •-:
i 940 ooo 'CE '0 '9300300 ;e- -•---
300 :nenois 9 3om
ai^ene ' "33 son
N,A o -o ::c
=or GW '00 oco TVO :S estimate J SCC ". '•" . •
'0"' rarcer -ISK 'or 535000000 sen> *c—
:arcmogens PRP estimate
Ji 5 000 000
Soils win oe excavated 744 000 0
'o a '0'' cancer '°sx
evei tor contaminants
oresent onsite
Cap win acnieve a 795 349 M • A
oermeaomry ot ' 0 " '
cm/sec
-------
SITE/STATE
ROD
SIG. DATE
THREAT/
PROBLEM
ESTIMATED
WASTE
OUANTITY
MAJOR COMPONENTS OF
SELECTED REMEDY
PERFORMANCE ESTIMATED ANNUAL
STANOAROS/GOALS CAPITAL COSTS O&M COSTS
REGION IV
Coleman-Evans
FL 1st o u
(Final Remedy)
Oistler
Brickyard. KY
1st 0 U
(Final Remedy)
Distler Farm
KY
1SIO U
(Final Remedy)
Galiaway
Ponds. TN
1st Q U
(Final Remedy)
Hipps Road
LF FL
1st 0 U
(Final Remedy)
Hollmgsworth
Soldeness FL
ist 0 U
(Final Remedy)
Lees Lane LF
KY
2nd 0 U
(Final Remedy)
MowOray En-
gineering AL
'st 0 U
'Fmai Remedy)
Pepper s Steel.
FL
1st 0 U
i Fmai Remedy)
Pioneer Sand.
FL
1st 0 U
(Fmai Remedy)
Sapo Battery
Fl
1st 0 U
(Final Remedy)
09/25/86
08/19/86
08/19/86
09/26/86
09/93/86
04/10/86
09/25/86
09/25/86
03- '2-86
09/25/86
09/26/86
Soils sedi-
ments. SW. 4
GW conta-
minated with
VOCs. PCP.
orgamcs. neavy
metals.
chromium 4
toluene
Sons 4 GW con-
taminated witn
VOCs. TCE.
toluene. Heavy.
metals. 1 in-
organics
Soils 4 GW con-
taminated with
VOCs PCE.
TCE, toluene, in-
organics metals
Pond sediments
contaminated
with pesticides.
norgamcs tox-
aohene 4 chlor-
aane
GW con-
tammated with
VOCs. TCE
metals 4 BTX
fractions
Soils 4 GW con-
taminated with
TCE OCE vinyl
chloride 4
heavy metal
Soil SW 4 GW
contaminated
with VOCs
neavy mstais
inorganics
Swamo sons
:omammated
•vitr PCBs
Sons
sediments 4
GW con-
taminated with
PCBs orgamcs
4 heavy metais
Son 4 pond
waters con-
taminated wiin
sludges neavy
metais VOCs 4
inorganics
Sons GW SW
4 sediments
contaminated
with neavy
metais
9,000 cy
8.000 cy
N/A
t 600 cy
N/A
N/A
212400
tons
4 800 cy
'or a
:.eanup
evel ot
20 ppm)
PCS>1
com ap-
prox
48000 cy
-ead>i 000
oom
2 1 500 cy
arsemoS
opm 9 000
cy (waste
qrys not
additive)
N-A
94 000 cy
soni
20 000 cy
• sediment)
Excavation 4 onsrte incinera-
tion of soils onsite Backfilling
with decontaminated soils
GW recovery 4 treatment
storage 4 analysis ot
recovered GW onsite caroon
adsorption GW treatment
Excavation 4 oftsrte disposal
ot contaminated soils GW
pump 4 treat
Excavation 4 ottsite disposal
ot all contaminated soil GW
oump 4 oftsite treatment at
POTW
Excavation ot sediments on-
site disposal. RCRA Suotitie C
closure
GW oumo 4 treatment at
°OTW RCRA Suotitie 0
closure relocation ot residents
Excavation aeration 4 onsite
reoiacemem ot contaminated
soils GW pump 4 treat
Removal ot exposed drums 4
otlsite disposal capping, gas
collection 4 venting system
possible alt water supply
GW monitoring, Dank
stapmzation institutional con-
trols
Excavation ot PCB-
contammated soils with either
onsite incineration ottsite "*
cmeration or soiioitication/
staoilization ot tne waste
Excavation sondrhcation
staoilization 4 onsite rjisposai
ot sons
Collection i otisite disposal ot
free on
HCRA Suotitie 0 LF closure
leacnate collection treatment
4 onsite disposal SW treat-
ment 4 onsite discnarge
cover system for sludge pond
waste
Excavation solidification 4
onsite aisposai ot con-
taminated soils 4 sediments
GW oumo 4 treat SW treat-
ment indicator
Excavation ot an sons 3.000 300 to
containing PCP in ex- 3 300 000
cess of 10 mg/kg, GW
win oe treated to levels
•hat comply with Ormk-
•ng Water Standards or
Water Quality Criteria
excavation ol all sons to 7 500 000 ore- ' :-o ::; :
Dackground levels. sent worth i ,»•'; •, _'
treatment of GW to u ;-; -
Dackground levels j .:
Soils will ne excavated 1 1 • 33 400 ' . : . .
to Dackground levels 4 ,»r-
GW will be treated to
Dackground levels
Site Closure will meet 344 735 - - -
RCRA Suotitie C re- -.•>:-- - -
quiremems
LF closure will comply 3 900 300 to
with RCRA SuDtitle 0 re- 4 400 000
quirements. GW will oe
treated to meet SDWA
requirements or 10~6
cancer risk
Soil criteria TVO. 1 653 '30
ppm lead 0 5 mg/i
nickel, 1 mg/l, copper
'Q mg/l
GW criteria TCE 3 2
^g/i vinyl chloride. 1
jg/l DCE. 70 ug/i
N/A 2 343 000
Soils wrtn 25 ppm PCBs Onsite mcin ;v
y greater win oe ex- i ' ' 3 M
:avateo ana "eated Otsrte incn - -
' 2 2 0 M
Sono'stao
7 50 OQQ
Excavation o' sons ex- 5 2'2 OOC
:eefl!Rg ' com »C8
' ]00 DDP >ead 4 5
spm arsenic
uF closure under SuOti- 462 025
tie 0 ot FOA 4 Chapter ,-r
!7-7 of the Florida Ad- '- ••
~'mstrative Code
Onsite LF AIII oe ouiit to 14 3'8 544 .- -
F'onda Class i Sanitary
Landfill Standards
C'eanuo criteria tor in-
Oicator chemicals were
set oased on federal 4
state standards 4 nsk-
Sased levels
-------
SITE/STATE
ROD
S*. OATH
THREAT/
PTOttfM
ESTIMATED
WASTE
QUANTITY
MAJOR COMPONENTS OF
SELECTED REMEDY
PERFORMANCE ESTIMATED ANNUAL
STANOAROS/80ALS CAHTAL COSTS 04 M COSTS
REBHMIV
SCRDI/Dixana.
SC
istO.U
(Final Remedy)
09/26/86
SWeon-
UHtiniMd wittt
VQCs. PAHs,
PCBl. PCE. in-
orgyig. 4
pesticides
N/A
GW pump & treat: discharge
toSW
GW will Oe treated to at- 75 1 250 2 '28 300
:am ACL edurvaient to '30-year serioai
10"8 excess cancer nsx
nttlONV
A4F. IL
2nd O.U
(Final Remedy)
Areanum iron.
OH
1st 0 U
(Final Remedy)
Arrowhead
Refinery. MN
1»OU
(Final Remedy)
Burlington
Normem, MN
1st 0 U
(Final Remedy)
Burrows Sani-
tation Ml
1st 0 U
iFinai Remedy)
Byron Jonnson
Salvage Yard, i L
2nd 0 U
Fields STOCK.
OH
1st 0 U
Forest Waste.
Ml
2nd 0 U
Lane Sandy Jo.
IN
istO U
(Final Remedy)
USaiie 8ec-
trie. IL
1st 0 U
08/14/86
09/26/86
09/30/86
06/04/86
9/30/86
09/23/86
9/30/86
06/30/86
9/26/86
08/29/86
GW con-
taminated Wlttl
VOCs. inor-
ganics. ICE. 4
metals
Soils. GW. SW.
4 sediments
contaminated
witn lead, an-
timony. 4
arsenic
GW. soils 4
sediment conta-
minated witn
VOCs. PAHs. &
lead
Soils 3, small
areas of GW
contaminated
witn creosote
wastes including
PAHS onenois.
4 neterocycies
SW sediments
GW 1 soils
contaminated
with neavy
metals & cyanide
GW contami-
nated witn neavy
metais. TCE.
cyanide 4 VOCs
Srook sediments
contaminated
witn VOCs
neavy metals
TCE, PCE. PCBs.
& oase-neutral
compounds
So* 4 sedi-
ments conomi-
nated witn or-
games & neavy
metais
Soils, SW &
sediments con-
taminated witn
PAHS oase-
rteutrai com-
Bounas. 4 neavy
metals
Otfsite soils
contaminated
witn PC8s
N/A
Onsite soils
*itn>500
ppm Mad.
20.000 cy,
Daitery cas-
ing cmos.
3 800 cy,
ottsite sons
not
specified
4600cy
i sludge)
20 500 cy
1 soils 4
sediments)
9,500 cy
250 cy
N/A
36000cy
iBOOOcy
i 000 cy
no 000 gal
2 500 cy
25 530 cy
GW monitonng; installation of
additional monitoring wells.
msffluaonai controls
Excavation 4 ottsite disoosai
at all soils *rtri>500 oom
lead. Excavation 4 onsite
disposal o( ail sons witn jead
Derween oacxgrouna 4 500
oom
Excavation 4 onsite incinera-
tion ot contaminated soils
sediments. 4 sludge GW
pump 4 treat ait water sup-
oty
Excavation 4 onsite aerooic
Breakdown 4 transformation
of contaminated soils 4
sludges, capping
Excavation soiiorfication/fixa-
tion 4 ottsite disposal ot
metal riydroxwe sludges GW
Dump 4 treat
Provision tor ait *ater
supply via nome caroon
treatment units & domed
water
Excavation solidification 4
onsite disposal at contami-
iated sediments
Excavation rtiemai ;rsat-
ment onsite 'esidua! aisoosai
at contammatea sediments
Excavation sonaification i
artiste disposal 3' sons 4
siuages
Removal solidification 4 oft
site disoosai of aqueous
lagoon wastes
Excavation 4 ansite consoli-
dation of contaminated sedi-
ments soil caopmg ait
water suoP'y
Excavation 4 an site -non-
eration of orts/te sons
N/A PRP will aay !or PRP wm ;av v
remedy costs O&M :os:s
OHsite disposal of soils 9 929,000 37 :cc
*itn>500 opm lead
Onsite disoosai of soils
«itn lead oetween
aacKground 4 500 opm
Excavation of oftsite
soils will oe conducted
until aacKground levels
are reacned
Soils 4 sediments will 22.000.000 J3c:;>: -
oe excavated & treated v: "
to acnieve a tO"5 ex-
cess cancer nsx level,
GW treatment will
remove 98 percent ot
VOCs
PossiOle goats are to 582 000 :6 X£
acnieve detoxification ol
soils as defined oy tne
microtox test 4 to
acnieve total PAH 4
oenzene extractaoie
concentrations in me
•rsatment zone less tnan
or equal to concemra-
'.ens present m soils left
in atace
GW cleanup oased on 1 256.700 to ": "•
current lowest regulated 1 335 400
cone tor eacn indicator
cnemical soil cleanup
aased on enoang
assessment
N/A H5500 66^.
Sediments *m 3e sxca- 35 1QO 000
.ated to a '(r* excess
lancer rs» or 'o 50
aom »CBs :r ess
Cleanup eveis wni •• 295 000 :
acnieve an aooroorate
•ngestion rate ot 0 i
3/aay of soil tor a 70 Kg
aourt
sediments witn contami- 4 7*7 000 53 3jC
lants aoove rne lOr* '
excess cancer nsK level
«'» ae excavated 4
consolidated
Excavation 4 mcmera- 26 J00 300 3
tion ot soils witn greater (present *onni
'nan 5 opm PC8s in tne
•irst 12 ncnes ot soil
and greater man 10
Dom ,n sous at deetns
seiow 1 2 (ncnes
-------
SITE/ STATE
Metamora IF
Ml
1st 0 U
New Brighton/
Arden Hills/
St Anmony
MN
4m o u
Novaco inous-
tnes, Ml
15! 0 U
fleilly Tar MN
2na 0 U
Seymour IN
1st 0 U
Spiegeiberg
LF Ml
1st 0 U
REGION VI
Cecil und-
sey AR
1st 0 U
'Final Remedy)
Geneva in-
dustries TX
ist 0 U
Ooessa Chro-
mium 1 TX
ist 0 U
Odessa Chro-
mium H TX
'st 01)
Sikes Disposal
Pit TX
1St 0 U
.F'nai Remedy)
Uniteo Creosot-
,ng TX
'st 0 U
REGION VII
Oes Momes
TCE. 'A
1st 0 U
(Final Remedy)
Blisville. MO
2naO U
REGION VIII
Arsenic
Tnoxifle NO
1stOU
(Final Remedy)
ROD
SIG. DATE
9/30/86
06/30/86 .
06/27/86
05/30/86
9/30/86
09/30/86
05/07 '36
09/18/86
09/08/86
•39/08/36
09/ 18/86
39- 30 36
07/21/86
09/29/86
09/26/86
THREAT/
PROBLEM
GW 4 soil con-
taminated with
VOCs, including
PCE 4 TCE. 4
heavy metals
GW contaminat-
ed witn TCE.
PCE. ii other
organics
Chromium -con-
taminated GW
- Soils 5 GW
contaminated
with PAHs 4
phenols
Son 4 GW
contaminated
with vOCs.
organics heavy
metals toluene
4 Benzene
Sons GW 4
sludges con-
taminated with
paint wastes
consisting of
VOCs 4 case-
neutral
compounds
No significant
threat
Sons 4 GW
contaminated
with VOCs
PAhs FCBs
TCE 4 fuel QMS
GW contaminated
with chromium
4 other heavy
metais
3W contaminated
with cnromium
GW sons 4 SW
rontammatea
with organics 4
3TX ''actions
Sons contami-
nated *Rh
PCP PAHs 4
creosote
GW contaminat-
ed with TCE
PCE & other
organits
Soil contami-
nated with
aoxms heavy
•netals 4 VOCs
GW contaminat-
ed with arsenic
ESTIMATED
WASTE
QUANTITY
18.150 cy
N/A •
36,000 000
gal
N/A
N/A
5 000 cy
10 000 cy
N/A
22 500 cy
N/A
N,A
ISO 000 cy
34 000 cy
N A
N/A
N-A
MAJOR COMPONENTS OF
SELECTED REMEDY
Excavation 4 ottsite incinera-
tion of wastes from areas
1 44
Well construction to provide
an alt water supply
GW pump 4 treat, discharge
to SW
GW pump 4 treat, capping
4 tilling of exposed wastes
discharge ol hazardous waste
to sanitary sewer
Extraction 4 treatment ot GW
Excavation ot waste materials
ottsite incineration ot
nqwd paint sludges.
Ottsite disposal ot solid pain;
sludges
No action wiin site access
restriction & GW monitoring
Excavation 4 ottsite dis-
posal ot contaminated soils
4 drums GW pump 4 treat.
cap
Negotiating agreements with
Odessa City to extend water
supply construct water
distnOution system
Extension of municipal water
service to affected areas
Excavation & onsite incinera-
tion ol siuoges 4 sous onsrte
ash disposal
Excavation 4 onsite consolida-
tion ot soils 'emoorary cao
permanent 'eiocation of six
nousenoios
GW aumo 4 treai discnaroe
to SW
Excavation 4 onsite interim
storage o( dwxin-contammated
soil excavation transport 4
oftsite land disposal ol sous
cnnMinmn nnnrtintm wa<«p
Expansion ot "jrai water sys-
tem construction ot system 4
look-up ot nomes treatment
system construction
PERFORMANCE
STANDARDS/GOALS
The incinerator will
comply with current
RCRA standards
N/A
GW treatment will
achieve federal or state
drinking water criteria
N/A
Water discharge will
conform with POTW
standards
All materials exceeding
a tCH excess cancer
risk will Pe excavated
N/A
Excavation of soils to
'00 ppm PCBs
N/A
N, A
Siuflges 4 sous win oe
excavated to '0 opm
VOAs
Excavation i cisoosai
3' an sons contaminated
aoove '00 2pm PAH
extraction 4 treatment
win continue Linrii
cone in monitonng
wells is 5ug/i or less for
4 consecutive months
N/A
Removal of arsenic to
oackground concentra-
tion ot 0 025 mg/ 1
ESTIMATED ANNUAL
CAPITAL COSTS 04M COSTS
41 500000 \ ~
i 30-year ares-
ent worth i
600 500 12 :2:
56000 4-5 :c: --
Cost esti- :.-=• ?s- -- -.-
mates not -•: • . •
fully developed :e>.ec:e-
744 ooo '".••: ::"
es' ~re ;
15 771 000 to
18 395 000
et ooo •:
14 990 000 - .
247 920 -
476 570
•02 21 7 COO -
Cost estimate
jnoeveiooed
' '96000 -. •
20200000 :4M . <
(estimated •".„:?: -
present worth i es' -•.•':
:osp-.
2 296 000 :;-.'•
-------
SITE/STATE
Denver
Radium/
HOBCO. CO
2nd OU
Denver Radium
Street Sites.
CO
taou.
UPOy Ground
Water. MT
istOU.
Marshall CO
istO.U.
(Final Remedy)
Smuagw CO
(Final Remedy)
Union Pacific.
WY
iaO U
i Fmai Remedy)
RESHNilX
'ron Mountain
Mine CA
1st 0 U
REGION 1
Oueen City
earms WA
'st 0 U
Toftoani
Drums WA
ist 0 U
'Ftnai Remedy)
united Cnrome.
OB
'st 0 U
! Fmai Remedy)
ROD
SI6. DATE
09/30/86
03/24/86
09/26/86
09/26/86
09/26/86
09/26/86
10/03/86
10/24-85
09/30/86
09/12/86
THREAT/
PWIUM
Sal 4 Puddings
oontwwiated
*fldi ndJum
Asonait contami-
nated Wlttl
radium
Sod &GW con-
taminated Wltfl
wim creosote.
organics. &
inorganics
Onsite GW 4 SW
4 offsrte GW
contaminated
witn VOCi. or-
ganics. neavy
metals. TCE.
PCE. & Benzene
Sod 4GW
contamtnattd
wim cadmium
lead. 4 neavy
m«tais
Soil & GW con-
taminated Wlttl
f"C8s. creosote
organics
SW njnotl trom
iron Mountain
contaminated
with acid mine
drainage (AMOi
consisting ot
stiifunc acid &
neavy metais
Fisn 4 sediment
>n local SW are
also affected
Sons sediments
4 SW contami-
nated with vOCs
cnromium load.
TCE. PC8s. &
aods
No s^rwficam
mrw
GWlsons
contaminated
with cnromium
ESTIMATED
WASTE
QUANTITY
7.000 cy
at sori
200cyot
demoiisned
Duildings
38.500 cy
N/A
N/A
4010000
cy
"00 000 cy
2 5 acres
to se
capped!
12 000 cy
N/A
350 ions
'lor oftsrte
aisoosaii
MAJOR COMPONENTS OF
SELECTED REMEDY
Excavation & oftsite aisoosai
ot contaminated sons &
oeons, or
Excavation 4 temoorary
oftsite storage ot soils or
Excavation, staotiizanon &
onsite consolidation of con-
taminated soils
Leave contaminated material
in oiace. institutional controls
routine maintenance
AH water supciy.
instrtutional controls
Fencing, -egrading, 4
'evegetanon ot site construe-
lion ot oenmeter artcnes to
collect contaminated GW
GW oumo 4 treat
air stripping. GW 4 SW
monrtonng
Excavation capping. GW moni-
toring, ait water suopiy
Contaminant isolation system
consisting ot recnannenng ;ne
nver treatment ot contami-
nated water with a caroon ad-
sorption system slurry wall
GW oumo 4 treat GW
monitoring
Capping of selected cracxed
i> caved ground areas 3am
enlargement
Excavation staomzation i
arfsrie disposal at s.udges
sediments 4 sons ^o
oiacemem
No action GW "xjnitonng :v
me State ot Wasnmgton
Excavation 4 otfsrte aisoosai
ot sons llusnmg ot sons
doove snaitow GW laow GW
surr: 4 treat discnarge to
POTW or SW
PERFORMANCE ESTIMATED ANNUAL
STANDARDS/ GOALS CAPITAL COSTS OiM COSTS
*
-------
H
I
8
H
5?
H
^
w
§
a
i
1
!
i
SS
Bat
i
-------
!3
i
S
ail
i
8
i
II
u
-------